How Avishek Bambi Das Guided Mumbai Duty Free to Whopping Double-Digit Growth!
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
How Avishek Bambi Das Guided Mumbai Duty Free to Whopping Double-Digit Growth!

In a world where the duty-free retail market is skyrocketing at a dizzying CAGR of 20.47 percent, Mumbai Duty Free emerges as the undisputed rockstar, riding the waves of India's travel retail market that is set to hit $1.3 billion in revenue this year! Hold onto your passports, because we're about to take you on a high-flying adventure through the glamorous aisles of Mumbai Duty Free, and the maestro behind it all, its dynamic CEO, Avishek Bambi Das!

With an ever-expanding galaxy of world-class brands, a commitment to showcasing Indian pride, and a forward-looking approach to e-commerce, Mumbai Duty Free stands not just as a shopping destination but as an adventure waiting to unfold.

"We're not just growing; we're soaring! Mumbai Duty Free is the go-to hotspot for the new India – aspirational, thriving, and ready to shop 'til they drop," declares Avishek Bambi Das, the high-energy CEO, Mumbai Duty Free, who is steering this retail revolution.

Buckle Up for Aspiration and Sky-High Growth!

Strap in as we unravel the secrets behind Mumbai Duty Free's astronomical success – a blend of aspiration, high disposable income, and a dash of the unexpected. In an exclusive tête-à-tête, Avishek spills the beans on how the brand has become the epitome of India's economic growth and consumer evolution. "It's not just a shopping spree; it's a lifestyle upgrade fueled by aspiration and a flourishing economy. That's what's propelling us to new heights," he says.

Hold onto your boarding passes as we zoom into the jaw-dropping growth figures. Avishek, with a mischievous glint in his eye, hints at the kind of growth that's nothing short of magical. The secret sauce? Strategic initiatives and a plethora of new brands that turned heads and emptied wallets.

"We are seeing significant double digit growth, whopping would be the right word. We introduced products that not only test the market but conquer it! There is phenomenal growth across the top end of each of the categories – alcohol, perfumes, confectionaries, cosmetics," he adds.

kylie cosmentics

Star-Studded Brands

Get ready to be dazzled by the stars of Mumbai Duty Free! From trendy tequilas like Don Julio 1942 to being the exclusive home of Kylie Cosmetics in South Asia, Avishek spills the glamourous beans on the best-performing brands. Gucci Alchemist Garden, Chanel, and Dior lead the charge, making Mumbai Duty Free a haven for the fashion-forward traveler.

"It's not just shopping; it's an alchemy of the world's best brands. I've only scratched the surface; there's a galaxy of brands propelling our stratospheric growth. In confectionery, we have of course our best sellers like Lindt chocolate, which does well, but we also introduced Venchi chocolates, and that has done famously well, as has Valrhona chocolates," Avishek enthuses.

But that’s not all, hold onto your duty-free bags as we dive into the world of Mumbai Duty Free's show-stopping experiences. Avishek spills the tea on how they stop travelers in their tracks – live DJs, jugglers, magicians, and even selfie opportunities. This is not just a store; it's a spectacle that turns shopping into an unforgettable journey.

"We're not just selling products; we're creating memories. Live DJs, jugglers, magicians – we're the first airport in Asia Pacific to turn shopping into an immersive show!" he declares.

Beyond the Horizon

Brace yourselves for the grand reveal of Mumbai Duty Free's next big ventures! Avishek unveils plans to conquer new territories with watches, luggage, and a sunglasses store that's possibly the most beautiful in the world. DITA, VAVA, and Dior are just a glimpse of the luxury eyewear making waves at Mumbai Duty Free. They also have the Off-White, an Italian luxury fashion house founded by American designer Virgil Abloh. "We're not just expanding; we're redefining luxury. Mumbai Duty Free is about to become the ultimate haven for the style-conscious traveler," the maestro says.

Shopping carnival

E-Commerce Extravaganza

In an age where every journey is digital, Mumbai Duty Free takes off into the e-commerce stratosphere with Adani One. Avishek invites travelers to a tech-fueled shopping spree, allowing them to pre-book duty-free goodies at competitive prices. The app, a marvel in itself, ensures that Mumbai Duty Free is not just a destination; it's an experience that begins before you even board. "Adani One is not just an app; it's your VIP pass to a seamless shopping experience. Try it, and you'll never see duty-free shopping the same way again!" he proclaims.

Choose from golden treasures within – over 250 single malts, a haven for India's brown spirit lovers. The CEO emphasizes the commitment to providing consumers with choices that go beyond spirits – gins, tequilas, and a panorama of duty-free delights. "There's no other airport with over 250 single malts. We're not just a duty-free; we're a spirits haven, ensuring every traveler finds their drink of choice," he adds.

Beyond Duty-Free

Mumbai Duty Free stands not just as a shopping destination but as a beacon of Indian pride. It spotlights the Indian brands and artisans, showcasing the richness of India's craftsmanship. From luxury travel accessories to destination products, Mumbai Duty Free offers global travelers a slice of India that goes beyond the ordinary. "We're not just selling products; we're curating a slice of India for the world. Every purchase supports Indian artisans, and every traveler takes home a piece of our culture," declares Avishek.

The CEO believes in keeping things simple while offering consumers popular products and significant reasons to trade up. The focus is on creating a shopping environment that resonates with every traveler, where each purchase becomes a memorable experience. "We're not in the rocket science business; we're in the business of making dreams come true. We keep it simple, yet every purchase is significant. That's the magic of Mumbai Duty Free," concludes Avishek.

 
Stay on top – Get the daily news from Indian Retailer in your inbox
Singer India Embarks on a Technological Revolution
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
Singer India Embarks on a Technological Revolution
 

Singer, the world-renowned brand in the household sewing machine segment, boasts a rich legacy of 170 years in the sewing machine and home appliance industry. In India, Singer has embarked on a new journey that remains anchored in its core business, ethos, values, and principles.

Singer India has strategically positioned itself in the competitive retail market by focusing on innovation, technological advancement, and customer-centric initiatives. The company is committed to bringing highly functional and technologically advanced machines to India. This commitment is reflected in its refined product messaging, streamlined inventory management, optimized operations, and enhanced stakeholder engagement.

“In the home appliances segment, we aim to achieve profitable growth by launching and focusing on high-quality products that command premium pricing. This strategy helps establish a premium positioning in the consumer's mind. We also place significant emphasis on after-sales service to improve consumer engagement and the post-sales experience,” said Rakesh Khanna, MD & VC, Singer India.

Key Strategies Driving Growth

One of the key initiatives by the company in the sewing machine segment is the launch of "Singer Live Assist," a first-of-its-kind virtual service for sewing machine consumers across the country. This service strengthens the after-sales experience by reducing turnaround time for product demonstrations, especially in remote areas. It also saves on service costs and prevents post-sales service delays, thereby strengthening customer relationships.

Singer India is also bringing technologically advanced and globally popular machines to the Indian market. For instance, the company launched the M3330, a global icon and top seller on Amazon, and supported its launch with a focused marketing campaign. The machine has been voted the best sewing machine in the home segment and is one of the company's best sellers on Amazon. Another innovative product, the SE9185, a Wi-Fi-enabled, 3-in-1 sewing cum embroidery and quilting machine, has received positive responses across the country.

“Strategic investments are another critical area for us. The US-based multinational SVP Worldwide, which owns the iconic Singer brand, is set to be our knowledge partner. We plan to set up a second manufacturing facility for the brand, focusing on Zig-Zag machines to cater to both domestic and global markets,” he stated.

Adapting to Changes in Consumer Behavior

Singer India has observed significant changes in consumer behavior in recent years. There is a growing interest in crafting and self-expression, leading to renewed interest in learning sewing as a skill. To cater to this evolving demand, the company is incorporating best-in-class technologies into its sewing machines, making them more user-friendly and enjoyable to use.

The influence of DIY influencers on global platforms has also played a crucial role in raising awareness and familiarity with sewing and embroidery. This trend has further fueled interest, desire, and willingness to learn sewing. Singer India's latest offering, the SE9185, exemplifies the company's commitment to technological advancement and meeting the needs of modern consumers. This 3-in-1 Wi-Fi-enabled machine comes with a large 7-inch color touchscreen and mySewnet, the industry’s first cloud-based operating system. It is designed to cater to both experienced sewists and beginners.

Omnichannel Presence

The brand has a robust offline presence, with over 2,500 dealers and sub-dealers across the country and 21 exclusive Singer sewing machine retail stores. The company is currently undertaking a pan-India branding exercise, starting with key states such as Bihar, Jharkhand, Punjab, Kerala, Tamil Nadu, and Karnataka.

Singer India's D2C strategy focuses on building a strong online and offline presence around three key pillars: awareness, experience, and building desire. The company leverages online communication to make people aware of its new technologically advanced machines, which are easy to learn and use. Consumer-centric campaigns like "CreatewithSINGER" and "#TurnoldintoBold" encourage consumers to showcase their crafting skills and engage with the brand.

“We are also actively engaging with the DIY community of influencers and creators, who create awareness around the endless sewing and crafting possibilities. We sell our products on platforms like Amazon and Flipkart, in addition to our website and 21 exclusive store locations. This multi-platform approach maximizes reach, caters to diverse customer preferences, and provides convenient purchasing options for sewing enthusiasts across the digital landscape,” noted Khanna.

“Currently, e-commerce contributes over 30 percent of our revenue. With a robust online strategy and increasing digital engagement, we expect e-commerce to play a significant role in our revenue growth over the next 2-3 years,” he added.

Product Categories and Upcoming Launches

Singer India's sewing machine range offers over 140 SKUs across key categories such as Straight Stitch, Artisan, Embroidery, AZZ line, and Industrial machines. In the home appliances segment, the company offers products like washing machines, coolers, JMGs, MGs, kettles, and irons, with over 90 SKUs available in offline and online trade. Recent product launches like the M3330 and SE9185 highlight the company's focus on innovation and consumer-centric design.

In the sewing machine segment, the brand is focused on strengthening its offerings and expanding aggressively in the Indian market. Recognizing the growing DIY community and the demand for innovative, user-friendly machines, the company introduced the SE9185, a 3-in-1 Wi-Fi-enabled sewing cum embroidery and quilting machine. This product showcases Singer India's dedication to delivering cutting-edge, consumer-focused sewing machine options that cater to modern sewing enthusiasts.

Embracing Digital Transformation

Singer India understands the importance of a strong digital presence in today's technology-driven world. The company has enhanced its online visibility and engagement with customers through various digital marketing campaigns and collaborations with influencers. For instance, the M3330, a global best-seller on Amazon, has benefited from digital collaborations that highlight its user-friendly design and extensive features.

Singer Live Assist, an innovative service offering real-time virtual support for customers, has significantly enhanced the customer experience. Available through WhatsApp and a toll-free number, this service provides product demonstrations and resolves customer concerns from the comfort of their homes. The "Revive Traditions with SE 9185" campaign further emphasizes Singer India's commitment to digital engagement and fostering a vibrant community of creators.

Revenue Targets

Despite facing setbacks, Singer India achieved a revenue of Rs 425 crore last year. The company has seen steady growth in its AZZ and Industrial lines and is confident that e-commerce will be a key driver of future growth. The target for this year is to increase and improve customer experience and engagement, strengthen product messaging, and showcase capabilities.

Future Growth

Over the next 2-3 years, Singer India aims to strengthen and expand its market presence through several key growth levers. These include product innovation and diversification, enhancing manufacturing capabilities, improving customer experience, and engaging with the community. The recent launches of the M3330 and SE9185 highlight the company's focus on functional, user-friendly, and technologically advanced products.

Singer India is a pan-India brand with a strong presence in Tier II and Tier III towns and cities. “To strengthen our presence in these markets, we are increasing branding and visibility, expanding our distribution network, and leveraging the SINGER Live Assist service. These initiatives aim to reinforce our presence, create consistent and recognizable branding, and meet the increasing demand in these regions,” Khanna concluded.

 

Next Story
Plant-based Foods to Shape the Organic Food Retail Landscape in India
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
Plant-based Foods to Shape the Organic Food Retail Landscape in India
 

Over the past decade, India’s organic food retail landscape has experienced remarkable growth, driven by increasing consumer awareness, health and sustainability concerns, and government support for organic farming practices. Valued at over $1.5 billion in 2023, the Indian organic food market is projected to grow at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of over 20 percent, reaching approximately $9 billion by 2032. A key emerging player in this sector, with the potential to revolutionize the market, is plant-based foods.

The evolving demands of Indian consumers, influenced by health, environmental, and ethical considerations, are steering a significant shift towards plant-based alternatives. With around 30 percent of India’s population adhering to a vegetarian lifestyle, the market is ripe for the adoption of these alternatives.

Similarly, the increasing prevalence of lifestyle diseases, coupled with concerns about sustainability, is driving the global trend towards plant-based options. The COVID-19 pandemic further accelerated this demand, with consumers seeking organic food options, including plant-based products, to mitigate the risks of chronic diseases.

What Consumers Want

Plant-based milk, meat alternatives, and organic vegetables are becoming popular choices among health-conscious consumers. The environmental advantages of plant-based foods are also significant, as they are known to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, water usage, and land usage compared to animal-based diets.

The surge in demand for plant-based foods is largely driven by Millennials, Gen Z, and urban consumers, who prioritize sustainable and healthier food options. A 2023 survey revealed that 63 percent of Indian millennials are willing to pay a premium for sustainable products. Over the last few years, there has been a steady growth in the demand for plant-based meats, reflecting a strong market potential. Whether it’s the rising demand for plant-based milk alternatives and meat substitutes or vegan snacks and confectioneries, sustainable and healthier food options are what consumers want.

Golden Opportunity for Retailers 

Currently, the market is dominated by startups and small-scale players, highlighting a significant opportunity for those in the organic food retail market to cater to the evolving preferences of consumers. Innovation is crucial, particularly in research and development to introduce new and exciting plant-based products tailored to the Indian palate and nutritional needs.

Jackfruit-based meat alternatives, almond and soy-based dairy substitutes, and plant-based snacks are already gaining acceptance among Indian consumers. Expanding and diversifying product offerings to include a wider range of plant-based options is essential for retailers. Organic retailers are particularly well-positioned to capitalize on the demand, leveraging their expertise in sourcing and distribution.

Further, effective marketing strategies, including targeted campaigns, strategic merchandising, and strong branding, can help attract and retain customers. Collaborations with influencers, driven by the reach of social media, can significantly enhance the visibility and appeal of plant-based products, especially among younger, digitally-engaged consumers.

Getting Future-Ready

Globally, the plant-based food market was valued at $11.3 billion in 2023 and is projected to reach $35.9 billion by 2033. Although the market is niche in India at present, it has the potential to be a game-changer. Companies that successfully incorporate traditional Indian flavors and ingredients into their plant-based offerings are likely to resonate better with consumers who prioritize products that align with their values.

With access to locally sourced plant-based ingredients, such as legumes, cereals, fruits, and vegetables, organic retailers in India have a definite competitive advantage. This can translate to lower production costs, allowing them to offer competitively priced, plant-based products while maintaining their commitment to sustainability and ethical sourcing practices.

Building a robust supply chain is equally critical to ensure the availability and quality of plant-based products. Retailers need to establish strong partnerships with suppliers and manufacturers to secure a consistent supply of high-quality ingredients. This involves sourcing sustainable raw materials and adopting eco-friendly packaging solutions, aligning with the clean-label movement and appealing to environmentally conscious consumers.

Plant-based foods represent more than a passing fad; they signal a fundamental shift in consumer behavior that is reshaping the organic food retail landscape in India.

 

About the Author

Gaurav Manchanda, The Founder & Managing Director, The Organic World

Gaurav Manchanda, The Founder & Managing Director, The Organic World

 

Next Story
Personalized Customer Experiences Make It Non-intrusive
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
Personalized Customer Experiences Make It Non-intrusive
 

Marketers and consumers have long recognized the value of personalized experiences. Besides improving customer outcomes, it opens up revenue-generation opportunities for brands. McKinsey research found that those growing more rapidly compared to their peers attributed 40 percent more of their revenue to their personalization strategy. According to another McKinsey study, more than 70 percent of consumers anticipate personalized interaction and even tend to be discouraged by its absence.

Yet, in a world of imperfect data, such personalization attempts can often have the contrary impact. As a consumer, how often have we felt irked by unwanted ads as we browse online?  And wondered why we are served a financial product ad, as you click on a sleep-inducing music video on YouTube? Consumers are likely to feel overwhelmed and intruded upon when incessantly bombarded with seemingly customized recommendations. Stereotyping by inference and imposing irrelevant or insensitive content can come in the way of successful personalization.

What can marketers, publishers and consumers do, to fine-tune personalization attempts to remove negative, disruptive experiences that impede consumer’s continued engagement with the brand?

Customer-first, Cautious approach from marketers/brands

Personalization must hit the sweet spot of meeting specific customer preferences while never crossing the privacy line. Although achieving personalization non-intrusively might feel like a tough balancing act, the constant target for marketers must be to preserve the consumer-brand relationship. This can be achieved through empathy for the consumer in every situation.

Appropriate controls over inappropriate ad placements and constant review of consumer reactions, can avoid potential consumer backlash.

Here are some practices to help make personalization of consumer experiences non-intrusive:

Focusing on first-party data: Since 2018, data regulations have evolved and become more stringent. In keeping with this trend, the likes of Google phasing out third-party cookies in Chrome and first-party cookies coming into focus can be a blessing in disguise for brands. They can look at alternative ways to gather consumer data and make sure of the credentials of their first–party data sources.

Using storytelling that connects back to the customer: Today, storytelling and content that is well-timed and immersive finds more takers, even before marketers impose the brand image. Consumers increasingly prefer more experiential content rather than the push method used in cookies, ads, and targeting content thrust into their space. An already engaged customer has a low risk of alienation

Using tech to enable non-intrusive personalization: The evolving privacy laws, cookie banners, and ad blockers have impacted how advertising analytics is done. Instead, marketers can choose from a host of privacy-friendly tracking technologies that empower cookie-proof tracking, cohort analyses, and statistical modelling solutions. These are more sophisticated than conventional methods that rely mostly on cookies.

Weeding out the irritability factor: Inappropriate ad insertions can damage the brand reputation and must be quickly addressed by marketers. Consciously using consumer insights and social science expertise to understand trigger areas will help the brand avoid content that could be irritating, off-putting, or even offensive.

Emphasizing the overall consumer journey: Obsessing over insights on individual touchpoints can make it intrusive for consumers. Instead, brands should consider consumer perception, attitudes, and data analytics on overall buying patterns and propensity from their interactions in a holistic way.

Being transparent about how they use the data: Brands have the opportunity to build trust by disclosing their awareness and serious attention to their consumer’s privacy concerns and how it translates into policy. Being open about how they collect and intend to use the data will help improve the trust factor and chances of consent from the consumer for their stated purpose.

As consumers, we can make choices too – taking care to set appropriate privacy settings including ad blockers, leveraging browsers that are inherently more privacy friendly, choosing paid subscriptions  (e.g. for YouTube) and regularly reviewing and unsubscribing to content we no longer want.

Publishers, especially those media houses that rely on ad revenues, can do well to reduce ad insertions and limit flashing pop-ups.

The consumer holds the final choice but can be much aided by the marketers.

 

Authored By

Andal Alwan, VP - Consumer, Retail and Logistics for APAC, Infosys.

Andal Alwan, VP - Consumer, Retail and Logistics for APAC, Infosys.

 

Next Story
Top 10 Strongest Beer Brands in India | with Highest ABV%
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
Top 10 Strongest Beer Brands in India | with Highest ABV%
 

In India, alcohol is preferred in every situation whether you are celebrating or want to end a stressful day. Alcohol which everyone should avoid is driving the Indian market crazy with an estimated value of  $ 11.7 billion in 2024. But people in India have a diverse taste and hence different people prefer different tastes. Some people prefer soothing beer for fun and some want strong beer. Here we prepare a list of the top 10 beers with the highest alcohol percentage beer in India to find out some of the strong beer brands which drive the market crazy.  Are you ready to discover the best beer brands in India?

List of Top 10 Strong Beer Brands in India

1. Bro Code

2. Kingfisher 

3. Simba 

4. Carlsberg 

5. Godfather 

6. Haywards 

7. Budweiser 

8. Bira 91 

9. Bad Monkey

10. Bee Young

Here is the list of the top 10 beer brands with maximum alcohol. Know more about the brands to know why they are the strongest beer brands in India.

1. Bro Code

BroCode :Strong Beer Brand in India
BroCode

Bro Code, the strongest beer brand, the brainchild of Indospirit Beverages launched in 2018. It is a product for the modern generation, the youth who love strong and you-can-feel-it beer. The ABV of Bro Code is 15 percent separates it from others due to its feisty flavors and a top brand label. The brand began in India and has its administrative offices in New Delhi. Bro Code plans to gain young audiences through digital platforms and various other methods, involving influencer partnerships and social media to amplify fan engagement. Bro code has other variants which include Bro Code 10 and Bro Code Club Soda. 

2. Kingfisher

Kingfisher :Strong Beer Brand in India
Kingfisher 

Kingfisher, one of the strongest beer brands in India and worldwide, crowned as the "King of Good Times” is manufactured by United Breweries Group. The brand was relaunched in 1978 by Vijay Mallya headquartered in Bengaluru, and holds a market share of over 36%. The pool where the beer Kingfisher Strong comes with 8 percent ABV is a beer brand with a reputation worth the taste and the mainstay of the Indian beer market. Kingfisher Storm is another strong beer variant of them which has the same ABV of 8 percent. Every batch of the beer goes through the same rigorous process to make it full-bodied, flavorful, and crisp beer with a distinct aftertaste. Other popular strong variants of this brand include Kingfisher Ultra Max and Kingfisher Blue with the same ABV. The brand promotion is done by representational TV commercials all over the country, and the sponsorship of sporting events like IPL. Kingfisher is available in 60+ countries across the globe. It is associated with Heineken which augments its portfolio with stellar products of global repute.

3. Simba

Simba : Strong Beer Brand in India
Simba

Simba is a strong beer brand and its Brewery has been serving local beer with a new look since 2016. The brand was co-founded by Ishwaraj Bhatia. Simba Strong with 5.5 percent ABV and Simba Stout with 7 percent ABV are one of the strongest beers brewed in the country and are based in Chhattisgarh. They are well-liked for their recognizable taste and branding. The brewery developed a strategy that includes funny content on social media, booths at craft beer festivals, and partnering with some of the trendiest bars and restaurants to get brand recognition in the global market. 

4. Carlsberg

Carlsberg Elephant : Strong Beer Brand in India
Carlsberg Elephant 

Carlsberg Elephant, a strong beer variant from the Carlsberg Group, was established in 1847 by J.C. Jacobsen. The beer is a good option for those who love robust flavors. This beer with its ABV of 7.20 percent is a commemorative product of Denmark with its origin in Copenhagen. The Carlsberg brand is the one that defines the term "global branding”. It has become a premium event sponsor using a global approach that not only promotes beer labels but succeeds in bringing partners together. Carlsberg has more than 140 associated brands with the likes of 1664, Tuborg and others, in their beer portfolio. Carlsberg spans core beer brands, craft & speciality and alcohol free brews. Other variants of the brand include Carlsberg lager which has less alcohol content of up to 5 percent. 

5. Godfather

Godfather Strong Beer

Godfather, the famous beer brand by Devans Modern Breweries Ltd., is the owner of three strong variants. The Brewery was established in 1961 by Dewan Gian Chand in Jammu, India. Godfather Super 8 contains 8 percent ABV and is the top choice for those drinkers who like the strong flavor. It also comes with a variant named Godfather Legendary which has 7.2 percent ABV, while the last variant is Godfather Premium with 6.5 percent ABV. The production department of the beer's manufacturer pays attention to the promotion of various products in the region, the organization, and the sponsorship of local events in this region, and the carefully directed advertisement in the primary markets. 

6. Haywards

Haywards 5000 Strong beer

Haywards 5000 from the stables of SABMiller (now owned by AB InBev) has been the champion of the Indian strong beer market since the 1970s. Haywards 5000 was launched by Sir Anthony William Byrd Haywards in India. The beer has carved a niche for itself with its bold alcohol content of 7%. The brand is also popularly identified with Haywards 2000 which is another variant popular in the Indian market. The brand promotion is obtained by the two mediums: mass media commercials and outreach programs done in various regions. In addition, Haywards 5000 is also involved in organizing sporting events as promoters. The parent company AB InBev is associated with brands like Budweiser, Corona Extra and Stella Artois.

7. Budweiser

Budweiser Magnum Strong Beer

Budweiser is one of the most popular beer brands in the world and was first introduced in 1876 by Carl Conrad. It is a brand of the Belgian brewing company AB InBev. Budweiser Magnum Strong, which is a strong beer variant of the Budweiser brand, is popular among beer lovers and is a well-known beer in India with an ABV of 8 percent. Budweiser's main marketing practices revolve around top-flight advertising through high-profile event sponsorships. AB InBev advertises the Budweiser brand heavily, spending $449 million in 2012 in the United States alone, making it one of the most advertised brands worldwide. Other popular products of Budweiser in India include Budweiser lager which has less alcohol content and has a segment of non-alcoholic products as well. 

8. Bira 91

Bira Strong Beer

Bira 91, is a renowned beer brand from B9 Beverages Pvt. Ltd. known for strong beer in India. The brand was introduced in 2015 by founder Ankur Jain. Bira 91 is headquartered in New Delhi and it holds 4% of the market share. Bira Gold Wheat Strong beer has an ABV of 8% and is brewed with the choicest golden wheat from India and caramel malts from Europe,  imparting a hint of honey sweetness with a toasted malty flavor. Bira 91 Blonde Lager, a new product, became instantly viral because of its flavor and creative promotion and has an ABV of 8  percent. Furthermore, its line-up also includes Bira 91 Premium. Bira 91 has an energetic social media presence with fun on-brand collaborations. Bira 91 is now available in 24 countries and around 31k outlets. Other popular products include Bira 91 Light, Bira 91 White, and Bira 91 Classic which has a lower alcohol content of less than 5 percent.

9. Bad Monkey

Bad Monkey Strong Beer

Bad Monkey, known for its strong beer, is owned by Sinq Beverages Inc, founded by Rohan Khare in 2018. It is a manufacturer and marketer of strong beer loved by consumers in India. The brand is mostly available in Delhi, Uttar Pradesh, Punjab, Chandigarh and exports to countries like Australia, New Zealand and in the Middle East. Bad Monkey is a late addition brand in the Indian beer market. Sort of an odd man out, Bad Monkey has a liquor content of 8 percent in the Bad Monkey Strong Beer variant. It also comes with another variant of Bad Monkey Tamed beer which has an ABV of 5 percent. The company uses advertising that is innovative and unconventional, guerrilla marketing tactics and is strong in digital space to get to more people. 

Earlier in News: Bad Monkey Beer Makes Official Entry into Uttar Pradesh

10. Bee Young

Bee Young Strong Beer

Bee Young is a beer brand produced by Kimaya Himalayan Beverages LLP and founded by Abhinav Jindal in 2018. It is identified by its silk texture and appealing logo, and is a popular brand among beer-lovers in India. Bee Young has a beer with an ABV of 7.2 percent, with brewing facilities in New Delhi. Bee Young uses lifestyle marketing that utilizes social media to advertise music and cultural festivals in connection with its target audience. The brand is mainly brewed in Delhi, Uttarakhand, Uttar Pradesh and Punjab and is available in 100+ locations in PAN India and is expanding. Other brands of Kimaya Himalayan Beverages include Yavira.

Final Sip

At Indian Retailer, we are showcasing top Indian strong beer brands like Bro Code, Kingfisher Strong, Simba, and Bira 91 that can meet diverse consumer preferences for the HoReCa industry. It enhances the market presence and ensures consistent demand. 

FQAs on Top 10 Strong Beer Brands in India

1. Which beer drink is strongest?

Bro Code is the strongest beer in India and Brewmeister Snake Venom is currently recognised as the strongest beer in the World.

2. Which beer is costly?

The Belgian Stella Artois is also one of the most expensive beers in India. The luxury beer costs around Rs 325-345.

3. What is Whisky beer called?

Bulleit Boilermaker is called Whisky beer. 

4. What does 90 percent of beer contain?

Water comprises 90-95% of beer, playing a crucial role as both a primary ingredient and a major influence on the beer's flavor and quality. The mineral content of water can significantly alter the taste of beer, leading breweries to meticulously adjust water chemistry to craft specific beer styles.

5. What is the best beer in the world?

Russian River Supplication Beer is considered the best beer in the world by connoisseurs. It is a delicate blend of Belgian bitter and sour ales with fruity aromas of raisins, currants, and cherries. The flavor has been described as both tart and sweet, with a slight oakiness that gives way to a dry finish.

Check More Articles:

To 10 Brandy Brands in India with Price List

Scotch vs. Whisky: The Key Differences Explained

Top 10 Beer Brands in India Under Rs 400: Sip Without Splurging

 

Next Story
How BB Matrix is Riding the $62 Billion Supply Chain Software Boom
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
How BB Matrix is Riding the $62 Billion Supply Chain Software Boom
 

Innovation is not just a necessity — it's the cornerstone of success. Enter BB Matrix, the all-in-one SaaS-based supply chain platform developed by BigBasket, a TATA Enterprise. Launched amidst a burgeoning global demand for supply chain management software, BB Matrix promises to offer comprehensive visibility across the entire supply chain to enterprises worldwide. The platform is set to reshape how businesses handle their supply chains, providing real-time updates, swiftly identifying bottlenecks, and empowering data-driven decision-making to build resilient supply chains.

The launch of BB Matrix could not be timelier. According to a Gartner report, global annual SCM software spending is projected to reach $62 billion by 2028, up from $29 billion in 2023, with a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 16.3 percent. Spearheaded by Hari Menon, Co-Founder and CEO, BigBasket, and Rakshit Daga, Chief Product and Technology Officer, BB Matrix is designed to deliver next-generation supply chain solutions that cut costs and boost productivity.

"The SaaS-based solution has made it possible to reduce transportation costs by nearly 50 percent, lower lead times by around 60 percent, and ensure up to 100 percent supply chain visibility with its cutting-edge solutions," said Manish Mishra, Head of Sales & Marketing, BB Matrix.

Comprehensive Support and Global Reach

BB Matrix offers configuration and optimization, seamless data integration with over 150 ERP, CRM, and POS tools, and flawless migration for its customers. This holistic approach positions BB Matrix as a singular, expert solution provider tailored for the modern supply chain landscape.

One of the standout features of BB Matrix is its adaptability to changing market conditions. Whether forecasting inventory, managing stock replenishment, storage, payments, delivery, or handling returns, the platform provides real-time updates and helps in identifying bottlenecks swiftly. This enables users to make data-driven decisions, crucial for building resilient supply chain processes.

"BB Matrix brings to the table a vast infrastructure and network globally with a nearly 99.1 percent on-time delivery record," Mishra noted. "This helps our clients deliver an excellent customer experience and achieve optimal outcomes in their supply chain operations."

The Genesis of BB Matrix

The inception of BB Matrix is a fascinating story of innovation within a thriving enterprise. "It's kind of a startup within a startup," Mishra explained. "With BigBasket's operations expanding, we realized the potential of providing our advanced technology as a service to the external world. This led to the SaaSification of our product stack, transforming it from a monolithic form to a scalable, cloud-based solution."

This journey began a couple of years ago, starting with the technological foundation and gradually moving towards a go-to-market strategy, which has been largely product-led. The development of BB Matrix was driven by a clear market need for a unified SaaS platform for supply chain management. "Efficiency was a big item on the list for many organizations we spoke to," Mishra clarified. "With increasing competition, there was a pressing need to enhance efficiency and customer experience. That's where we saw an opportunity to step in."

Salient Features and Unique Technologies

BB Matrix is a cloud-based platform hosted on AWS, offering three primary modules within the supply chain software portfolio: warehouse management system, transport management system, and order management system. These modules cover supply chain execution and, to some extent, sourcing and procurement.

"Our focus is on efficiency around warehouse operations, order management, and transport management," Mishra highlighted. "Ease of deployment and integration with third-party tools are also critical features our customers look for."

A significant advantage of BB Matrix is its off-the-shelf customization capabilities. "Based on our customers' needs, we've ensured that the platform addresses key gaps in servicing, visibility, and tracking," Mishra said. "Our goal is to offer a product that meets 80-90 percent of our customers' needs out-of-the-box, requiring minimal customization."

Addressing Key Supply Chain Challenges

BB Matrix tackles traditional problem areas in supply chain management head-on. "Productivity is a major focus, alongside competitive pressure and customer satisfaction," Mishra explained. "A cloud-enabled product like BB Matrix reduces capex and keeps technology up-to-date, addressing scalability challenges effectively."

While BB Matrix starts with a strong focus on the Indian market, its ambitions are global. "We're catering to retail, e-commerce, manufacturing, logistics, and transportation sectors," Mishra said. "Our aim is to stabilize our operations in India and then expand into emerging markets in Southeast Asia, the Middle East, Africa, and eventually the US. The platform is capable of offering its solutions in international markets like the US, Middle East, Southeast Asia, and Africa regions as well," Mishra added. "This global reach sets us apart in the industry."

Expectations and Market Impact

With a well-tested product and a growing market, BB Matrix has high expectations for the future. "The supply chain market is growing phenomenally, with high double-digit growth rates," Mishra noted. "Our expectation is to achieve triple-digit million-dollar revenues in the next three to five years and make significant inroads into international markets."

BB Matrix is poised to revolutionize supply chain management with its innovative, SaaS-based platform. By offering comprehensive support, real-time efficiency, and global reach, BB Matrix is set to meet the evolving needs of modern enterprises and drive significant improvements in supply chain operations.

 

Next Story
Exclusive: How Lava's Blaze X Series is disrupting the Sub-Rs 15,000 Smartphone Market in India
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
Exclusive: How Lava's Blaze X Series is disrupting the Sub-Rs 15,000 Smartphone Market in India
 

Smartphone prices are skyrocketing all over the world. In such a scenario, Lava International Ltd. is shaking things up with their Blaze X Series by focusing on affordability, premium design, and value for money, while meeting the needs of a diverse consumer base. Sunil Raina, Managing Director, Lava, gives Indian Retailer an exclusive look at how this new series is set to redefine value in the sub-Rs 30,000 segment. Get ready to be amazed by the groundbreaking features and thoughtful design that make Blaze X a game-changer for budget-conscious consumers.

The Blaze X Vision

According to Raina, Lava identified a significant gap in the market for smartphones priced below Rs 30,000. He explains, "If you scan the smartphone market today, you'll notice that unique features are often reserved for higher price segments. We believe there's a large consumer base, primarily below the Rs 30,000 price point, that deserves access to advanced technology. Their aspirations need to be met just as much as those of high-end consumers."

This philosophy led to the creation of Blaze X, a smartphone series designed to bring premium features to an affordable price bracket. Raina proudly states, "Blaze X is going to be the first smartphone with a curved display in the sub-Rs 15,000 category. It will feature an in-display fingerprint sensor, a high-quality chipset, and an exquisite design that looks and feels expensive."

Premium Design without the Premium Price

One of the key differentiators of the Blaze X series is its aesthetic appeal. Raina criticizes the industry norm of making lower-priced phones look less attractive to push consumers towards more expensive models. He says, "We have a clear principle that people must get their money's worth. Aesthetics and build quality don't have to cost a fortune. Our phones, whether priced at Rs 7,000 or Rs 25,000 rupees, all look premium and offer the best build quality available."

Lava's commitment to providing excellent value is evident in every aspect of the latest series. Raina emphasizes, "It's important to recognize that someone buying Rs 7,000 device values their money just as much, if not more, than someone spending Rs 40,000 or Rs 50,000. We're dedicated to offering the best value to all our consumers."

Check out LAVA Blaze X Key Features

The smartphone features a 16.94 cm (6.67”) 120 Hz Curved AMOLED Display with a punch-hole design for an immersive experience.

  • It boasts a 64MP + 2MP rear camera with a Sony sensor and a 16MP front camera, offering modes like Dual View Video, Film, Pro Video, Slow Motion, Timelapse, UHD, GIF, Beauty, HDR, Night, Portrait, AI, Pro, Panorama, Filters, Macro, and AI Emoji.
  • Powered by the latest MediaTek Dimensity 6300 processor with AnTuTu 420K+, the smartphone offers three RAM options (4GB+4GB, 6GB+6GB, 8GB+8GB) and 128GB UFS 2.2 storage for smooth multitasking and ample space.
  • Blaze X includes a 5000mAh battery, Type C port, and 33W Fast charging.

Catering to Diverse Markets

The Blaze X series is not just about affordability; it's also about accessibility. Raina highlights the different market dynamics, explaining, "Lower-end price points are typically more popular in rural areas and Tier II and III cities, while higher-end phones are more prevalent in urban areas. For instance, our Agni 2 model was very popular in metro cities, whereas our Rs 7,000 models are more popular in rural regions."

Lava's strategy is to ensure that their products reach every corner of the country. With a distribution network of 950 distributors and over 120,000 retailers, they have one of the largest market presences in India. Raina mentions, "We have built an automated platform connecting all our retailers and distributors, giving us direct visibility of each and every operator."

As far as their online-offline sales ratio is concerned, they are about 65 percent offline and 35 percent online, with a tie-up with Amazon. “Three years back, we used to be about 5 percent online and 95 percent offline. Now that has shifted dramatically, and we are bridging that gap,” he says.

Competing in a Crowded Market

The smartphone industry is fiercely competitive, but Lava is well-prepared to stand out. Raina notes, "Our industry has never had a shortage of competition. When we started, there were over 200 brands in the market. Today, we are the only Indian brand remaining, competing with global giants."

Lava's focus on providing the best value to consumers has been a key factor in their success. Raina states, "The battle is about who can give consumers the best value. Our view of best value is ensuring that every device we release offers full value to the consumer, regardless of the price point."

Commitment to Security and Updates

In today's digital age, security is paramount. Lava ensures that their devices are secure by using the Android operating system and regularly providing security updates. Raina explains, "We promise updates and upgrades for each device and fulfill that promise. While other brands may focus on high-end devices, we ensure that even our lower-priced models receive regular updates, reducing vulnerability."

 Lava's ambitious plans include exploring IPO options and raising capital to further invest in research and development and marketing. Raina is optimistic about the future, stating, "India is set to become the manufacturing hub for the world. With initiatives like the Production-Linked Incentive (PLI) scheme for components, the opportunities are immense. We believe that the next decade will be crucial for the manufacturing sector in India."

With ambitious plans for expansion and a commitment to providing the best value, Lava is poised to make a significant impact in the market. As Sunil Raina aptly puts it, "We believe our people deserve the best, and we're here to deliver just that."

 

Next Story
Top 10 Scotch Whisky Brands in India 2024 | Alcohol%
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
Top 10 Scotch Whisky Brands in India 2024 | Alcohol%
 

A scotch can be called a whisky but a whisky cannot be called a scotch. Want to know more about scotch whisky? Did you know that all the scotch whisky must be made in Scotland by law? Here are the top 10 scotch whisky brands in India. 

Scotch Whiskey is the largest export segment for Scotland, with millions of bottles being shipped around the globe each year! It must be matured in oak casks in Scotland made from malted barley for three years as per the Scotch Whisky Association, established in 1912 to watch over the production and labeling of scotch whisky.

Top 10 Scotch Whisky Brands in India

Discover the top 10 scotch whisky brands in India, and gather all the Information you Need!

1. Glenlivet

Glenlivet, a scotch whisky brand was started by George Smith in 1824 with the Glenlivet being the main range of single malt scotch whisky. It goes through the process of malting, milling, mashing, fermenting, distilling and maturing. This scotch whisky is made in Livet Valley, Scotland. The brand became a part of the Pernod Ricard group, the Chivas brothers subsidiary.

Glenlivet: Top Scotch Whisky Brands in India
Glenlivet

Top 4 Glenvlivent Scotch Whisky Range in Delhi

Name Quantity ABV 
The Glenlivet Founder's Reserve 1000 CL 40 percent
The Glenlivet TCM White Oak Reserve 1000 CL 40 percent
The Glenlivet 12-Year-Old 1000 CL 40 percent
The Glenlivet 15-Year-Old 1000 CL 40 percent

2. Monkey Shoulder

Monkey Shoulder, a scotch and whisky brand owned by William Grant & Sons since 1887, originated in Scotland. The name ‘Monkey Shoulder’ came from the traditional process of whisky making. Way back malters would have strain injuries which led their hands to hang down like a monkey. It was the third best-selling scotch whisky brand in 2023. It comes from the Balvenie, Glenfiddich and Kininvie distilleries. (Source: Wikipedia)

Monkey Shoulder: Top Scotch Whisky Brands in India
Monkey Shoulder

Monkey Shoulder Scotch Whisky Range in Delhi 

Name Quantity ABV 
Monkey Shoulder Blend 1 L 40 percent

3. Black and White 

Black and White, a scotch and whisky brand was started by James Buchanan, through a London whisky brokerage in 1879. He found that whisky was believed to be harsh and saw a chance to sell something smooth. He used the finest molten grain whisky from Dalwhinnie, Clynelish and Glen Dullan. A balanced content was made in the Buchanan blend with the mixture of these. Later it was renamed as ‘Black and White’. Diageo owns the brand now. This scotch whisky is produced in Scotland. 

Black and White: Top Scotch Whisky Brands in India
Black and White

Black and White Scotch Whisky Range in Delhi  

Name Quantity ABV 
Black & White Blended Whisky 1 L 40 Percent

4. Chivas 

Chivas, a scotch and whisky brand, was founded by John and James Chivas in the rural Scottish Highlands. It has had its distillery since 1789 called the Strathisla. This scotch whisky brand is popular due to its smoothness and taste of Speyside malt. The Chivas scotch whisky range is matured between 10-25 years. Pernod Ricard has been the parent company since 2001. 

Chivas: Top Scotch Whisky Brands in India
Chivas

Chivas Scotch Whisky Range in Delhi 

Name Quantity ABV 
Chivas Regal 13 Extra Rum Cask Scotch Whisky 100 CL 40 percent

5. 100 Pipers

100 Pipers, a scotch whisky brand, produces its product with a blended mixture of 25-30 fine malt whiskies. It has been a part of Pernod Richard since 2001. The brand name was adapted from a ballad of ‘the hundred pipers’ which explains the store of pipers of a troop commanded by Bonnie Prince Charlie, in a battle. It was started by Jimmy Lang and Chivas brothers and Alan Baillie in 1965.

100 Pipers:Scotch Whisky Brands in India
100 Pipers

Top 2 100 Pipers Scotch Whisky Range in Delhi   

Name Quantity ABV
100 Pipers  750 ml 40 percent
100 pipers 12 years 750 ml 40 percent

6. Johnnie Walker

Jonnie Walker, a scotch whisky brand, has a great story. John Walker as a teenager started the distillery, grocery and wine segment when his father died. Slowly, he began to focus on whisky exclusively. It originated from Kilmarnock, Ayrshire in Scotland, and was passed on to his son and later to his grandson. Now the company is owned by Diageo.

Johnnie Walker: Scotch Whisky Brands in India
johnnie Walker

Top 5 Johnnie Walker Scotch Whisky Range in Delhi  

Name Quantity ABV
Johnnie Walker Double Black Blended Scotch Whisky 1L 40 percent
John Walker & Sons King George V Blended Scotch Whisky 750CL 40 percent
Johnnie Walker Blue Label Blended Scotch Whisky  1L 40 percent
Johnnie Walker Gold Label Reserve Blended Scotch Whisky 1L 40 percent
Johnnie Walker Island Green Blended Scotch Whisky Travel exclusive 1L 40 percent

7. Black Dog

Black Dog is a blended scotch whiskey producer established in 1883. It was blended and bottled by James Mackinlay. It is now produced by the Indian Beverage Company United Spirits Limited (USL), a subsidiary of Diageo. Since 1992 it has been bottled and marketed in India.

Black Dog: Top Scotch Whisky Brands in India
Black Dog

Top 3 Black Dog Scotch Whisky Range in Certain Parts of Delhi

Name Quantity ABV
Black Dog Black Aged & Rare Blended Scotch Whisky 750 ml 42.8 percent
Johnnie Walker Blue Label Blended Scotch Whisky  750 ml 40 percent
Johnnie Walker Gold Label Reserve Blended Scotch Whisky 750 ml 40 percent

8. Teachers 

Teachers is a scotch whisky brand started by William Teachers. After the Excise Act in 1823 William got the opportunity to sell whisky in his grocery store. He obtained a legal allowance to create and sell self-made whiskies in his shop. Years passed and his sons and grandsons held the legacy and became William Teachers & Sons Ltd. In 2011 Fortune Brands acquired Teachers and made it into Beam Inc. In 2014, Suntory bought Beam, forming Beam Suntory.

Teachers: Top Scotch Whisky Brands in India
Teachers

Top 2 Teachers Scotch Whisky Range in Delhi 

Name Quantity ABV
Teachers 50 Blended Scotch Whisky 750 ml 42.8 percent
Teachers Highland Cream Blended Scotch Whisky 750 ml 42.8 percent

9. Ballantine

Ballantine, a scotch whisky brand, started in 1836 when a Scottish greengrocer named George Ballantine turned to the art of whiskies. He started marketing his hand-selected malts. He first started his grocery with just shakes and ended up being the top scotch whisky brand around the globe. It provides blended scotch whisky from the most renowned whisky regions in Scotland which are Speyside, Highlands, Islay and Lowlands. It became a part of the Pernod Ricard Group in 2005. 

Ballantine: Top Scotch Whisky Brands in India
Ballantine

Top 3 Ballantine Scotch Whisky Range in Delhi 

Name  Quantity ABV
Ballantine Finest Blended Scotch Whisky 750 ml 43 percent
Ballantines Blended Scotch Whisky 12 Years 750 ml 40 percent
Ballantines Blended Scotch Whisky  375 ml 40 percent

10. Vat 69

Vat 69 is a scotch whisky brand that was started in Leith, Scotland by William Sanderson in 1839. He owned his own alcohol business in 1863. To make it perfect, William developed 100 different vatting of whiskies for expert testing. The number 69 came from the chosen number of vatting by the experts. Hence the brand name ‘Vat 69’. Today it is owned by Diageo and is produced in Scotland. 

Vat69: Top 10 Scotch Whisky Brands in India
Vat69

Top-rated Vat 69 Scotch Whisky Range in Delhi

Name Quantity ABV 
Vat 69 Blended Scotch Whisky 1L 40 percent

Last Word

From the Indian Retailers' view, Scotch Whisky has a special place in the global market of spirits products, differentiating itself and appealing to sophisticated consumers all over the world by being made following strict regulations that are based on time-honored Scottish methods of production. 

FAQs

Which are the top 3 scotch whisky brands in India?

Glenfiddich 12, Chivas Regal 12, and Johnnie Walker Black Label are the best scotch whisky brands in India. 

What factors are required before purchasing a scotch whisky?

Price, age, range and flavor are the top four factors that should be considered before purchasing a scotch whisky.

What are the main types of scotch whisky?

Single malt scotch whisky, single grain scotch whisky, blended malt scotch whisky, blended grain scotch whisky and blended scotch whisky are the main four types of scotch whisky in the market. 

What are the common scotch whisky regions in Scotland?

Speyside, Highlands, Islay, Lowlands and Campbeltown are the main regions in Scotland. 

 

Next Story
Mango Rakes in Record 1.543 Billion Euro Revenue in First Half of the Year - Up 6.3 pc!
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
Mango Rakes in Record 1.543 Billion Euro Revenue in First Half of the Year - Up 6.3 pc!
 

In a spectacular display of business acumen, Mango has set a new benchmark with the highest revenue in its 40-year history, raking in over 1.543 billion euros in the first six months of the year. This marks a 6.3 percent increase compared to the same period last year, showcasing the brand's relentless upward trajectory despite facing challenges like climate impacts, inflationary pressures, and geopolitical tensions.

The secret behind Mango's soaring success? A series of blockbuster collections that have captivated customers worldwide. Mango’s collections and value proposition, meticulously designed in Barcelona, have been exceptionally well received. From the much-anticipated collaboration with fashion icon Victoria Beckham for its Woman line to an exclusive partnership with Italian tailoring powerhouse Boglioli for Mango Man, the brand has consistently delivered on quality and innovation. These new capsule collections, alongside fresh editions of its Capsule and Selection lines, have not only reinforced Mango's commitment to aspirational style but also resonated deeply with fashion enthusiasts.

Unstoppable Sales across All Business Lines

Mango's diverse business lines have all seen remarkable growth. Mango Man has emerged as a star performer with a jaw-dropping 21 percent increase in sales. Meanwhile, Mango Kids and Teen have recorded impressive growth of over 11 percent. The Woman line, the backbone of Mango's business, has achieved a slight but significant growth of 4 percent, securing the highest revenue for a six-month period in the company's history and accounting for a whopping 79 percent of total revenue.

Toni Ruiz, CEO, Mango, expressed his pride in the company's achievements. "In a very competitive environment, the company has achieved the best six months in its history, with growth above the market average. The excellent performance in revenue during the first half of the year reinforces our commitment to our value proposition, our business model and the international expansion plan with which we want to continue to inspire the world with our passion for fashion," he stated.

Global Domination 

With a presence in over 115 markets, Mango's international business now accounts for more than 78 percent of the group's total revenue. The top-performing regions include Spain, France, Turkey, Germany, and the US. The brand's aggressive expansion strategy has led to 57 net store openings in the first half of the year, bringing the total to 2,743 stores worldwide. By the end of 2024, Mango aims to surpass 2,800 stores, a testament to its ambitious growth plans.

Mango's expansion is nothing short of impressive. In the US, the brand is opening more stores than initially planned, with new locations in Pennsylvania, Massachusetts, and Virginia, as well as a strengthened presence in California and New York. In Spain, around twenty new stores are set to open, particularly for the Mango Teen line, with a new Teen store already making waves at Passeig de Gracia in Barcelona.

The UK market is also a key focus, with plans for over twenty new stores this year, including first-time ventures into cities in Northern Ireland and central and southern England. London has already welcomed its first international Mango Teen store.

Italy is another hotspot for Mango's expansion, with more than fifteen new stores slated to open, pushing the total number of stores in the country past one hundred. Key cities like Rome, Bologna, Genoa, and Verona are seeing significant investments, including a new flagship store in Rome's Alberto Sordi shopping gallery and a revamped iconic store in Milan's Galleria del Corso.

Physical and Online Channels Flourish

Mango's physical channel growth has been bolstered by not just new store openings but also a significant double-digit growth in Like-for-Like (LxL) sales. Meanwhile, the online channel continues to perform robustly, with slight growth over the same period last year. Online sales now represent approximately 33 percent of the group's total revenue, a figure that far exceeds industry competitors.

Celebrating its 40th anniversary in 2024, Mango has unveiled a bold new Strategic Plan named 4E, outlining the business priorities until 2026. The four pillars of the 4E Plan—Elevate, Expand, Earn, and Empower—will drive the company towards its ambitious goals, including surpassing 4 billion euros in revenue by 2026. Central to this plan is a reinforced value proposition and a strategic expansion that envisions the opening of over 500 stores in the next three years.

Mango closed a record 2023 financial year with revenue exceeding 3.1 billion euros. As the company now pushes forward with its 4E Strategic Plan, the goal is clear: exceed 4 billion euros in revenue by 2026. With its eyes firmly set on the future, Mango continues to inspire the fashion world, setting new standards and breaking records with each passing day. Stay tuned as this fashion juggernaut continues its unstoppable ascent!

 

Next Story
How to Start a Shoe Business in 14 Steps: A Hands-On Guide
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
How to Start a Shoe Business in 14 Steps: A Hands-On Guide
 

Everyone has shoes in their wardrobe, and people like buying good shoes. Therefore starting a shoe business can be an exciting and rewarding venture, but there is always a right strategy to kick start, the perfect push, isn't it? To assist you on how to start a shoe business, here is a 14-step hands-on guide that will describe the path for your entrepreneur journey. 

14 Steps to Starting a Shoe Business

Starting a shoe business involves careful planning and execution. Here are 14 steps to guide you through the process:

Step 1. Research Your Market

Engagement, Awareness and Analysis of  the Market:

  • Conduct Surveys: gathering information about the market, audience wants and demands is essential. In today's technology there are various ways to collect information, using online tools like Google Forms or SurveyMonkey can help you gain customer insights. 
  • Analyze Competitors: One must know their competitors. Thorough research on what the other shoe brands are doing, their performance, their market information, and whether there are any gaps that you are missing. Understand the strategies of successful shoe brands and improvise yours. 
  • Attend Trade Shows: Engaging with industry experts is crucial, make your networking, and gain knowledge about the shoe industry in your country. Recognize and integrate with a first-hand look at upcoming trends. 

Tip: Create an online survey and share it on social media to gather initial feedback. Use this data to refine your shoe business concept.

Step 2. Define Your Niche 

Spot Your Target Audience:

  • Demographics: Age, gender, location, and income level are the key elements to define and understand your target audience. This will help you to dedicate your product to a specific customer making it resonate with them. 
  • Interests and Lifestyles: Who are you designing and manufacturing for? What type of shoe needs to be made for what type of audience? Get answers to these questions, whether you want to produce a show for an athlete, a fashion admirer or a corporate audience. For instance, if your shoe business is for an athlete, then design your product accordingly, make it a high-performance running shoe, soft foot strike and other features. 

Tip: Develop customer personas. Give them names and backstories to better visualize and cater to their needs.

How to Start a Shoe Business - Define Your Niche 
Define Target Audience

Step 3. Brand Identity

Build a Strong Brand Identity:

  • Name and Logo: A memorable and unique name and logo can add a lot of value to your shoe business. It catches the eye of a consumer. 
  • Visual Elements: Making the right choice of color scheme, the typography in the logo and content and the images is a great way to attract customers. The logo and brand name should have the right balance of colors and readable typography.
  • Brand Story: The narration of your brand story builds a connection between the target audience and your brand. A compelling storytelling that resonates. Honesty and achievements should be a part of the storytelling. Mark the milestones. For example: Nike’s “swoosh” logo is instantly recognizable and symbolizes speed and motion.

Tip: Use a free logo maker tool like Canva to experiment with designs. Share your top choices with friends and family for feedback.

Step 4. Plan Out Your Business

Components of a Business Plan:

  • Executive Summary: Answers to why, what, who, where and how of the shoe business will bring an objective to your brand. Make an overview of the business.
  • Marketing Strategy: Develop and improve the marketing plan as per the trends. Customers want something new and niche, adapt to a plan that can retain and entice your customers. 

Tip: There are tons of business plan websites that can make a template for you according to your needs. Small Business Administration (SBA) is a well-known website in India. 

Step 5. Secure Funding                 

Explore Funding Options: Know What Suits You!

  • Bootstrapping: It is the most popular option for starting a shoe business. It means building your brand from scratch with owner finances without external capital. It provides full ownership and eliminates the payment of interest, dividends and external investors.
  • Bank Loans: Secure funding option from a financial institute that can be used in purchasing inventory, storefront and manufacturing. A bank provides a lump sum amount that needs to be repaid with interest but mostly for a business loan banks give long-period repayment. 
  • Crowdfunding: It is a recent and upcoming option to raise your funding to start a business. It means a practice of raising money by a large number of people who would like to invest small or big amounts. It usually happens on online platforms, Kickstarter and IndieGoGo are the top crowdfunding websites. 

Tip: Create a crowdfunding campaign video that tells your story and explains why people should support your venture.

How to Start a Shoe Business - Secure Funding   
Secure Funding

Step 6. Manufacturing of the Products

Design and production:

  • Sketch Designs: A developed and researched design information is put down on a piece of paper. Make sketches, and translate the gathered knowledge on what type of shoes is the company making. 
  • Create Prototypes: Make a rough outlined duplicate of your shoe. A show sample can assist in rectifying the little details are are left. Ensuring the sample is correct as per the expectation, then master the final product.
  • Test for Quality: Certainty in the quality, durability, comfort and style of the shoe is a must. Make sure the shoe has all the elements that are required like lace, sole or color.

Note: The development process for a running shoe will differ significantly from that of a high-heeled shoe in terms of materials and design.

Tip: Gather feedback from customers and improve. The sketches can be shared with potential customers on online mediums like social media or via email.

How to Start a Shoe Business - Manufacturing of Products
Manufacturing of Products

Step 7. Managing Supply Chain

Establish a Reliable Supply Chain:

  • Source Materials supplier: Building and maintaining a strong relationship with suppliers benefits the brand in procurement, and responsible products, ensuring quality, delivery, and sustainability. Do not depend on one supplier, diversify. 
  • Manufacturing: Reduce risk factors and resolve common challenges in the manufacturing process. Partner with reputable suppliers.
  • Logistics: Adopt and plan your inventory, and how to transport your products from the factory to your storage facility or directly to customers. Implement ABC analysis and Embrace Just-in-time inventory.

Tip: Trello is a reputed supply chain and inventory company. 

Step 8. Register Your Business

Legal Requirements:

  • Choose a Business Model: Decide if you want to start with a retail store, or through e-commerce or Omnichannel (retail store as well as online presence). If the budget is open to a large investment a retail store is the right call. If the budget allows low investment e-commerce is the best.
  • Register Your Business Name: Make your shoe brand authentic to gain the confidence of your customers. Choose a business structure, for instance, sole proprietorship, partnership, LLC or corporation. 

Step 9. Set Up Your Storefront or an Online Presence

Ways of Selling

  • Brick-and-Mortar Store: A retail store in a specific location where customers have the comfort of testing and trying the shoe. 
  • E-commerce Website: Use online applications and websites like Amazon, Flipkart or Myntra etc. Online presence has a wider reach ability to gain the attention of the audience. 
How to Start a Shoe Business - Set up your Storefront 
Set up your Storefront 

Step 10. Marketing Strategy

Promote Your Brand: 

  • Social Media Marketing: Today the most popular marketing platforms are social media. Build a presence on Instagram and Facebook to showcase the footwear. It is best for making a large number of audiences aware of your shoe business. 
  • Influencer Collaborations: Influencer marketing is when you partner with social media influencers or even celebrities with a huge number of followers, to advertise your footwear brand.
  • Email Campaigns: Newsletters have a dual advantage, it makes consumers aware of the brand as well as bring the innovative upgrades seen. keep the audience updated with new arrivals and promotions. 

Tip: Hootsuite is a common and well-rated website for managing social media posts, and stories with cost efficiency. 

Step 11. Launch Your Business

Plan Your Launch:

  • Pre-Launch Hype: Make a tease about your footwear in the market. Encourage customers through marketing strategies before the launch. Use social media, and offline advertisements like billboards and merchandising. 
  • Launch Event: Host an event online or offline. Make the store an e-commerce presence seen in the market. 
  • Exclusive Offers: To engage and entice the customers, avail with offers, discounts, and coupons.

Tip: Live stream your launch event on social media to engage with a broader audience.

Step 12. Manage Inventory

Efficient Inventory Management:

  • Inventory Management System: For a successful operation consider investing in a reliable inventory management system. The software must manage the stock levels, sales performance, and generate real-time reports. 
  • Set Par Levels: Ensure stock-ins and stock-outs. Manage with balance for dealing with minimal quantities for each footwear to ensure it is never out of stock. 

Tip: QuickBooks is a website to integrate inventory management with your accounting system.

How to Start a Shoe Business - Inventory Management 
Inventory Management 

Step 13. Provide Excellent Customer Service

Customer Experience:

  • Sizing Guides: Help customers choose the right size, acknowledge the feedback and improve.
  • Personalized Recommendations: Suggest and customize products based on customer preferences. It builds trust and confidence from a customer's perspective towards your brand. 
  • Easy Returns: Offer hassle-free returns to build trust. Certain coupons or discounts can be made available for dissatisfied customers, generating a want for customers to come back. 

Tip: Implement a live chat feature on your website to assist customers in real-time.

How to Start a Shoe Business - Customer Experience
Provide Customer Service 

Step 14. Plan Future

Stay Ahead of the Curve:

  • Monitor Trends: Keep upgrading and follow the latest footwear trends and technology 
  • Collect Feedback: Regularly ask customers for their opinions. 
  • Adapt Quickly: Be ready to pivot your strategy based on market changes.

Tip: Use Google Analytics to track your website’s performance and gain insights into customer behavior.

Final Thoughts

In the Indian retailer's eye, omnichannel presence is gaining heights for a startup. A business must choose the right path in the business model. E-commerce and retailing strategies influence the usual shopping experience still liked by the majority. Retailers are now integrating physical and digital mediums into omnichannel presence to expand their customer base. It is important to combine e-commerce and traditional retail, it was revealed that 73 percent of consumers incorporate multiple channels in their shopping. 

FAQs

Is the shoe business profitable?

Yes, the shoe business can be profitable. Different types of shoe businesses have different cost structures and profit margins. For example, a retail shoe store has a profit margin of approximately 20% to 30%, whereas a wholesale shoe distributor has a profit margin of about 35% due to lower costs of goods sold​.

What are the most popular types of shoes demanded in the market?

The top 3 types of market-demanded shoes are - casual footwear, formal footwear, and customized footwear.

What is the minimum investment for a footwear business?

The minimum investment to start a footwear business typically ranges from Rs. 8 lakhs to Rs. 20 lakhs. This amount covers essential costs such as renting a space, purchasing inventory, business registration, and initial marketing efforts.

 

Next Story
Difference between Supermarket and Hypermarket
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
Difference between Supermarket and Hypermarket
 

The ones responsible for the high amounts of market value in India and rapid growth among all others are Supermarkets and Hypermarkets. It's expected that in 2026 the retail market value of India will reach $1.7 trillion, with super and hypermarkets being important drivers of it. The retail giants in addition not only revolutionized the shopping experience but also completely changed consumer behavior and the economy. It is most likely that urbanization together with the increase of disposable incomes contributes to the very fact that the distinction between supermarkets and hypermarkets becomes more comprehensible.

What is a Supermarket?

 

What is Supermarket
Supermarket

A Supermarket is a very large retail establishment that particularly sells in big quantities to family members. Bringing you back to the story, supermarkets operate in self-service and provide a wide list of foods in their inventory including vegetables, fruits, meat, packaged goods, and also non-food items such as cleaning things and personal hygiene products. An instance in India that portrays an adequate example is Reliance Fresh. The global Supermarkets Market value is approximately $0.98 trillion in 2024, along the line is expected to touch $1.16 trillion by 2029, although the CAGR has been cited to reach 3.30 percent in the period of the forecast (2024-2029).  Such grocers usually set up shops near urban and semi-urban centers, thus enabling convenience and a wide selection of food items for one's daily needs in shopping. There are different types of Supermarkets which are:

  • Conventional supermarkets
  • A limited assortment of supermarkets
  • Supercenters
  • Warehouse clubs
  • Convenience stores

Check More: Retail Store: Definition, Types and Components

What is a Hypermarket?

 

What is Hypermarket
Hypermarket

A hypermarket is an immense supermarket-like enterprise, which combines a supermarket with a department store. Normally, these shops have a wide selection of products in one place, such as groceries, apparel, electronics, furniture, and much more. Hypermarkets are a type of large retail store that provides a more comprehensive shopping experience and because of that, they are usually larger than supermarkets. The success of Lulu Hyderabad in India is a wonderful illustration of a hypermarket chain. A majority of the time, hypermarkets are found either in the suburbs or on the outskirts of towns, and they usually offer large parking lots and diverse stock. The Hypermarket market size is calculated as $774.27 billion in 2024 and is expected to reach $876.03 billion as soon as the end of the year 2029 with an every-year development proportion of 2.5 percent within the same period between 2024 and 2029.

Check More: Difference Between Supermarkets and Department Stores

Major Differences between Supermarket and Hypermarket

Feature

Supermarket

Hypermarket

Size Typically ranges from 10,000 to 40,000 square feet. Generally spans over 80,000 square feet, sometimes exceeding 200,000 square feet.
Product Range Focuses mainly focus on food products and other usable items that are often found in households. Serves a broad scope of customer needs with products that include food and beverages, apparel, electronics and accessories, and home goods.
Shopping Experience  More focused, convenient, and quicker for everyday shopping.  Offers a comprehensive, one-stop shopping experience with a wide variety of goods.
Service Emphasizes convenience with easy access and quick shopping trips. Provides a broad selection of products often with additional services like food courts and entertainment options.
Target Market Serves and targets the urban and semi-urban areas consumers who are mainly looking for convenience. These appeal to consumers who shop for a variety of goods and those who shop in bulk.

The main difference between a supermarket and a hypermarket is that a hypermarket is a supermarket that also sells expensive items like appliances and is much more significant. Hypermarkets are massive, whereas supermarkets are small.

Examples of Supermarkets and Hypermarkets:

  • Supermarkets: Walmart Inc. and in India Reliance Fresh, and Hypercity are the greatest examples of Supermarkets. 
  • Hypermarkets: Reliance Retail, DMart and Spencer’s are some examples of Hypermarket 

Strategies for Success:

To thrive, both supermarkets and hypermarkets must adopt specific strategies:

Store Location:

  • Supermarkets can be found near housing areas and that is why they are more accessible to the consumers.
  • The central part of the city is the location of the hypermarkets. This is due to the huge area of them, which is why more parking spaces are provided and thus, the site can attract more customers.

Merchandise Range:

  • Supermarkets are the first to enter with the least brand variety but more product categories (e.g., 500 categories with 10 choices each).
  • Hypermarkets are the second for they offer more products but fewer brand choices in each category (e.g., 3,000 categories with top 3-5 brands).

Inventory Management:

  • With supermarkets, there are such practices as inventory turnover, demand-making estimation, communicating with a reliable supplier, setting auto reorders, etc.
  • In hypermarkets, by inclusion of forecasted demands commodity-wise, they escape overstock or stockouts.

Store Layout:

  • Supermarkets make use of the same layout for all the departments and thus a customer can get familiar with everything by following the signboards.
  • Hypermarkets do the same for the board (i.e. rows for groceries, and free flow for clothes) and the customer will be able to find a way to move through the store because of the signboards.

Online Presence:

  • Supermarkets have put up more user-friendly websites or have made apps for online ordering and home delivery. They are also taking advantage of social media and digital marketing.
  • Hypermarkets have evolved traditional shopping methods, letting patrons order curbside pick-up and combining such walks with car-parking directions filled through online channels.

Technology Integration:

  • Supermarkets also believe in the concept of implementing ERP solutions that can be adapted to different business functions (e.g., inventory control, billing, accounts, and GST filing).
  • Similarly, Hypermarkets will also be capable of being extended to security measures like even theft-detection cameras, especially for self-checkout POS machines.

Customer Service:

  • Supermarkets: Staff must be taught to help customers who are overwhelmed by the huge number of shoppers. The personnel should be effortlessly approachable by the customers.
  • Hypermarkets: They have a nice idea such as the addition of in-store restaurants and cafes thus an important reason behind them to shop and boost sales.

A Quick Summary of the Differences between Hypermarket and Supermarkets

  • Size: Hypermarkets are significantly larger than supermarkets.
  • Location: Supermarkets are usually located near residential areas while hypermarkets are located in commercial areas or ideally on the outskirts areas.
  • Product Range: Hypermarkets offer a more extensive range of products.
  • Pricing: Supermarkets prices are based on their nearest competitor's price while the hypermarkets follow everyday low pricing strategies after their large sales volume.
  • Shopping Experience: Supermarkets are convenient for quick trips, while hypermarkets provide a comprehensive shopping experience.
  • Checkout counters: Supermarkets have a single counter with multiple tills but Hypermarket has departments with their different counters for billing.
  • Service: Supermarkets focus on speed and convenience hypermarkets on variety and additional services.
  • Target Market: Supermarkets cater to the daily needs of urban shoppers; hypermarkets target bulk buyers and those seeking a wide variety.

Final Words

At Indian Retailer, we think that both Hypermarket and Supermarkets play important roles in the Indian economy, and play a crucial role in the Indian retail market, understanding their difference is also important for anyone to make an informed choice and also for the people who want to strategize growth in the retail world.

FAQs on the Difference Between Supermarkets and Hypermarkets

1. Is DMart a supermarket or a hypermarket?

DMart is an Indian retail corporation that operates a chain of supermarkets in India.

2. Is mall a hypermarket?

No, a mall is not a hypermarket. A mall is a large complex with multiple retail stores and entertainment options, while a hypermarket is a single, extensive store combining a supermarket and a department store.

3. What is the difference between a retail store and a hypermarket?

Hypermarkets are usually part of a larger retail chain, and they often have a larger selection than supermarkets or department stores. In addition to offering a wide variety of items, hypermarkets typically sell items at lower prices than other retailers.

4. What is the difference between a supermarket and a grocery store?

A grocery store tends to be more focused on food and produce, often smaller in size, and might not carry the same extensive range of non-food items. Essentially, supermarkets are like a one-size-fits-all store, while grocery stores are more specialized.

5. Why is a supermarket necessary?

The benefit of a supermarket is that customers can get all of their goods under one roof, which saves a lot of time.

 

Next Story
82 pc of Indian Consumers Prioritize Data Protection for Trust in Brands
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
82 pc of Indian Consumers Prioritize Data Protection for Trust in Brands
 

In an era where digital transactions are burgeoning, Indian consumers are particularly sensitive about their personal data. 82 percent of consumers consider the protection of their personal data as the most critical factor in earning their trust. This sentiment is echoed by Ravi Kapoor, Partner and Leader – Retail and Consumer sector, PwC India, who stated, "Protecting consumer data has not surprisingly been voted by 82 percent of consumers as the most important factor that will help build trust."

PwC India has released its latest survey titled "Voice of the Consumer Survey 2024," providing a comprehensive look at the sentiments and shopping behaviors of Indian consumers. The survey, encompassing responses from 1,000 Indian consumers, underscores significant trends and imperatives that brands must heed to build trust and foster loyalty. According to the survey, Indian consumers are increasingly discerning about where they spend their money and whom they trust with their personal data. The survey provides a comprehensive look into the sentiments and shopping behaviors of Indian consumers, offering crucial insights for brands aiming to refine their strategies and marketing efforts.

82 pc of Indian Consumers Prioritize Data Protection for Trust in Brands

The Crucial Role of Data Protection

Consumers are increasingly cautious about privacy and data sharing, particularly on social media. Despite 58 percent of consumers buying products through social media, it remains the least trusted channel, with 76 percent of consumers expressing concerns about privacy. This underscores the need for brands to implement stringent data protection measures and transparently manage consumer data.

“The survey advises businesses to adopt rigorous data protection strategies, as 83 percent of consumers value knowing their devices secure their information, and 74 percent approve using their data for beneficial services. Additionally, over 66 percent are willing to share data for more personalized experiences, provided their privacy is not compromised,” he explained.

Health, Wellness, and Sustainability

Indian consumers' preferences are increasingly leaning towards health and wellness-focused products. The survey reveals that 69 percent of consumers plan to eat more fruits and vegetables soon, and 75 percent actively seek information on food sustainability. Millennials, in particular, show a proactive stance, with 78 percent favoring independent sustainability scores on labels, compared to 66 percent of Gen Z.

This shift towards sustainability is further driven by concerns over climate change, which 46 percent of Indian consumers view as a significant threat. As a result, 60 percent of these consumers are changing their behavior and moving towards sustainable products, even willing to pay a premium of 13.1 percent for sustainably sourced goods.

Kapoor emphasized, "Our survey reveals three main drivers of building trust; firstly, how well do brands make life easier for their consumers; secondly, how well they connect with their consumers and finally how do they ensure inclusiveness with their consumers."

Businesses are advised to align their offerings with wellness, nutrition, and sustainable practices. The top incentives for sustainable purchasing include water conservation (43 percent), eco-friendly packaging (41 percent), and waste reduction and recycling (36 percent). By addressing these concerns, brands can tap into the growing market of environmentally conscious consumers and strengthen their trust and loyalty.

Physical Stores vs. Online Shopping

While the global trend shows a significant shift towards online shopping, Indian consumers still exhibit a strong preference for physical stores. According to the survey, 56 percent of Indian consumers frequently purchase non-grocery items from physical stores, a figure substantially higher than the global average of 34 percent. In-store shopping remains popular, with 62 percent of consumers preferring to visit stores to discover products, while 53 percent browse online.

This preference for physical stores is balanced with the convenience of online marketplaces, with 43 percent of purchases happening in-store and 44 percent online. Businesses are encouraged to enhance the physical store experience by incorporating technologies like augmented reality and mobile payments to make shopping more seamless and engaging.

"Indian consumers’ optimistic sentiment shines through the survey with a whopping 75 percent of consumers saying that they will increase spends in the clothing/footwear/grocery and health and beauty categories in the next six months," noted Kapoor.

The Impact of Social Media and Influencers

Social media plays a crucial role in consumer decision-making, despite being the least trusted industry. The survey indicates that 77 percent of consumers discover new brands via social media, and 81 percent use it to seek reviews before making purchases. Influencer endorsements and targeted ads significantly influence purchasing decisions, highlighting the importance for brands to maintain authenticity and transparency on these platforms.

However, the concerns about privacy and data sharing on social media cannot be ignored. Kapoor highlighted, "The main theme of the survey is the need for brands to stay authentic to earn consumer trust and ultimately build loyalty." To address these concerns, businesses must implement stringent privacy measures and clearly communicate their data protection policies to consumers.

AI and the Human Touch

The integration of AI in business operations is a double-edged sword. While 57 percent of consumers trust AI for low-risk activities like obtaining product information or receiving recommendations, they remain skeptical about AI’s role in high-risk tasks. Despite interest in chatbots, there is a strong preference for direct interaction with sales representatives. Over 86 percent of consumers express concerns about the potential cyber risks and job security implications of future AI developments.

The survey cautions businesses to carefully integrate AI, emphasizing the need to balance AI with human interaction, especially in complex and personal services. He advised, "Brands need to deploy generative AI tools responsibly to build consumer trust." This balance is crucial in ensuring that AI enhances the consumer experience without overshadowing the human touch that many consumers still value.

Building Trust Through Authenticity and Value

The survey identifies six key imperatives essential for building consumer trust: focusing on value-creating purchase journeys, proactively helping consumers manage their health and wellness needs, staying authentic on social media channels, building watertight personal data protection capabilities, creating sustainable business models, and deploying generative AI tools responsibly.

82 pc of Indian Consumers Prioritize Data Protection for Trust in Brands

By addressing these imperatives, businesses can meet consumer expectations and build long-lasting trust and loyalty. High-quality products and services, clear communication, consistent consumer experiences, affordability, transparency in ESG matters, and improved decision-making and execution are the cornerstones of building trust with consumers.

 

Next Story
India's FMCG Market to Grow from $121.8 Bn in 2023 to $615.87 Bn by 2027
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
India's FMCG Market to Grow from $121.8 Bn in 2023 to $615.87 Bn by 2027
 

The fast-moving consumer goods (FMCG) sector in India is witnessing significant growth driven by consumer demand and price hikes, particularly for essential items. As of 2023, the FMCG market has reached a valuation of $121.8 billion. This report delves into the various factors contributing to the sector's expansion and the projections for its future growth.

According to IBEF(India Brand Equity Foundation), the total revenue of the FMCG market is expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 27.9 percent from 2021-27, potentially reaching nearly $615.87 billion. In 2022, the urban segment contributed 65 percent to the overall annual FMCG sales, while rural India accounted for over 35 percent. This growth is supported by a good harvest and government spending, which are anticipated to aid rural demand recovery in FY24.

Volume and Value Growth

India's FMCG sector grew by 6.4 percent in volumes during the October-December 2023 quarter, led by positive consumption trends across the country. In FY23, the sector witnessed an 8.5 percent increase in revenues and a 2.5 percent rise in volumes. During the first half of 2022, value growth was approximately 8.4 percent due to inflation-induced price hikes. In Q2 of 2022, the FMCG sector recorded a 10.9 percent year-on-year value growth, surpassing the 6 percent growth seen in Q1.

Digital Influence and Resilience

India boasts 780 million internet users, with the average person spending around 7.3 hours daily on their smartphone, one of the highest rates globally. This digital presence has significantly influenced the FMCG sector, with digital advertising spending reaching $9.92 billion by 2023. The FMCG industry contributed 42 percent of the total digital spending, highlighting its dominance in the digital advertising space.

Food Processing Industry: A Key Contributor

The Indian food processing market reached $ 307.2 billion in 2022 and is expected to grow to $ 470 billion by 2028, with a CAGR of 9.5 percent from 2023-28. From April 2000 to December 2023, the food processing industry received $ 12,466 million in foreign direct investment (FDI). The Union government has approved a new production-linked incentive (PLI) scheme for the food processing sector with a budget of Rs. 109 billion ($ 1.46 billion), with incentives disbursed over six years until 2026-27.

Investment Announcements and Acquisitions

  • Varun Beverages: In February 2024, the company announced a Rs. 3,500 crore ($ 421.69 million) investment to set up manufacturing plants, generating 1,500 jobs.
  • Unilever: In October 2023, Unilever entered into an agreement to sell Dollar Shave Club while retaining a 35 percent minority shareholding.
  • VLCC: In June 2023, VLCC acquired the men's grooming brand Ustraa.
  • Reliance Retail Ventures: Completed the acquisition of a controlling stake in Lotus Chocolate in May 2023.
  • ITC: In January 2023, ITC announced plans to acquire 100 percent of Sproutlife Foods, the parent company of the health food brand 'Yoga Bar', over three to four years.

Government Initiatives and Budget Allocations

The Union Budget 2023-24 allocated $976 million for PLI schemes aimed at reducing import costs, improving domestic production cost competitiveness, increasing domestic capacity, and promoting exports. These initiatives are expected to drive growth in the FMCG sector by creating jobs and strengthening the supply chain.

ALSO READ: FMCG Sector in India Sees Strong Growth in 2023-24

Employment and Consumption Trends

The FMCG sector employs around 3 million people, accounting for approximately 5 percent of the total factory employment in India. Sales in the sector were expected to grow by 7-9 percent in revenues for 2022-23. Key growth drivers include favorable government initiatives, a growing rural market and youth population, new branded products, and the rise of e-commerce platforms. By 2025, the number of active internet users in India is expected to reach 900 million, up from 622 million in 2020.

Rural Markets and Urban Contributions

Rural markets contribute more than 35 percent to overall annual FMCG sales. E-commerce accounts for 17 percent of the overall FMCG consumption among affluent buyers, who spend an average of Rs 5,620 ($68). The sector's growth is also fueled by increased spending on healthcare products, driven by the COVID-19 pandemic, and the rising demand for branded products in rural areas.

Future Outlook

The FMCG market in India is expected to increase at a CAGR of 14.9 percent, reaching $220 billion by 2025, up from $110 billion in 2020. The government's incentives and FDI funds have bolstered the sector, improving employment rates and establishing a robust supply chain. The FMCG sector's resilience, coupled with digital advancements and government support, ensures its continued growth and contribution to India's economy.

 

Next Story
After Rs 500 Crore ARR in 4.5 years, The Sleep Company Targets 200 Stores in 12 Months!
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
After Rs 500 Crore ARR in 4.5 years, The Sleep Company Targets 200 Stores in 12 Months!
 

Revolutionizing the traditional mattress industry, TSC leads on the front foot with 100 company-owned-company-led stores. Remarkably, it's India's fastest D2C brand to reach this milestone within two years of launching its first store in Bengaluru in June 2022. In just four-and-a-half years, The Sleep Company has hit an impressive Rs 500 crore ARR! The Sleep Company is redefining the landscape of comfort with its innovative approach to sleep and seating products. From humble beginnings to becoming a trailblazer in the comfort tech industry, the journey of The Sleep Company is nothing short of inspiring.

Priyanka Salot, Co-founder, The Sleep Company, along with her husband Harshil, embarked on a transformative journey after identifying a gap in the Indian market for high-quality sleep products. "When I became a mom, sleep became a luxury that I couldn't afford. Despite trying various mattresses, my quest for comfort remained unfulfilled," Priyanka recalls. "That's when we realized the stark difference in product quality available in India compared to the global market. It sparked the idea that led to the birth of The Sleep Company."

With a decade-long experience at Procter & Gamble, Priyanka's passion for consumer brands and tangible products that improve lives fueled the foundation of the brand. "We wanted to create a consumer brand that would make a real difference. Our goal was clear: to revolutionize sleep and seating comfort with innovative products," she says.

Disrupting with SmartGRID Technology

The turning point came when Priyanka and Hershel met AK Tripathi, a former Defence Research and Development Organisation (DRDO) scientist. "We spent two years in R&D, developing a product far superior to anything available in the country. Our patented SmartGRID mattress was born, designed to provide unparalleled comfort and support," Priyanka explains. The SmartGRID technology, now patented in multiple countries including India, has set new standards in the comfort tech industry.

From the outset, the vision was ambitious. "Can we make people sleep and sit better and become the world's best comfort tech brand?" Priyanka asked. In just two years, the company has established a strong offline presence, opening 100 company-owned experience centers across 30 cities in India. "We didn't want to be just another online brand. We aimed to create a tangible experience for our consumers," she emphasizes. "Our stores are designed to educate consumers about the importance of sleep and the benefits of SmartGRID technology. We offer a unique 'Sleep Lab' experience where customers can see and feel the difference." The company offers a host of products including mattresses, sofa, pillows, cushions, bedding, office chairs, smart recliner bed, among others.

TSC funding

From 100 to 200 Stores

With the recent milestone of 100 stores, The Sleep Company is poised for further expansion. "We plan to double our store count to 200 in the next 12 months," Priyanka shares. "Our approach is data-driven. We use proprietary tools to identify the best locations based on demographics, income levels, and other parameters. This ensures a high success rate for our stores."

The focus remains on direct-to-consumer sales, providing a seamless shopping experience both online and offline. "Our strategy of Research Online, Purchase Offline (ROPO) has worked exceptionally well. Today, more than 60 percent of our business comes from offline sales," she notes.

The Sleep Company saw its operating revenue soar to over Rs 127.14 crore in FY23, a massive leap from Rs 74.05 lakh in FY20. The company is on track to hit Rs 1000 crore in revenue within the next two-three years. This ambitious goal aligns with the leadership’s strategic vision, and will be fueled by a robust growth strategy, including expansion plans across India. The company has two manufacturing sites, one each in Mumbai and Bengaluru. Since December 2022, it has opened one store every 4-5 days, and all of TSC stores have been EBITDA profitable since the beginning of its operations.

The company generates 85 percent of its sales through its omnichannel presence, which includes both retail stores and its website. Dominating the office chair market in India, it has seen an astounding 10X growth in its chair category since launch. With the recent debut of its chair brand 'ErgoSmart', TSC aims to double its market share in the next 24 months. So far, TSC has raised Rs 184 cr in a Series C funding round from Premji Invest and Fireside Ventures in December 2023, Rs 177 cr in a Series B round led by the same investors and Alteria Capital, and Rs 13.4 cr in a pre-Series A round. Currently, they don’t have plans to raise more capital.

Inventing for the Future

Innovation continues to be at the core of the brand. "We operate in two main categories: sleep and seating. We are constantly launching new products within these categories," says Priyanka. "Our aim is to continue innovating and offering products that truly solve consumer problems." Beyond products, Priyanka and Harshil are committed to building a great organization. "Every employee at The Sleep Company has ESOPs, and we've conducted two rounds of buyback in our three-year funding journey. We want to ensure our employees are part of our success," Priyanka states proudly. "We strive to create a company that is not just profitable but also a great place to work."

To solidify its market position and omnichannel presence, The Sleep Company plans to boost its workforce from the current 1000 employees to 1300-1400 by the end of 2024. “This rapid growth and expansion is attributed to a combination of innovative products, expansion of our omnichannel presence and our unwavering commitment to customer satisfaction. Innovation remains at the core of our growth strategy and our patented SmartGRID technology is what gives us a competitive edge and makes us stand out in the industry. We are now looking to enhance our position as a ‘House of Brands’ and expand our product line while setting new standards in the industry.  The integration of AI into our future products will help us further enhance customer experience. We are extremely grateful to our people, customers and investors for being a part of this growth journey and we remain committed to improving the lives of individuals with our sleep and sitting solutions,” she adds.

Global Ambitions

While the primary focus remains on India, The Sleep Company is testing international waters. "We are present in the UK and UAE, and have patents granted in several countries. Our vision is to become a global brand, made in India," Priyanka reveals. "The potential in the Indian market is vast, and we are just getting started."

The Sleep Company's journey from a startup to a leading comfort tech brand is a testament to its innovative spirit and consumer-centric approach. As Priyanka concludes, "We are committed to making people sleep and sit better. With our continued focus on innovation and expansion, we aim to set new benchmarks in the comfort tech industry." With the ambitious goal of doubling their store count and expanding their product line, The Sleep Company is well on its way to becoming a household name in the comfort tech industry, both in India and globally.

 

Next Story
Top 10 Luxury Furniture Brands in India
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
Top 10 Luxury Furniture Brands in India
 

What makes furniture truly luxurious? How do you choose pieces that perfectly blend sophistication and comfort? We have the solution with India’s top 10 luxury furniture brands, popular for the substantive luxury and ecology standards that have become a new trend. So let’s look into the leading furniture makers with their huge brand history, and their flagship stores to reach the brands which help you to analyze the best furniture brands for both domestic and international markets. Ready to discover the finest in luxury furniture?

Furniture Lifting the Indian Market

  • In 2024, the Furniture market in India is projected to generate a revenue of Rs 5.48 billion.
  • This market is expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 6.42 percent from 2024 to 2029.
  • The largest segment within this market is the Home Décor, which is estimated to have a market volume of Rs 1.95 billion in 2024.

Top 10 Furniture Brands in India

Here is the list of the top 10 luxury furniture brands in India to help you understand why they come under the luxury segment. 

1. Sources Unlimited

Sources Unlimited

Helmed by Falgun Shroff, Sources Unlimited is a luxury home decor brand in India. Founded in 2004 and headquartered in Mumbai, the company has delivered projects throughout India, boasting well-known public figures and top corporate houses amongst their list of clients. With a focus on giving highly personalized service, ‘Sources Unlimited’ today has 3 showrooms - in Mumbai, Delhi and Bangalore. Currently, Sources Unlimited has exclusive tie-ups with various top European brands such as Giorgetti, Rimadesio, Turri, Longhi, Baxter, Promemoria, Sicis, Wall & Deco. Besides these brands, they house 500 other high-profile international brands, which are globally renowned and can be easily accessed through Sources Unlimited. Media Milestone is in charge of exclusively marketing and promoting the brand. 

2. IOTA Furniture

Iota Furniture

IOTA Furniture began its journey as a family-owned timber shop founded in the year 2003 by Namit Ajmani, their headquarters is in Kirti Nagar, Delhi. IOTA is one of the trusted resources of imported luxury furniture in Delhi. Iota’s flagship features an eclectic mix of high-impact furniture pieces and interior accessories over seven countries. Their selection boasts timelessly elegant design marvels from global heavyweights such as Ligne Roset, Kartell, Lenzi, Innovation Living, Arosio Milano, and many more. The marketing is majorly through blogs on their official website and articles. They provide special offers for their customers on their websites and stores. The expertly curated range of products, cherry-picked by IOTA’s skilled design team, typifies the contemporary style, soul, and spirit.

3. Sarita Handa

Sarita Handa Home

Sarita Handa, founded by the legend herself - Sarita Handa - has today metamorphosed into a hallmark luxury home design. Founded in 1992, the brand opened its first retail store in 2004. Later, Handa opened retail stores in Mumbai and Chennai. Today, helmed by her daughter, Suparna Handa, the brand opened its doors to a fourth luxury retail space in the upscale Defence Colony area of South Delhi. Spread across 1800 sq. feet, the store exudes an inviting, contemporary sophisticated ambience. Last year, the company registered an annual turnover of Rs 500 crore. The brand now sells bed and bath linen, furniture, décor products, and furniture fabrics all over India and overseas. Sarita Handa's marketing is mainly through news articles and social media. Their feed showcases a diverse mix of home decor, cushions, bed linens, furniture, fabrics, and lifestyle inspirations, all presented with a colorful and minimalist style that exudes sophistication.

4. Beyond Designs

Beyond Designs

Beyond Designs, the maximalist, luxury furniture brand was founded by the designer duo Sachin Gupta and Neha Gupta in the year 2000. Beyond Designs specializes in custom-made furniture, lights and accessories. They started their manufacturing unit in 2003 on a 500 square ft space. The Beyond Designs retail store was launched in South Delhi in 2010, and in 2018 they unveiled their flagship store at MG Road, Sultanpur in the Delhi Design District. The 8,000-sqft store showcases high-end furniture pieces, lights and accessories that use exclusive materials like stone, mirror, metal, crystals, semi-precious inlay, gold, and silver leaf etc.

5. Nivasa

Nivasa Furniture. Art

Nivasa specializes in creating homes, furniture and accessories. Founded in 1993 by Rohit Kapoor, the headquarters is in Sultanpur, New Delhi. Nivasa is a design and manufacturing company, engaged in creating exclusive furniture for the last 20 years. They offer bespoke furniture that is designed to fit your lifestyle and personality, along with different lines of ready-to-buy designer furniture. These comprise the following: PALAIS is intricately carved from solid wood, with elaborate craftsmanship. SCANDINAVIA is known for clean, minimalist furniture with innovative textures, materials, and finishes. The company’s share capital is Rs 90.00 lac and the total paid-up capital is Rs 64.60 lakh. Nivasa Retail Private Limited's operating revenues range is Rs 1 crore - 100 crore for the financial year ending on 31 March 2023.

6. Nitin Kohli Home

Nitin Kohli Home

The brand name is Furncraft Decollage, but, since the designer’s name was vastly known and respected throughout the country, the company it was rebranded to Nitin Kohli Home in 2018. Nitin Kohli Home is an ambidextrous and versatile design company with an in-house design center brimming with unique materials, along with dedicated units for stone, metal, fabrics, soft furnishings, and glasswork. Favored by top architects, the brand ensures that every project embodies a true masterpiece. It has its showhouse/flagship store based in Ambawatta One, near Qutub Minar, New Delhi, specializing in residential and commercial design. Nitin Kohli markets through social media.

7. Bay Window

Bay Window

Bay Window, a rising mid-luxury furniture brand has marked its debut with a sprawling 30,000-square-foot, five-storey flagship store in the upscale suburb of Jubilee Hills, Hyderabad.  Founded in 2009 by Siddhant and Shivani Anand, Bay Window’s collaborations with renowned international designers infuse the brand's offerings with a worldliness, enabling them to cater to a variety of tastes and preferences. Their collections include pieces by London-based Leonhard Pfeifer, Scandinavian designer Anders Östberg, and Serge Milan, amongst others, all of whom merge their distinct design sensibilities with the Bay Window ethos. Bay Window has an ambitious roadmap, eyeing expansions across 10 cities in the next three years. The goal is to revolutionize the shopping experience in the home decor segment, promising customers not just exceptional products but also an unmatched omnichannel shopping experience with lightning-fast delivery. The brand attracts people through various news articles and online magazines. 

8. Vita Moderna

Vita Moderna Furniture showroom

Vita Moderna was established in the year 2008 by Akshay Adhalrao and Pritesh Modi and emerged slowly to rule the luxury furniture and interior design products in India. The company has been associated with luxurious homes across India for the last 15 years and maintains a close association with top interior designers and architects. The brand has successfully executed over 500 projects not only in India but also in international markets such as the UK and the Middle East. Vita Moderna has truly excelled in bridging the gap between Indian consumers and the finest Italian and European home decor brands, delivering a seamless fulfillment experience. It is associated with Flexform, Vittoria Frigerio, Reflex Angelo, Glas Italia, etc.

9.  Ralph Lauren 

Ralph Lauren Home

Ralph Lauren, a renowned name in the design, marketing and distribution of premium lifestyle products and other licenced product categories, was founded in the year 1983 by Ralph Lauren, The renowned classic American brand is available at Seetu Kohli Homes in India. The brand offers products, including furniture, bedding, lighting, and decor, with SKUs priced between Rs 2,00,000 and Rs 30,00,000. The brand’s emphasis on sustainable materials and custom furniture options, coupled with collaborations with top artisans, has solidified its global reputation, including a strong presence in India. Its headquarters is located in New York, US, and it is associated with brands like Polo Ralph Lauren and Lauren Ralph Lauren. Seetu Kohli Homes is headquartered in New Delhi’s posh Ambawatta complex.

10. Bent Chair

Bent Chair

Bent Chair founded in the year 2016 by Neeraj Jain and Natasha Jain,  a place where tradition was blended with modern technology. Bent Chair's headquarters is based in Ambala, the brand offers a wide range of premium sofas, dining tables & chairs, tables, mirrors, bookends, cushions, and wall decor items in varied designs and styles. Bent Chairs has a presence in over 15+ stores in PAN India and 10k+ app downloads. It has 12+ retail outlets in Indian cities such as Hyderabad, Bangalore, Chennai, Agra, Raipur, Patna and Ahmedabad. Internationally, Bent Chair has collaborated with BD Homes in China.

Final Word

At Indian Retailer, we understand choosing a piece of furniture is not just about the standard but about the person's personality, family culture and fashion as well, and for that, we have a list of the top 10 luxury furniture brands, which help you to choose the right furniture according to your style.

FAQs on Luxury Furniture Brands in India

1. Which type of sofa is best?

If you want the sofa to be firm and provide good support, go for higher-density foam. The foam is usually supported by different types of springs and elastic belts. Polyurethane (PU) Foam: PU foam has a broad range of load-bearing capabilities and resiliency. Multiple layers of foam can provide suitable firmness.

2. What is luxury furniture?

It gives a sense of spaciousness as well as the appearance of a luxury lifestyle. They combine high-end furniture materials with creative styles that make them simply unique. Whether it's a bed base, a leather sofa, a solid wood dining table, or a sideboard, every piece of furniture can be a piece of luxury.

3. Who dominates the furniture market?

The United States generated nearly 254 billion U.S. dollars in furniture revenue in 2023, making it the leading market globally. China and Germany came in second and third place, with both markets worth over the 50 billion U.S. dollars mark.

4. Which city is famous for furniture goods?

Jodhpur (Rajasthan) is a furniture city in India, as there are almost 2000 big and small manufacturers of different types of furniture. And this city alone exports 1000 containers per month to the biggest furniture retailers all over the world.

 

Next Story
Difference between Retail and Visual Merchandising: Grow Your Business Idea
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
Difference between Retail and Visual Merchandising: Grow Your Business Idea
 

Have you ever wondered what attracts us when we visit a store? Is it the decorative mannequins or the styling or the aesthetic setting; or the kind of products that are available? All these aspects come under merchandising. From selection to placement of products, everything is done exclusively for a particular store. But there are two aspects that make a store entice you to walk in and explore. They are retail merchandising and visual merchandising. Let’s explore what the differences are between these two. 

This article will help you understand the differences, key features, and importance of retail and visual merchandising for your business idea. 

What is Retail Merchandising?

Retail Merchandising's primary objective is customer attraction. Retail merchandising is the art of showcasing and selling diverse products in a store that catches the eye of potential buyers. It calls for innovation in approach — using strategies like store layout and product placement based on customer demographics. The selection of stock-keeping units (SKUs) plays a vital role in defining the store's identity and appeal to its target market. In layman’s terms - whatever product you see in the store is painstakingly chosen and placed with utmost care to attract the customer.

Check More: Why is AI Retail Merchandising Essential for the Holidays?

What is Visual Merchandising?

Visual Merchandising The main thing that visual merchandising does is determine how a store looks to showcase the brand's identity. The concept encompasses all aspects of store presentation from the layout to mannequin placement. Brick-and-mortar stores typically leverage visual merchandising as a tool for establishing their brand identity. It consists of such components as lighting and music selection blended with interior design that creates an image in customers' minds about the brand. In layman’s terms it is styling the store so that it looks and feels its best and can then entice the customers. 

Check More: Top 5 retail visual merchandising strategies from the industry stalwarts

Difference between Retail and Visual Merchandising

Retail merchandising is primarily concerned with product selection and presentation to drive sales; visual merchandising, on the other hand, underscores the store's aesthetics and ambience to boost brand value and draw in clientele. Here are the key differences between retail and visual merchandising:-

  1. Goal

Retail Merchandising aims to plan, buy and sell products for profitability, build engagement with customers and develop a brand identity. 

Visual Merchandising is the visual presentation for engaging customers towards a store. The attractive elements on banners, posters or digital screens assist in enticing customers, and building a curiosity to walk inside a store. 

  1. Focus

Retail Merchandising focuses on product selection, prices, inventory management, and promotions.

Visual Merchandising focuses on display, customer experience and store outlook.

  1.  Impact

Retail merchandising impacts profitability and sales with constructive product supervision.

Visual merchandising plays a key role in customer interaction, shop experience and sales as well.

  1. Role in Branding

Retail Merchandising makes sure the correct number of product stock is available at the right time (seasonal product accessibility).

Visual Merchandising increases the brand image by providing an environment that entices customers and making visually appealing stores.

Examples of Retail and Visual Merchandising

Retail Merchandising: Placing the products on particular shelves, dedicating a particular area of the shop to a particular product, understanding the trends and seasonal demands in the market in regards to the product and updating them. For example, Zara changes its stock every few days to keep up with trends and resonate with young customers, and look fresh for repeat customers.

Visual Merchandising: Banners, posters, digital panels above or at the entrance of a store, crowd-free and simple checkout mechanism. For example, McDonald's has a digital screen where ordering and payment options are done with a few clicks. 

Importance of Retail Merchandising

Strategic showcasing of products in retail merchandising is vital to maximize sales, draw in customers, and improve the shopping experience. Understand the importance of retail merchandising by the following points: 

1. Customer Fulfillment

Providing a satisfying experience is crucial as it naturally increases customer fulfillment. There should be easy selection, accessibility and clear signage for products. At the least, neatness and organized placement are necessary in stores to ensure comfort for customers. Zara for example, keeps up with the trends in the clothing market, it focuses on freshness and timeliness delivery of products to its customers in stores.

2. Stock Control

Maintaining inventory is essential for avoiding an overload of product stocks or minimizing out-of-stock scenarios. Expanding store space for products in an organized manner affects customer engagement.  

3. Branding

Retail merchandising shapes the customer perspective of a brand and lights its identity. Effective merchandising can make the brand stand outside the crowd, reflecting the unique selling proposition. For instance, H&M systematically arranges its products, making them easily accessible and within a free-flow layout. All this merchandising assists H&M in promotion with a remarkable customer experience.

Importance of Retail Merchandising
Importance of Retail Merchandising

Importance of Visual Merchandising

Creating an in-store atmosphere boosting brand perception and drawing in customers through design and display are key elements of effective visual merchandising. Understand the importance of visual merchandising by the following points:

1.       Increase Sales

A visual presentation like a unique window display outside a retail store can gather attention from customers as it provides an overview of what to expect when inside the store. For example, the Adidas London flagship had a bold and innovative display using augmented reality, movable cables and a ‘Marley’ sneaker display to show sustainability and eye-catching storytelling, making a want to enter the store.

2.       Showcase Product Characteristics

Visual merchandising enables brands to showcase the key features, upgrades and other characteristics of their products that can interest customers. For example, Apple displays a digital screen on the entrance that explains the functions of the products so that it attracts customers.

3.       Connection with Customer

Visual merchandising involves displaying trends, seasonal products, new arrivals, and decorative interiors of the store, proper color palettes, and describing the history of the brand, all these contribute to building an emotional connection with customers.  

Importance of Visual Merchandising
Importance of Visual Merchandising

What are the Key Features of Retail Merchandising and Visual Merchandising?

Retail merchandising focuses on product selection, pricing, promotions, inventory, and displays, while visual merchandising emphasizes store design, lighting, layout, and branding. Know more with the mentioned pointers below:-

Retail Merchandising

  • Product – There are certain ways in which a product can be displayed. Products should be kept at the eye-level shelf, positioned vertically, maintained quantity on the shelves, checked pricing on the shelf to match the product, and putting similar products together all these factors affect gathering the attention of consumers.
  • Segmentation – Catering to designing and layouts of the store that bring attention to core products and division of product zones to manage traffic flow.
  • Retail analysis - Trace sales, customer behavior and feedback to improve and adapt to the changes and trends.

Visual Merchandising

  • Brand Aesthetics – Window display, lighting, color palettes, and interiors of a retail store catering to amplify product presence, and make customers want to enter the store and spend more time.
  • Signages – Innovative, seasonal, and trendy standing boards or digital screens can entice customers to have a look around the store, explore and gain brand knowledge.
  • Customer flow – Navigation for effortless finding of different categories of products, segments, checkout counters and more so that there is less hustle for the customer, making them want to return to the store.  

Indian Retailer Overview:

Merchandising is vital for every retail brand in various aspects like branding, engaging customers, recognising brand identity and commerce. Differences between retail and visual merchandising are based on goal, focus, impact and role in branding. It is said that retail merchandising increases brand revenue by 23 percent! Window displays can increase traffic by 23 percent, 82 percent of eye-level shelves products are purchased, and customers spend 20 percent more time due to innovative visual displays. Both the type of merchandising retail as well as visual play specific roles in the growing process of a brand.

FAQs

What are the main two types of visual merchandising?

Mannequins and signage are the top preferred types of visual merchandising.

What is the primary objective of retail merchandising?

The primary objective of retail merchandising is to entice and engage customers with creative and innovative merchandising.

What are the top two retail merchandising techniques?

Inventory management and product selection process are the top two retail merchandising

 

Next Story
How Orange Tree Became a Leader in India's Furniture Market with State-of-the-Art Manufacturing
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
How Orange Tree Became a Leader in India's Furniture Market with State-of-the-Art Manufacturing
 

India’s furniture market is booming, and is mostly controlled by the unorganized sector. The local carpenters can copy designs at a fraction of the cost. In this labyrinth, there are a few home-grown furniture and décor brands that stand out from the crowd and beckon the customer with their alluring wares, which are of top-notch quality and design. Founded by Gaurav Jain in 2014, Orange Tree is the retail arm of the House of Basant, a brand that boasts a 25-year heritage of exquisite lighting and décor. With an extensive 9 lakh square feet state-of-the-art factory, Orange Tree today truly reflects global design excellence while emphasizing sustainability and meticulous craftsmanship. The company's journey from being a prominent exporter of high-quality furniture to international markets to establishing a strong presence in the Indian retail landscape showcases its commitment to quality, design, and innovation. Orange Tree aims to bridge the gap between global standards and local accessibility, offering Indian consumers an opportunity to experience world-class furniture and décor within their reach.

A Family Legacy

"We are a family of furniture," says Gaurav Jain, Founder, Orange Tree. "My father started the company, and Orange Tree is essentially an extension of the House of Basant, our family business. At Basant, we have been exporting furniture and making pieces for global brands. There was always this aspiration to provide the same quality of furniture to the Indian market. Some of my friends would visit the factory, see the furniture we were exporting, and always ask how they could get it. That's how Orange Tree came to be."

The brand prides itself for its in-house design capabilities. "We design, manufacture, and now also sell directly to consumers," Jain explains. "At Orange Tree, we have a separate vertical for designing lighting, décor, and furniture. All the designs you see at here are created by our in-house team, though we do collaborate as well with brands such as Doodlage and Muse Mart."

Commitment to Innovation

One of the recent collaborations with the Raw Collaborative (design exhibition platform) was a testament to Orange Tree's commitment to innovative design. "Design is something I am very passionate about," says Jain. "Whenever I have the chance to meet creative people, I try to engage in any way I can. For instance, our collaboration with Muse Mart was an enriching experience."

Orange Tree stands out in the competitive Indian market by focusing on quality and unique design. Jain believes that there is still a lot of room for growth and improvement in the Indian furniture market. "India is a vast market with 1.5 billion people. When you think of furniture or home space brands, there aren't many that come to mind. There are some local brands doing good work, but on a national level, there is still much potential. We aim to fill that gap with our young and vibrant design ethos."

With an extensive 9 lakh square feet state-of-the-art factory, Orange Tree today truly reflects global design excellence while emphasizing sustainability and meticulous craftsmanship.

Inspiration and Design Process

The design process is driven by global trends and local inspirations. "We don't follow trends religiously," Jain says. "Our biggest inspiration comes from travel and meeting people. For instance, one of our design team members recently visited Ladakh and saw some beautiful textiles. Now, we're working on a collection inspired by those fabrics and techniques. We combine customer feedback with our design team's inspirations to create our collections."

Customization is another key aspect of Orange Tree's offerings. "We do customize for projects, and customers can choose from various fabric options, finishes, and sizes," Jain explains. "Our sales team listens to customer needs, and we use that data to form our designs. For example, we've noticed a growing demand for bar cabinets, so we are working on incorporating that into our SKUs."

Expansion Plans

As of now, Orange Tree has three operational stores in Bangalore, Jodhpur, and Hyderabad. "By October, we plan to have five more stores," Jain shares. "Selecting the right location and partner to manage the store is crucial. We take a step-by-step approach, ensuring we have the right people and location before expanding."

While the brand started as an online player, physical stores have provided valuable insights. "Online and physical stores cater to different customers," Jain explains. "Having a physical presence allows customers to touch and feel the products, leading to valuable conversations and feedback that help us improve our products."

Despite facing challenges like logistics and building trust as a young brand, Orange Tree has continued to grow. "Shipping heavy furniture was a major challenge initially, and building trust was another. But as we grew, word spread, and those challenges became less significant. Our current challenge is meeting the high expectations of our customers and delivering products quickly," says Jain.

With an extensive 9 lakh square feet state-of-the-art factory, Orange Tree today truly reflects global design excellence while emphasizing sustainability and meticulous craftsmanship.

Embracing Technology

Technology plays a significant role in Orange Tree's operations, with a mix of handcrafted and mechanical processes. "We use a mix of manual and mechanical processes depending on the product," Jain explains. "For instance, some of our recent collections required manual weaving, so we hired local artisans. For more straightforward products like dining tables, we use mechanical processes."

Looking ahead, Jain sees sustainability as a major trend. "Globally and in India, consumers are becoming more conscious about sustainability. They want to know how the product is made and whether the process is sustainable. At Orange Tree, we focus on sustainable materials and processes, aiming to create timeless pieces that bring nature into homes."

As for the future of the brand, Jain is optimistic but focused on quality over rapid expansion. "We hit our highest sales last month, which is encouraging," he shares. "However, we are not pressured by numbers. Our goal is to create beautiful products and provide a great customer experience. We are privately held and haven't raised money, so we are not answerable to investors. This allows us to focus on doing things right and ironing out challenges. Growth will follow naturally."

The brand is poised for a bright future, driven by its commitment to design excellence, sustainability, and customer satisfaction. As Gaurav Jain aptly puts it, "We are growing, and we are happy. Our focus is on bringing beautiful products and providing a great experience to our customers. Everything else will follow."

 

Next Story
Top 10 Smart TV Brands in India 2024: Prices, Features, and Brand History
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
Top 10 Smart TV Brands in India 2024: Prices, Features, and Brand History
 

Do you wish to binge-watch your favorite series or movies sitting on a couch on a big screen? With just a few presses on a remote, play anything you want on a smart TV. This article has all the information from brand history to retail aspects of the top 10 smart TV brands in India. From gathering technical knowledge to buying a Smart TV, Indian Retailer is here to assist you. This guild has all the information on the top smart TV brands in India so that there is no hustle-bustle for you. All the OTT platforms and other media channels are available on a smart TV with internet integration. Get your snacks ready and relax!

Best Smart Tv in Brands in India

Here are the top 10 smart TV brands in India to help you make the right choice. 

1. Sony 

A Japanese multinational company with its holding company Sony Group Corporation plans, designs, manufactures, and markets electronic consumer products. It has its headquarters in Kōnan, Minato, Tokyo, Japan. It was embraced by Ibuka Masaru and Morita Akio in 1946. The company has a wide variety of product lines, including audio, video, photography and videography, computing, healthcare and biotechnology, mobility, imaging and sensing solutions, game and network services, pictures, and music. The company has 20,000 plus dealers, 300 exclusive stores, and 23 brand locations in India. 

Sony: top 10 smart TV brands in India

Top-rated Smart TV by Sony with pricing range (official website price)
•    X80L Series- Rs 99,900- Rs 599,900 – real-world color pictures by 4K HDR processor X1 with rich bass and clear sound. 
Rating – 4.7 stars
Models – 108 cm, 126 cm, 215 cm
Display Type – LCD
Operating system- Android TV


•    A80L Series- Rs 249,900- Rs 849,900- With pure black OLED TV powered by cognitive processor XR providing clear imaging in light or dark shadow. 
Rating – 4.6 stars
Models – 139 cm, 164 cm, 195 cm, 210 cm
Display type – OLED
Operating system - Android TV


•    X95L Series- Rs 899,900- 4K mini LED TV gives brilliance and deep blacks powered by cognitive processor XR with real-life like contrast by XR backlight master drive. 
Rating – 4.6 stars
Model – 215 cm 
Display Type – LCD
Operating system- Android TV

2. Samsung 

The company was founded by Lee Byung-Chul in 1938 as a trading company and over 30 years it expanded into food processing, textile, insurance, security, and retail. Samsung set foot in the electronic industry in 1960. This South Korean multinational corporation is affiliated with electronics products like- air conditioners, computers, smart TVs, smartphones as well as telecommunication networking systems. It comes second in the list of top smart TV brands in India with a brand value of $91.4 percent in FY23. The company has 15 premium experience stores and a total of 1700 retail stores in India across 9 cities. 

Samsung: top 10 smart TV brands in India

Bestselling smart TV by Samsung with pricing range (official website price)
•    1.08 m T5450 Smart FHD TV – Rs 37,900- It has full HD resolution with HDR and Purcolour for a bright experience, color, and visual details even in dark scenes. 
Screen Size- 1.08 meters
Series – 5 
Resolution – 1920 x 1080


•    1.63 m CUE60 Crystal 4K UHD Smart TV (63)-  Rs 99,900- With crystal processor 4K, smart hub and purcolour enhance optical picture performance giving an upscaling experience with various streaming platforms 
Screen sizes – 1.08, 1.25, 1.8, and 1.63 meters (price varies on the size)
Series – 7
Resolution – 3,840 x 2,160


•    1.08 m CU8570 Crystal 4K UHD Smart TV (43)- Rs 57,900- It comes with dynamic crystal color, AirSlim design, crystal processor 4K, and smart hub features that upgrade the QLED experience.
Screen size – 1.08, 1.38, and 1.63 meters (price varies on the size)
Series – 8 
Resolution - 3,840 x 2,160


3.  LG

A South Korean multinational company established in 1947, first entered the plastic industry. It now has various affiliates in electronics, chemical, home appliances, and telecommunication products in more than 80 countries. LG Electronics has its headquarters in Yeouido-dong, Seoul, South Korea, and a market capital of $13.01 billion in starting of the third quarter of 2024. It is a leader in the IT market in the world with more than 142 local subsidiaries globally. 

LG: top 10 smart TV brands in India


Top customer-rated LG smart TV with Pricing (Official website price)

•    LG LQ643 32 (81.28cm) AI Smart HD TV | WebOS | HDR- Rs 16,990 (discounted) - Enhance viewing experience with Gen 5 AI processor, HDR10 feature intensifies color and clarity of an image. It also has a game dashboard optimizer to amplify the gaming experience and a sport alert system as well. 
Rating – 4.8 star
Operating system - webOS 22
Resolution - HD 1366 x 768


•    LG LM56 32 (81.28 cm) Smart HD TV – Rs 15,490- This LG smart TV provides all streaming platforms with an electric colour enhancer with HDR10 and HLG for scene-by-scene adjusting technology. It also has a DTS virtual: X sound system and Dolby audio for a movie-like experience. 
Rating – 5 stars
Operating system - LG webOS Smart TV
Resolution - HD 1366 x 768

4. Sansui

It is an Indo-Japan manufacturer of video and audio products. Kosaku Kikuchi founded this company in 1947 in Tokyo, Japan. The company makes electronic weighing scales used in commercial, industrial as well as in domestic sectors of India. It was founded in Japan but its products are made in India where Doshisha has the manufacturing and selling rights for Sansui under the ownership of Nimble Holdings.

Sansui: top 10 smart TV brands in India

Popular and top smart TV by Sansui with pricing (Flipkart price)
•    Sansui 109 cm (43 inches) Full HD LED Smart Google TV– Rs 22,990- It has a high definition display, google TV integration, Zen panel with Dolby sound quality, bezel-less design, and is powered by 8 GB of ROM. 
Rating- 4.2 stars
Operating system – Google TV
Resolution - HD 1920 x 1080 Pixels


•    Sansui Neo 80 cm (32 inches) HD Ready LED Smart Linux TV- Rs 11,349- It has a top-grade viewing experience with an A+ grade panel, amplified color enhancer, and ultra-bright display.
Rating - 4.2 stars
Operating system – Linux
Resolution - HD Ready 1366 x 768 Pixels


•    Sansui 140 cm (55 inches) Ultra HD (4K) LED Smart Android TV with Dolby Audio and DTS (Mystique Black)- Rs 33,739- It has a 4K UHD display with inbuilt Chromecast along with Dolby audio and DTS studio sound. 
Rating – 4.3 stars
Operation system – Android
Resolution - Ultra HD (4K) 3840 x 2160 Pixels

5.Haier

A digital transformation solution company started in 1984 and is headquartered in Qingdao, Shandong. This China-based multinational company deals with home appliances and consumer electronics. From designing, developing, and manufacturing to selling electronic products it has constructed 10 R and D centers, 71 research centers, 35 industrial parks, and 143 manufacturing centers. Haier has nurtured 5 unicorn companies and 90 gazelle companies. The brand has focused on a new-age marketing strategy, in the Indian market the company has focused on youth to strengthen the brand identity, awareness, loyalty, customer connection and business-driven growth. 

Haier: top 10 smart TV brand in India

Bestselling smart TV by Haier with pricing (official website price)
•     Haier OLED 165cm (65) Google TV - 65C11- Rs 2,15,990 (discounted)- It has an OLED screen which provides deep blacks, vibrant colors, and details in the visuals. Dolby Vision IQ for enhancing picture quality and DBX-TV sound technology for clear audio. 
Screen size – 165 cm 
Operating system – Google TV
Display type – OLED
•    Haier 189cm (75) Smart Google TV With Far-Field - 75P7GT- Rs 1,09, 990- All streaming platforms available with Dolby Vision, Dolby Atmos and DBX TV for multidimensional soundscapes, realistic experience and clear audio. 
Screen size - 189 cm
Operating system - Google TV
Display type - Google TV
•    Haier QLED 190cm (75) Google TV - 75S800QT- Rs 1,27,990- It has a QLED of 60 Hz, Dolby vision, Dolby Atmos, DLG 120 Hz and MEMC – 60 Hz.
Screen size - 190.5cm
Operating system - Google TV
Display type – QLED

6.BPL

An Indian-based electronic company founded in 1963 has its headquarters in Dynamic House, Church Street Bangalore, Karnataka, India, founded by T. P. G. Nambiar and is known for making consumer electronics and health care types of equipment. It has more than 400 stores in India and retails from both online as well as offline landscapes. BPL has a wide category of products including smart TVs, Lighting, Refrigerator, Air Conditioner, fans, and kitchen appliances. 

BPL: top 10 smart TV brands in India


Popular smart TV by BPL with pricing (Flipkart price)
•    BPL 109 cm (43 inches) Full HD LED Smart Android TV- Rs 23,990- It supports all the streaming platforms and has Dolby audio. 
Rating – 4.2 stars
Resolution - Full HD 1920 x 1080 Pixels
Operating system – Android


•    BPL 139 cm (55 inches) QLED Ultra HD (4K) Smart Google TV- Rs 53,990- A QLED screen type with Ultra HD resolution technology.
Rating – 4 stars
Resolution - Ultra HD (4K) 3840 x 2160 Pixels
Operating system - Google TV


•    BPL 81.28 cm (32 inches) HD Ready LED Smart TV- Rs 12,990- A LED screen smart TV with prime and YouTube streaming applications. 
Rating – 4.5
Resolution - HD Ready 1366 × 768 Pixels

7.VU

An Indian electronic company founded by Devita Saraf in 2006. It is amongst the top 10 smart TV brands in India across all e-commerce platforms. It has 80 distributors, and 1500 stores nationally serving 3 million customers. It has partnered with global entertainment leaders like Google, Netflix and the Hollywood Filmmaker’s Association to cater to its audience.

 

VU: top 10 smart TV brands in India

 

Top smart TV by VU with pricing (Official website price)
•    Vu Premium FHD TV 43inch- Rs 24,000 (Discounted)- It has an IPS display, 7 picture modes, 8 sound modes and energy saving for long-hour usage. 
Resolution - 1920 x 1080
Processor - Quad Core


•    Vu Cinema 43" 4K TV 2024- Rs 35,000- It has a real 4K cinema mode, Dolby sound, game optimizer, and energy saving mode. 
Resolution – 3840 x 2160 
Processor - Quad Core

8.Panasonic

A Japanese electronics company started with Matsushita Electric Housewares Manufacturing Works in 1918. In 2008 it became a holding company and was renamed as Panasonic Corporation. Its products vary from Automation, Construction, Electronics, Entertainment, Fans, Home appliances, Robotics, Software and more. Panasonic has a market capita of $23.11 billion in 2024 and generated a revenue of $54 billion in FY24. The brand has 130 exclusive stores in tier 2 and 3. 

Panasonics: top 10 smart TV brands in India


Best-selling smart TV by Panasonic with pricing (official website price)
•    108 cm (43 inches) Full HD Smart LED TV TH-43MS550DX- Rs 27,990 (Discounted)- This smart TV has FHD, Vivid Didital Pro, Audio Booster +, and Dolby Digital which gives significant picture experience, wide-angle view, high-quality room interior design and a 20 watts audio output. 
Resolution – FHD
Processor- Vivid Didital Pro
Screen size – 43 inches

•    80 cm (32 inches) HD Smart LED TV TH-32MS550DX – It has significant picture experience, wide-angle view, high-quality room interior design and smart connectivity with the help of TV has FHD, Vivid Didital Pro, Audio Booster +, and Dolby Digital which gives
Resolution - Full HD
Processor - Vivid Didital Pro
Screen Size- 32 Inches (80cm)

9.Toshiba

A manufacturer of electronic products that was launched in 1939 in Japan, founded by Tanaka Hisashige and Ichisuke Fujioka. It distributes appliances for consumers as well as industries. It produces various products like HD television, laptops, printers, lighting products as well as LCD devices. Toshiba exports and operates in the United States, Japan, Vietnam, Brazil, and China. The company is projected to reach $12.93 billion in FY24. It had an annual revenue of $26,322 million in 2023. 

Toshiba; top 10 smart TV brands in India


Top bestselling smart TV by Toshiba with pricing (Amazon price)

•    TOSHIBA 80 cm (32 inches) V Series HD Ready Smart Android LED TV 32V35MP- Rs 13,499- It includes Dolby audio, gaming console and A+ grade LED panel supporting all streaming platforms. 
Screen size- 32 inches
Resolution- 768p
Processor- Quad-core

•    TOSHIBA 108 cm (43 inches) C350NP Series 4K Ultra HD Smart LED Google TV- Rs 25,999- It is instilled with Dolby Atmos, Dolby digital, and a 178-degree wide angle view. 
Screen Size- 43 inches
Resolution- 4K Ultra HD (3840 x 2160)

10.Xiaomi

It is a China-based designer and manufacturer of electronic devices. The company was founded in 2010 by Lei Jun along with six associates became one of the leading smartphone brands. Xiaomi stands for ‘millet’ in Chinese, indicating that the company works for little things. The company increased in size with various other electronic product offerings, like headphones, speakers, CCTV, power bank, etc. Xiaomi launched its first smart TV in 2013 known as Android-based 47-inch 3D-capable Smart TV.

Xiaomi: top 10 smart Tv brands in India


Top smart TV by Xiaomi with pricing (Official website price)

•    Redmi Smart Fire TV 32 (80cm) 2024- Rs 11,499- It has 20W speakers with Dolby audio, fire TV inbuilt experience, and a vivid picture engine. 
Resolution - 1366 x 768
Software- Fire TV Built-in


•    Xiaomi Smart TV A32 2024 Edition- Rs 12,499 (Discounted) - With a vivid picture engine, Dolby audio system, and access to all streaming platforms.
Resolution - 1366 x 768
Software- Xiaomi TV+


•    Redmi Smart Fire TV 4K- Rs 23,999 (Discounted) - It has 4K realty experience with metal bezel-less design and 24W Dolby speakers.
Resolution - 3840 x 2160
Software - Fire TV Built-in

Indian Retailers Angle

There is only going to be an upward demand for advanced technologies and smart TVs are evidence of it. In today’s toiled and occupied life, watching anything on a big screen can be pleasing. To help you decide with ease and speed this guild includes the top 10 smart TV brands in India, including its best-selling, popular, and top consumer-rated smart TVs. Happy binge-watching!

FAQ on Best Smart TV Brands

Which brand is best for smart TVs?
The list starts with Sony followed by Samsung and LG.

Which is better 4K, QLED or OLED?
QLED is preferred the most in the market due to brighter picture quality as compared to OLED and 4K resolutions.

What is the preferred smart TV size?
As per the analysis, 65-85 inches are the most sole and popular choice in the market.

Best screen type for smart TV?
QLED is best screen type for smart TV
 

 

Next Story
Top 10 Brandy Brands in India with Price List
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
Top 10 Brandy Brands in India with Price List
 

Brandy is becoming Trendy in the Indian market. Brandy is a liquor based on the wine distillation process. Having a PV of 35-60%, 70-120 US proof, brandy is often served as a digestive. India is a large producer and consumer of spirits in the international context as measured by volume. India is gradually metabolizing the alcohol culture into its society. That is due to the increasing number of outlets, including bars. It is also safe to assume that the cost of brandy has elevated having regard to the preceding few years. Therefore, let me post the following to discover what brandy brands are the best in India, including the prices.

Another reason why brandy is popular is the great many of the brands and their types; Armagnac, Cognac, Pomace, Calvados, the American brandy, South-American Pisco, Spanish, Armenian, South-African, German, Turkey, Cyprus, Russian, and many others for tasting. Here are a few exciting pieces about brandy in general as well.

Best Brandy Brands at a Glance

Here we have a list of the top 10 best brandy brands in India so that you can have a taste of the best spirit in the Indian Market.

1. Morpheus

Morpheus - Best Brandy Brand
Morpheus

It was particularly introduced in India in the early 2010s, but it has quickly gained supremacy of quality, for Radico Khaitan, one of the largest spirits manufacturers in India and one of the world's leading spirits companies. Morpheus - premium quality, exceptional taste. With 5 gold medals at the prestigious Monde Selection, This brandy features rich, resonating notes of dried fruits, vanilla and spices with an Intoxicating and complex aroma.

  • ABV: 42.8 percent
Brands Qty Price
Morpheus X.O. Blended Premium Brandy 180ml Rs 430
Morpheus X.O. Blended Premium Brandy 375ml Rs 800
Morpheus X.O. Blended Premium Brandy 750 ml Rs 1520
Morpheus Blue X.O. Blended Premium Brandy 180ml Rs 480
Morpheus Blue X.O. Blended Premium Brandy 375ml Rs 890
Morpheus Blue X.O. Blended Premium Brandy 750 ml Rs 1620

 (Price list 2024) This is the MRP set by the state government and can be different in each state

2. Remy Martin

Remy Martin - Best Brandy Brand
Remy Martin

A branch of the ancient heritage found in France, Remy Martin practices a custom dating to the 19th century and the name is derived from its founder’s name. In the case of India, Remy Martin is referred to as a distinguished imported brandy. Furthermore, it is a product that is very attractive to connoisseurs who are looking for a luxury kind of drinking experience. It offers a smooth, velvety taste with subtle fruit and oak notes. The aroma is elegant and refined.

  • ABV: 40 percent 
Brand Qty Price
Remy Martin VSOP 1000CL Rs 9,000
Remy Martin XO Excellence 1000CL Rs 33,500

(Price list 2024) This is the MRP set by the state government and can be different in each state

3. Old Admiral

Old Admiral - Best Brandy Brand
Old Admiral

Old Admiral Brandy started relatively in the early 20th century in India and has gained the loyalty of Indian brandy consumers. Old Admiral Brandy is produced by one of India’s well-known alcohol makers, Radico Khaitan and is appreciated on account of its heavy body and rich taste. Old Admiral is gradually penetrating the urban as well as the rural markets due to its superior quality at reasonable prices. Another known brandy has a sharp, spicy taste, part of its flavour being a fruity tone.

  • ABV: 42.8 percent
Brand Qty Price
Old Admiral VSOP Brandy 750ml Rs 310
Old Admiral VSOP Brandy 1000ml Rs 390

(Price list 2024) This is the MRP set by the state government and can be different in each state

4. Bootz Authentic Dutch Grape

 Bootz Authentic Dutch Grape- Best Brandy Brand
Bootz Authentic Dutch Grape

The Bootz range originated in Holland and for generations, the boots have been made in that tradition. Bootz Authentic Dutch Brandy is made from the Dutch and this brand is recognized from the country through importation. It provides the drink with a rich and creamy flavor that has the notes of caramel and spice.

  • ABV: 38 percent
Brand Qty Price
Bootz Dutch Grape Brandy 180ml Rs 290
Bootz Dutch Grape Brandy 375ml Rs 580
Bootz Dutch Grape Brandy 750ml Rs 1,160

(Price list 2024) This is the MRP set by the state government and can be different in each state

5. Mont Castle French Grape

Mont Castle Mont Castle French Grape - Brandy Brand in India
Mont Castle French Grape

Mont Castle, which established its roots in France, is a classic embodiment of the French implications in winemaking. Mont Castle French Grape Brandy comprises its French grape base that is both unique and has an exceptional flavor profile it features a complex flavor with notes of ripe grapes, vanilla, and spices. The aroma is fruity and floral, with a hint of oak.

  • ABV: 40 percent
Brand Qty Price
Mont Castle French Grape 750 ml Rs 960

(Price list 2024) This is the MRP set by the state government and can be different in each state

6. Hennessy

Hennessy - Best Brandy Brand In India
Hennessy

Hennessy Brandy is known for its smooth taste and affordability. It originates from France, named after surname of founder Richard Hennessy, has been a popular choice among consumers seeking quality. It offers a balanced flavor with subtle hints of fruit and spices. The aroma is mild and pleasant. Hennessy is favoured in urban markets for its high price point which offers a smooth drinking experience.

  • ABV: 42.8 percent
Brand Qty Price
Hennessy V.S 1000 CL Rs 6,490

(Price list 2024) This is the MRP set by the state government and can be different in each state

7. Golden Grapes

Golden Grape - Best Brandy Brand
Golden Grapes

Golden Grapes has been a trusted name in the Indian market for several years, known for its consistent quality. Produced by Golden Grape Wines, Golden Grapes Brandy is known for its smoothness and it offers a smooth, mellow taste with hints of fruit and spice. The aroma is light and pleasant. Golden Grapes is popular in both urban and rural areas.

  • ABV: 42.8 percent
Brand Qty Price
Golden Grapes Brandy 750ml Rs 250

(Price list 2024) This is the MRP set by the state government and can be different in each state

8. McDowell’s No. 1

 McDowell’s No. 1 - Best Brandy Brand
McDowell’s No. 1

Launched in 1963 in India, McDowell’s No. 1 began its journey in Bangalore and has a long history with the creation of it there. The brand is named after the founder, Angus McDowell. The brand not only has domestic but international exposure as well. It has become the brand of celebrations and deep friendships in the entire country. McDowell's No. 1 is the main brand of United Spirits Limited, which is a Diageo group company. It is the number one selling and the most demanded brandy in India. Now it’s not strange to find the term “the market leader in the Indian brandy segment” being used, indeed its sales and customer base are very strong. This brandy is known for its smooth, full-bodied flavor with hints of fruit and oak. The aroma is inviting, with notes of vanilla and spice.

  • ABV: 42.8 percent
Brand Qty Price
McDowell’s brandy price in Bangalore 1000ml Rs 1,220
Brandy by McDowell’s price in Delhi 750ml Rs 460
McDowell’s VSOP brandy price in Chennai 750ml Rs 360
McDowell’s VSOP brandy price in Chennai 180ml Rs 160

(Price list 2024) This is the MRP set by the state government and can be different in each state

9. Honey Bee

Honey bee - Best Brandy  Brand
Honey Bee

Introduced in the 1960s in India, Honey Bee is one of the other chief brands belonging to the mighty United Spirits Limited. Honey Bee easily became very popular for its good flavor and affordable price. This type of brandy has a sweet, honey-like flavor profile with clever winks such as wood and spice. Honey Bee ranks first no matter where it is in South India, which makes it the best choice for economy-minded consumers.

  • ABV: 42.8 percent
Brand Qty Price
Honey Bee Brandy 750ml Rs 580
Honey Bee Brandy 180ml Rs 180

(Price list 2024) This is the MRP set by the state government and can be different in each state

10. Courrier Napoleon

Courrier Napoleon - Best Brandy Brand
Courrier Napoleon

With roots in the mid-20th century in India, Courrier Napoleon Brandy has always been a preferred choice of Indian customers. By Jagatjit Industries, Courrier Napoleon Brandy is a catalyst for the price of it is known for its bold taste and low price. The name pays homage to Napoleon Bonaparte, evoking a sense of grandeur and boldness associated with the historic figure. It has a pleasant, creamy flavor of caramel and is quite spicy. The smell is very faint and nice, with excellent wood notes. It remains to be a mid-segment brand that is a customer's choice for its unmatched quality and relatively low price.

  • ABV: 42.8 percent
Brand Qty Price
Courrier Napoleon brandy price in Delhi 750ml Rs 550.00
Courrier Napoleon brandy price in Mumbai 750ml Rs. 1600.00
Courrier Napoleon brandy price in Goa 750ml Rs. 450.00
Courrier Napoleon brandy price in Bangalore 750ml Rs. 1080.00
Courrier Napoleon brandy price in Kolkata 750ml Rs. 960.00

(Price list 2024) This is the MRP set by the state government and can be different in each state

Final Word

At IndianRetailer, we have made this list top 10 best brandy brands in India offering a fascinating glimpse into the diversity and richness of the brandy market. Whether interested in the brand’s historical background or curious about the taste of these brands had something for every brandy fan. Cheers to discovering your next favourite brandy!

FAQs on Best Brandy Brands

1. What type of alcohol is brandy?

brandy, an alcoholic beverage distilled from wine or a fermented fruit mash. The term used alone generally refers to the grape product; brandies made from the wines or fermented mashes of other fruits are commonly identified by the specific fruit name.

2. Is brandy a beer or wine?

Brandy is distilled wine and the concentration of alcohol in Brandy is around 35% to 60%. Brandy slows down ageing, improves cold and cough, and reduces the risk of heart diseases.

3. What is special about brandy?

Wine brandy is produced from a variety of grape cultivars. A special selection of cultivars, providing distinct aroma and character, is used for high-quality brandies, while cheaper ones are made from whichever wine is available.

4. Who first made brandy?

Brandy began to be distilled in France circa 1313, but it was prepared only as a medicine and was considered as possessing such marvelous strengthening and sanitary powers that the physicians named it “the water of life,” (l'eau de vie) a name it still retains.

5. What does VSOP mean?

VSOP, “Very Superior Old Pale”, which is now common for all Cognac Houses actually dates back to the 1817 British Royal Court. So, what does VSOP stand for exactly? For a cognac to be classified as a VSOP, the minimum age of the youngest eau-de-vie in the blend must be at least 4 years old.

 

Next Story
How Beyond Snack is Transforming India's Banana Chips Market with a 3.5 Million Euro Boost
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
How Beyond Snack is Transforming India's Banana Chips Market with a 3.5 Million Euro Boost
 

In July 2023, Beyond Snack, a pioneering brand in the banana chip industry, received a substantial funding boost of 3.5 million euros. This financial injection has catalyzed the company’s ambitious expansion plans, both within India and internationally. Manas Madhu, Co-founder, Beyond Snack, shares insights into the company's new factory, strategic growth plans, and innovative approaches that distinguish their products in a competitive market.

New Factory and Increased Capacity

The establishment of a new factory in Tumkur, Karnataka, marks a significant milestone for Beyond Snack. This location, just two hours from Bangalore Airport, offers logistical advantages that streamline operations and reduce shipping times. Madhu explains, "One of the primary reasons for choosing Tumkur was its logistical advantage. Consignments coming from Kerala save us a couple of days in transit, and sourcing raw materials from Tamil Nadu and Karnataka adds additional value."

Currently, the factory has a capacity of 200 tons per month, which can be expanded to 600-800 tons in the coming years. This increased capacity is pivotal for meeting the growing demand for Beyond Snack's products. "This plant is spearheading our entire growth plan. All our expansion efforts, both in India and globally, will be driven from this plant," Madhu emphasizes.

Domestic and Global Expansion

Beyond Snack initially had a strong presence in the Maharashtra region. However, post-funding, the company has expanded significantly into northern India, including Punjab, Delhi, and Uttar Pradesh. Madhu elaborates, "We have expanded into the eastern side as well and are slowly moving into the southern regions. We aim to establish ourselves as a national brand in banana chips."

However, the brand is not just focused on domestic growth. The company already has a presence in 15 countries, including the US, UK, Sweden, Singapore, Australia, New Zealand, and Canada. "Currently, the consumption in these countries is primarily from the Indian diaspora. Our goal is to go beyond that," says Madhu. The initial global expansion will target Western countries and the Middle East, with a strategic approach driven by the company's vision rather than market demand alone.

Distribution Strategy

The distribution strategy of Beyond Snack is multifaceted, involving general trade (GT), modern trade, quick commerce, and e-commerce. The pandemic initially pushed the company towards e-commerce, but they have since made significant inroads into the general trade market. "We launched our product right before the pandemic, which forced us to focus on e-commerce. However, we have substantially penetrated the general trade market in the last two years, especially post-funding," explains Madhu.

Currently, Beyond Snack products are available in over 14,000 outlets across India. The focus on GT will continue to grow, ensuring the brand’s presence is widespread and easily accessible to consumers.

Product Differentiation

Beyond Snack aims to dominate the banana chip category through continuous innovation. "Our objective is to grow this category and be number one in it. Banana chips never got the attention they deserved until Beyond Snack," Madhu states. The company has introduced several meaningful innovations, including flavor variations and format changes, such as the crinkle-cut style banana chips.

One of the standout innovations is the use of coconut oil for cooking the chips. While traditionally, banana chips have been cooked in coconut oil, Beyond Snack has refined this process to enhance quality and health benefits. Madhu explains, "Coconut oil in its crude format does not have a high smoking point, which is essential for deep frying. We spent eight months developing a refined coconut oil suitable for cooking banana chips, ensuring it retains all its health benefits without the overpowering smell."

Technological Advancements

Beyond Snack has integrated technology at various stages of production to maintain high quality and consistency. From raw material standardization to precise slicing and cooking processes, the company leverages technology to enhance efficiency. "The traditional method of making banana chips is outdated. We have brought in technological advancements at every stage to ensure our product stands out," says Madhu.

Sustainability is a core principle for Beyond Snack. The company sources its raw materials directly from farmers or farmer groups, ensuring fair practices and quality control. "We are working closely with farmers to implement better farming practices and technologies to improve crop quality. This is an area we plan to expand significantly in the coming years," notes Madhu.

Future Plans

Looking ahead, Beyond Snack aims to become a global brand originating from India. "Our vision is to have Beyond Snack products on retail shelves worldwide. We want to build a brand from India that has a global presence," Madhu asserts. The company is focused on making Kerala, the banana chip capital of the world, synonymous with Beyond Snack's high-quality, innovative products.

 

 

Next Story
The Retail Transformation: How 7.6% Economic Growth in FY24 is Redefining India’s Market!
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
The Retail Transformation: How 7.6% Economic Growth in FY24 is Redefining India’s Market!
 

The global economic environment in FY24 has been marked by significant challenges, including the ongoing conflict in Ukraine, rising inflation, tightening monetary policies, and disrupted global supply chains. Amid these headwinds, the Indian economy has demonstrated remarkable resilience, growing at an impressive rate of 7.6 percent in FY24. This growth is driven by robust government spending on infrastructure, growing private consumption, and a resilient services sector. This decoupling of India’s growth from global trends underscores the dynamism and potential of the Indian consumer market.

Indian economic growth in FY24 has remained strong in the face of global economic crises, driven by strong domestic demand for premium products and services, such as leisure travel. The IMF revised global growth forecasts downwards to 3.2 percent, due to factors such as the ongoing conflict in Ukraine, rising inflation, and tightening of monetary policies. These events have created a cautious consumer environment globally. However, India remained a bright spot amid these economic challenges. Per the Second Advance Estimates (SAE), the Indian economy grew at 7.6 percent in FY24. This growth was propelled by government spending on infrastructure and a resilient services sector. This growth decoupling highlights the inherent dynamism within the Indian consumer market.

To gain deeper insights into these trends, we turned to Praveen Govindu, Partner, Deloitte India, who shed light on the future of malls, the rise of value-conscious spending, and the potential of omnichannel retail.

The Future of Malls in India

The COVID-19 pandemic significantly altered consumer behaviors, leading to the rise of e-commerce. However, physical retail spaces, particularly malls, continue to hold relevance in the Indian market. Praveen Govindu emphasizes the importance of malls, stating, "Malls will continue to stay relevant, and my sense is they'll actually be even more relevant than probably pre-pandemic times."

Post-pandemic, consumers exhibit a strong desire to engage socially and experience out-of-home activities. Malls have become hubs for these interactions, offering not just products but also experiences and emotional connections. Govindu notes, "Successful brands are investing in delivering customer delight, which is a mix of product experience and storytelling." This evolution highlights that the role of malls extends beyond mere shopping to creating a holistic customer experience.

Moreover, the omnichannel approach, which integrates online and offline shopping experiences, is gaining traction. "Malls are great opportunities to enable those omnichannel journeys," Govindu explains, pointing out that consumers often research products online and make purchases offline, or vice versa. This seamless integration enhances the relevance of malls in the modern retail landscape.

Different Retail Channels in FY24

In FY24, the Indian retail landscape witnessed a significant shift in consumer preferences and channel performance. Various retail formats, including Exclusive Brand Outlets (EBOs), Multi-Brand Outlets (MBOs), Large Format Retail (LFR), e-commerce, and Direct-to-Consumer (D2C) online websites/apps, have experienced diverse growth trajectories across different segments.

Exclusive Brand Outlets

Exclusive Brand Outlets (EBOs) have shown significant growth in FY24, driven by strategic expansions and consumer demand for specialized shopping experiences. In FY24, Page Industries grew its retail footprint with more than 90 new EBOs, while Titan’s jewelry brands launched more than 170 new stores. In addition, Titan’s watch brands added 115 stores and Taneira added 32 stores. Tanishq experienced a like-for-like sales increase of 15 percent, Caratlane saw a growth of 6 percent, and Titan World saw a 5 percent growth. Aditya Birla Fashion & Retail Limited launched 700 new stores between Q4 of FY23 and Q4 of FY24, reaching a total of 4,247 stores. Further, premium and designer wear brands, such as Jaypore, Shantanu & Nikhil, and Masaba together added 7–8 new stores in this FY. The strong brand loyalty built by EBOs and targeted marketing initiatives has bolstered foot traffic and sales. Innovations, such as digital receipts and omni-channel deliveries, have enhanced the shopping experience, leading to better consumer engagement.

Multi-Brand Outlets

Multi-Brand Outlets (MBOs) have also performed well, particularly in the fashion and apparel sector. In FY24, Metro Brands saw a growth in standalone net profit, rising by 18.02 percent to INR 417.81 crore. In addition, the brand registered an 11.29 percent increase in revenue from operations, reaching INR 2,305 crore in FY24 compared with FY23. It added 97 stores (covering 19 new cities in FY24) across all formats during the year. Aditya Birla Fashion’s MBO network grew by 3,500 to surpass 37,000 stores in FY24. To address the challenges posed by EBOs and e-commerce channels, MBOs have adapted to changing times by continuously enhancing customer experience and service. These outlets have included free home deliveries, festive discounts, and seamless returns and exchanges. MBOs have evolved into a product discovery platform for the largest brands by forming exclusive partnerships with brands to run store-in-store initiatives and hosting brand In-store Promoters (ISPs).

The Rise of Value Retail

The pandemic also influenced spending patterns, with a notable rise in value-conscious spending. Govindu outlines the shift, explaining that post-pandemic, premium and luxury segments experienced significant growth as consumers indulged in high-end purchases. However, this trend has waned, making way for the resurgence of the value segment.

"The larger economies are reviving, and the rural economy, tier-two markets, and tier-three markets have also come out of the impact of COVID to a large extent," Govindu observes. This shift is driving growth in the value segment, with brands like Yousta, Zudio, and others rapidly expanding their presence. These brands are tapping into the aspirations of consumers in smaller cities and towns, where disposable income is rising, and the availability of products was previously limited.

Govindu further highlights, "Retail brands are opening exclusive outlets deep in tier-two and tier-three markets, and they're doing pretty well." This trend underscores the importance of accessibility and availability in driving retail growth in non-metro areas.

The Enduring Relevance of Kiranas

In the context of Indian retail, the role of kirana stores remains pivotal. Despite the proliferation of modern retail formats, kiranas continue to thrive due to their deep-rooted relationships with local communities. Govindu asserts, "You can't replace a kirana in the India market so easily," emphasizing the personalized service and trust these stores offer.

However, to stay relevant, kiranas must embrace digital transformation. Large companies are investing in modernizing kirana outlets by integrating digital payment systems, inventory management platforms, and connecting them with distributors. This transformation enables kiranas to cater to evolving consumer needs while retaining their unique strengths.

The Promise of Omnichannel Retail

Omnichannel retail is no longer a buzzword but a necessity in the Indian market. Consumers seamlessly move between online and offline channels, expecting a unified and consistent experience. "From a customer standpoint, there is nothing called omnichannel; everything is a channel of engagement," Govindu states.

The challenge for retailers lies in integrating these channels effectively. This involves managing costs, optimizing operating models, and resolving conflicts such as pricing discrepancies. The franchisee ecosystem in India adds complexity, as independent business owners must align with the brand's omnichannel strategy.

Govindu emphasizes the importance of investing in the right operating model, stating, "Companies need to invest in the right operating model when it comes to omnichannel to really succeed with this new customer segment." This includes addressing technological investments, profit-sharing mechanisms, and maintaining a consistent customer experience across all touchpoints.

Economic Expectations and Challenges for FY25

GDP growth is predicted at 7.0 percent for FY25, as markets adapt to geopolitical uncertainties. The global economy is expected to rebound in 2025, as central banks anticipate rate cuts. This recovery is expected to boost India’s private investment and export sectors. The anticipated growth in GDP over the next few years is expected to be primarily driven by Total Factor Productivity (TFP), supported by an increase in labor growth contribution (despite a smaller one) and a modest increase in capital accumulation.

This forecast suggests a shift towards efficiency-driven economic expansion, where advancements in technology, innovation, and skill development play a significant role in enhancing productivity. TFP represents the efficiency of all inputs combined. However, the emphasis on labor and capital highlights the importance of human capital development and strategic investment in physical infrastructure to ensure sustained economic progress.

Despite growth projections, inflation remains a concern, exacerbated by demand exceeding supply and higher food prices. However, as private investment improves supply-side capabilities, inflationary pressures are expected to ease below the RBI's 4 percent target all through the forecast period. India’s shift towards aspirational spending is a natural outcome of economic growth. However, managing the associated risks of rising inflation is crucial to maintaining economic stability and ensuring sustainable growth.

 

 

Next Story
Embracing Unified Commerce in FMCG
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
Embracing Unified Commerce in FMCG
 

In the dynamic landscape of Fast-Moving Consumer Goods (FMCG), companies face unique challenges when trying to implement unified commerce, primarily due to the lack of direct control over retail front-end operations. Sanjay Singal, the Chief Operating Officer for Dairy & Beverages at ITC Ltd., shared valuable insights on ITC's journey and strategies in embracing unified commerce during IReC X D2C Summit 2024.

Unified Commerce vs. Omnichannel: A Critical Distinction

Unified commerce goes beyond the omnichannel approach by integrating all systems, databases, and processes to provide a seamless consumer experience across both digital and physical platforms. For traditional FMCG players like ITC, this integration is particularly challenging due to the fragmented nature of retail outlets, which often lack automation and operate on cash transactions. Singal emphasizes that while omnichannel ensures a consistent customer experience across different touchpoints, unified commerce aims to unify the entire backend to maintain a single, coherent view of the consumer.

ITC's Initiatives in Digital Transformation

Despite these challenges, ITC has made significant strides in digital transformation, particularly post-COVID. The pandemic underscored the importance of digital channels, leading ITC to launch the ITC e-Store. This platform aims to offer the entire range of ITC products, including new launches that typically face distribution challenges. Additionally, ITC ventured into the food tech space with three Direct-to-Consumer (DTC) brands in Bengaluru and Chennai: Aashirvaad Soul Creations, Sunfeast Baked Creations, and ITC MasterChef.

“These initiatives allowed us to understand and excel in the D2C space, leveraging real-time feedback and ratings to continually improve our offerings. The success of these ventures has provided ITC with valuable lessons on managing consumer experiences directly, despite the inherent challenges of the FMCG sector,” said Singal.

Leveraging Consumer Insights and Data

One of the primary benefits of unified commerce for FMCG companies is the ability to gather real-time consumer insights. Traditionally, FMCG brands relied heavily on mass distribution and broad advertising campaigns. However, with the rise of modern trade, e-commerce, and quick commerce, companies like ITC can now gain detailed insights into consumer behavior. Singal cites examples of how consumer data helps ITC understand purchasing patterns, such as why a consumer buys a pack of six coconut water bottles online but only a single bottle in a retail shop.

ITC has also focused on building a robust consumer data hub, which now holds data on approximately 4 to 5 crore consumers. This database allows ITC to retarget campaigns effectively and run lookalike campaigns, significantly improving conversion rates and reducing costs.

Challenges in Unified Commerce

Despite these advancements, significant challenges remain. Data integration is a major hurdle, as legacy systems and disparate databases complicate the creation of a unified consumer view. Additionally, the reliance on third-party data is becoming increasingly difficult, pushing FMCG companies to prioritize first-party data collection. Singal highlights the importance of value exchange in this context, where consumers are more willing to share data if they receive something valuable in return, such as nutritional advice.

Another critical challenge is ensuring a consistent consumer experience across various channels. Channel conflicts often arise due to differing costs and pricing strategies across modern trade, quick commerce, and traditional retail. Finding a balance that provides a uniform consumer experience while managing operational costs is a delicate task.

READ MORE: The Evolution of Retail: Embracing Omnichannel Strategies

Practical Applications and Future Directions

To illustrate the practical application of unified commerce, Singal shares the example of ITC's Aashirvaad brand. ITC has segmented the Atta category to cater to evolving consumer health needs. Through digital marketing, the company engages consumers at multiple touchpoints, from initial discovery via advertisements to personalized offerings like Namma Chakki, which allows consumers to order customized, freshly ground Atta blends.

Moving forward, ITC aims to enhance its consumer data hub to create a more interactive system that not only gathers data but also actively engages with consumers to provide real-time feedback. This shift towards a more dynamic and integrated approach will help ITC better understand and respond to consumer preferences, ensuring a more personalized and consistent experience.

In conclusion, while unified commerce presents significant challenges for FMCG companies, ITC's innovative strategies and focus on digital transformation provide a roadmap for leveraging this approach to enhance consumer experiences and drive growth. By integrating systems, gathering real-time insights, and maintaining a consistent brand experience across all touchpoints, FMCG players can successfully navigate the complexities of unified commerce.

 

Next Story
FMCG Sector Anticipates Revenue Growth of 7-9 pc This Fiscal Year
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
FMCG Sector Anticipates Revenue Growth of 7-9 pc This Fiscal Year
 

The fast-moving consumer goods (FMCG) sector is poised for a notable revenue increase of 7-9 percent this fiscal year, driven by higher volume growth. This positive outlook is bolstered by an expected revival in rural demand and stable urban demand. This growth projection follows an estimated 5-7 percent increase in the previous fiscal year of 2024.

Product realizations are anticipated to grow in the low single digits, primarily due to a marginal rise in the prices of key raw materials for the food and beverages (F&B) segment. However, the prices of raw materials for the personal care (PC) and home care (HC) segments are expected to remain stable. The combination of increasing premiumization and volume growth is projected to expand the operating margin by 50-75 basis points, reaching 20-21 percent. However, this margin expansion is tempered by rising selling and marketing expenses amidst heightened competition from both organized and unorganized players.

A comprehensive study by CRISIL Ratings, encompassing 77 FMCG companies that represented about one-third of the estimated Rs 5.6 lakh crore sector revenue last fiscal year, supports this optimistic outlook. The F&B segment accounts for nearly half of the sector’s revenue, while the PC and HC segments each constitute a quarter.

Rural Demand

Aditya Jhaver, Director of CRISIL Ratings, remarked, “We expect volume growth of 6-7 percent in fiscal 2025 from the rural consumers (~40 percent of overall revenue), supported by expectation of better monsoon benefitting agricultural production, and hike in minimum support price supporting farm incomes. Higher government spending on rural infrastructure, primarily through Pradhan Mantri Awaas Yojana-Grameen (PMAY-G) for affordable houses, will aid higher savings in rural India, supporting their ability to spend more.”

Conversely, volume growth from urban consumers is expected to remain steady at approximately 7-8 percent during fiscal 2025. This steady growth is supported by rising disposable incomes and a continued focus on premium offerings by FMCG players, particularly in the personal care and home care segments.

Modest Realisation Growth

Revenue growth for the sector will also be supported by modest realization growth of 1-2 percent, mainly due to a slight increase in the prices of some key F&B raw materials, including sugar, wheat, edible oil, and milk. Prices for most crude-based products, such as linear alkyl benzene and high-density polyethylene packaging, are expected to remain rangebound. The emphasis on enhancing premium product offerings, particularly in the F&B and PC segments, will further support realizations.

Segment-Wise Growth Projections

Rabindra Verma, Associate Director of CRISIL Ratings, elaborated, “Revenue growth will vary across product segments and firms. The F&B segment is expected to grow 8-9 percent this fiscal, aided by improving rural demand, while the personal care segment will grow 6-7 percent. The home care segment, which outpaced the other two segments last fiscal, is expected to grow 8-9 percent this fiscal, led by continued premiumisation push and steady urban demand.”

Stable Credit Profiles

The credit profiles of CRISIL Ratings-rated FMCG companies are expected to remain stable, underpinned by their healthy cash-generating ability, strong balance sheets, and substantial liquid surpluses. These companies will continue to pursue inorganic growth opportunities, particularly small to mid-sized acquisitions, to expand their product offerings in fast-growing premium segments targeting higher-income groups.

Monitoring Rural Economy and Input Prices

In this optimistic scenario, the sustained improvement in the rural economy, which heavily depends on monsoon patterns and farm incomes, will be crucial for maintaining steady and balanced demand. Additionally, the extent of input price fluctuations and competitive intensity within the sector will be closely monitored.

The FMCG sector is set for a robust growth trajectory this fiscal year, buoyed by a resurgence in rural demand and consistent urban consumption. With a strategic focus on premiumization and volume expansion, coupled with stable credit profiles, the sector is well-positioned to navigate the challenges and opportunities in the coming months. As industry leaders keep a close watch on rural economic conditions and input price trends, the FMCG sector is expected to achieve a balanced and sustained growth path.

 

Next Story
Top 10 Sunglasses Brands in India Under ₹2500
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
Top 10 Sunglasses Brands in India Under ₹2500
 

Are you a fashion enthusiast looking to upgrade your style without breaking the bank? IndianRetailer has got you covered. Fashion experts agree that accessories can significantly enhance your look. While earrings, bracelets, and necklaces are popular choices, one often overlooked accessory is sunglasses. The right pair of sunglasses can make a huge difference in your overall appearance.

To help you choose the perfect pair, here are the top 10 sunglasses brands in India. Explore various styles from the best eyewear brands in India to find the perfect fit for your face.

Top Sunglasses Brands in India Under 2500

Here are the top sunglasses brands in India:

1. John Jacobs

This brand offers top-grade material products crafted by specialists. It manufactures premium quality eyewear at one-third of the price of fancy labels. John Jacobs eyewear is designed and made with the best Italian houses to bring the latest new designs and innovative sunglasses. It produces eyewear with D2C retail excluding middlemen, hence the affordable price of sunglasses.
It is known for technological use in the selection of raw materials, and robotic use in lens cutting. The sunglasses go through a five-step quality check to guarantee accuracy. 

John Jacobs sunglasses


Top Rated Sunglasses of John Jacob with Price (Myntra price)

  1. John Jacob Sunglasses with UV Protected Lens 134947 – Rs 2,399 onwards- This sunglass is a top-rated customer choice which is grey-coloured with a metallic framework, apt for an oval face structure. 
  2. John Jacobs Full Rim Aviator Sunglasses with UV Protected Lens 138598 - Rs 1,999 onwards- It's an aviator type of sunglasses, best for a square face. Full rim style with blue colour lens and metallic body, with gunmetal toned frame colour. 
  3. John Jacobs Unisex Green Lens & Gold-Toned Round Sunglasses with UV Protected Lens – Rs 1,999 onwards- It has a green lens with a gold hue frame and round type glasses, advised for a square face. The frame material is made out of metal with a full-rim style. 
  4. John Jacobs Unisex Brown Rectangle Sunglasses – Rs 1,699 onwards- A rectangular-type, brown-coloured len sunglass primarily for heart-shaped faces. Its frame is made with acetate material along with a full rim style. 

2. Levis

An American clothing brand started in 1853 it has become the world's largest apparel brand and a leader in jeans worldwide. The company has around 500 stores in more than 110 countries. It believes in delivering quality and originality in products. The partnership between Safilo and Levis brought eyewear products to the market.  It features niche and modern colour-integrated sunglasses at affordable pricing. 

Levis sunglasses


Top recommended and affordable sunglasses by Levi’s with price (Myntra price)

  1. Women Cateye Sunglasses with UV Protected Lens- Rs 2500 onwards- It has a black colour frame and purple coloured lens with cat-eye type and fill rim styling. Best for oval-faced women.  
  2. Levis Unisex Other Sunglasses with UV Protected Lens–Rs 2500 onwards- Made with metal framework and full-rimmed style ideal for oval face structure for females as well as males. It has brown coloured lens and frame. 
  3. Levis Men Square Sunglasses with UV Protected Lens 16426927661 – Rs 2500 onwards- Ideal for oval-faced males. Made out of metallic material frame and gunmetal-toned frame colour. Its lean are purple and has full rimmed style. 

3. Fastrack

It was set in motion in 1998 and became India’s most-worn youth accessory brand. The brand started with a niche collection of sunglasses and watches and extended its product line in 2009 with bags, belts and wallets. Across the nation, Fastrack has 158 exclusive stores in more than 79 cities. It also retails through multi-brand outlets and an online website. It believes in delivering quality products that are affordable, not cheap. 

Fastrack sunglasses

 

Bestselling Affordable Sunglasses by Fastrack with Price (Official website price)

  1. Black Aviator Sunglasses for Men and Women – Rs 1,200 onwards- A unisex affordable sunglass with stainless steel front, frame and temple material. With a black colour temple and aviator-shaped frame best suited for angular face type. 
  2. Smoke Gradient Pilot Rimmed Sunglasses – Rs 1,400 onwards- A metallic-based frame, front and temple material for both women and men. With a black colour temple and pilot-shaped frame best for triangular-shaped faces.
  3. Black Square Rimmed Sunglasses – Rs 1,400 onwards- Made with plastic matter for the front, frame and temple parts of the sunglass. It has a black temple colour with square shaped frame for both women and men. Best suited for round-shaped faces. 

4. Decathlon

It is one of the largest sports products retailer brands in the world with 1,700 stores within 72 countries. The company has partnered with worldwide suppliers and it markets in-house products through D2C retail with megastores and operates through an online website as well. It has six different brands named – Quechua, Forclaz, Van Rysel, Rockrider, Riverside and BTWIN for Hiking and camping, Backpacking, road cycling, mountain biking, gravel biking and kids cycling respectively. 

decathlon sunglasses

Most Popular and Affordable Sunglasses by Decathlon with Price (official website price)   

MH140 Anti UV Cat 3 Impact Resistant Sunglasses for Adult Hiking, Blue –Rs 800 onwards

Details

  • Usage: Now and then used in mountains in sunny weather.
  • Weight: 26 grams 
  • Made with polycarbonate glass with a rubber temple and wraparound shape, best suited for square-shaped faces. 

 

MH570 Anti UV Cat 4 Impact Resistant Sunglasses for Adult Hiking, Blue – Rs 1,500 onwards

Details

  • Usage: Perfect for mountains and hiking and ideal for sunny weather or high altitude. 
  • Weight: 28 grams
  • For high resistance, polycarbonate glasses are used with pliable material for the temple. 

 

  • Adult Hiking Sunglasses Cat 3 MH160 Bronze Ochre – Rs 1,000 onwards

Details 

  • Usage: Used in mountain areas for sunny weather. 
  • Weight: 21 grams
  • It has a wraparound shape and polycarbonate glasses with different and appealing temple shape. 

5. Voyage

This affordable sunglasses brand offers a wide range of products from aviators to wayfarers and many more. It believes in providing a comfortable fit, stylish appearance and long-lasting styles of affordable yet premium glares. It is present on almost all leading e-commerce platforms. Voyage aims to enhance personality and sense of styling via its eyewear for all its customers. 

Voyage sunglasses

 

Bestselling Affordable Sunglasses by Voyage with Price (Official website price)

  1. Voyage Exclusive Gold And Black Polarized Round Sunglasses for Men & Women - PMG3981 – Rs 1,700 onwards- These top affordable sunglasses are unisex with a round shape frame, black lens, Metallic body and golden frame. Ideal for square-shaped faces. 
  2. Voyage Round Black Sunglasses MG2975 – Rs 1,100 onwards- This 100 percent UV protection glare has a metal body, black temple and round shape for males and females. 
  3. Voyage Black Silver Round Sunglasses - MG3504 – Rs 1,100 onwards- Made with a metal frame, temple and nose bridge with a round shape for unisex.  It has a silver colour frame and black lens. 

6. Opium 

It has 1000 plus opticians, 220 departmental stores and more than 31 brick-and-mortar stores in India including airports and malls. Opium caters to providing affordable sunglasses in India for males and females. It delivers products that integrate affordability, style and quality that are functional and fashionable.  It stands out in the queue due to its trendy and peculiar craftsmanship.  

Opium sunglasses

Bestselling and Affordable Sunglasses by Opium with Price (Official website price)

  1. EDEN – Rs 2,300 onwards- The frame is made out of plastic with a round shape and provides polarised and UV protection. It is ideal for females as well as males. 
  2. SUPER SOLDIER- TAC lens used with TR-90 frame with Polarized and UV protection. Caters for Unisex use due to pilot-shaped frame.  
  3. MAGNIFIQUE – Rs 2500 onwards- It is fitted for sports, outdoor and athleisure activities. The lens is made with advanced vision system (AVS) technology contributing to durability, strength and lightweight. It is unisex with a plastic frame and a hexa-shaped frame. 

7. Titan

The Titan Company started Titan eye+ in 2007 and today it has 900 plus exclusive stores in more than 350 cities in India. The brand maintains international standard products with quality and trust making it one of the top affordable sunglasses brands in India. It caters to modern trendy designs that are scattered in the Indian retail market space. 

 

Titan sunglasses

Bestselling Affordable Sunglasses by Titan with Price (Official website price)

  1. Grey CatEye Sunglasses For Women – Rs 2,500 onwards- It is made out of acetate material on the front and frame part of the glare. Has a cat-eye shape with a stainless steel frame, ideal for women. 
  2. Grey Square Men Sunglasses (GM311BK2P|58) – Rs 2,500 onwards- It has a clubmaster-shaped frame with a metallic front and frame. With grey coloured temple suitable for men. 

8. Idee

The brand caters to youth aged between 15 to 25 years. Idee is well-known for its fresh designs, boldness and buoyant styles. It regales class quality, valued frames and sunglasses. The affordable sunglass brand has set an uber-cool trend in the market attracting a vast range of eyewear crafted with tested and tried material.

Idee sunglassese


Top affordable sunglasses by Idee with price (Official website price)

  1. IRUS S1111 UNISEX FLIER SUNGLASSES – Rs 1,100 onwards- Shiny light gold coloured frame with red Revo lens colour made with polycarbonate material. 
  2. IRUS S1068 UNISEX ROUND SUNGLASSES – Rs 1,600 onwards- Provides 100 percent UV protection with the polycarbonate lens. Shiny light golden coloured frame with gradient green mirror effect. 
  3. IRUS S1030 UNISEX RECTANGULAR SUNGLASSES – Rs 1800 onwards- Made with rose gold frame colour and light brown lens, shaped in rectangular style of glare. 

9. Flying Machine

Flying Machine


The company started in 1980 in India, owned by Arvind Limited. In the fashion industry, Flying Machine is a trendsetter due to its exclusive designs in apparel, accessories as well as eyewear. Flying Machine has 1300 stand-alone stores, more than 5000 departmental stores and many multi-branded stores across parts of India. It retails through brick-and-mortar and D2C channels.


Bestseller sunglass by Flying Machine with price (Official website price)

  1. FLYING MACHINE Rectangular Frame Tinted Sunglasses – Rs 1,600 onwards- Made with plastic along with a tinted lens, nose grip and broad temple tip

10. The Tinted Story

Lately started an eyewear brand offering versatile and affordable sunglasses in India. The brand was born in 2021 with a vision to make luxury sunglasses at a premium price. The glares are manufactured in high-quality factories around the world. This eyewear brand retails through e-commerce platforms with doorstep delivery in pan India, allowing to maintain affordable pricing. 

The Tinted Story sunglasses


Best-selling affordable sunglasses by The Tinted Story with price (Official website price)

  1. Rimless Rectangle Tint Sunglasses (UV400 Protection) – Rs 2000 onwards- This unisex sunglass is made with regular fit type, golden frame and multi-coloured lens. It has a metallic frame material with 400 UV protection. 
  2. Elfin Sunglasses (UV 400 Protection) – Rs 2,000 onwards- Made with a sleek build and regular fir type. Polycarbonate lens and frame material with multi-coloured for unisex.
  3. Hexagon Retro Sunglasses (UV400 Protection) – Rs 1700 onwards- Large type fit made for women with golden frame colour and multi-coloured lens. 

IndianRetailer’s Vision:

The primary objective of a pair of Sunglasses is to protect your eyes but it offers much more- enhances your style, personality, as well as your aura. Furthermore, it helps you stand out of a crowd and make a statement, while being affordable and versatile. So, select a brand that serves your style. To make it all easy for you this is a list of our top 10 affordable sunglass brands in India. Enjoy shopping!

FAQs

What type of sunglasses are suitable for protection?
Various sunglasses provide UV protection at different percentages. 

Name the top three affordable sunglasses brands in India.
The list starts from John Jacobs followed by Levis and Fastrack. 

How to make sure that the sunglasses are effective?
Check for 100 percent UV protection or UV 400 label. 

 

Next Story
8 Most Expensive Cigarette Brands in India You Must Try in 2024
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
8 Most Expensive Cigarette Brands in India You Must Try in 2024
 

The first puff of a cigarette is thrilling and satisfying. Holding that sleek, white stick isn't just a habit; it's a style statement.

Curious about the top cigarette brands in India? Wonder what makes a cigarette premium? Why do some people spend more on certain brands? Let's find out.

In the Indian cigarette market, some brands really stand out. These brands offer quality and have unique stories behind them. In this article, we'll look at the eight most expensive cigarette brands in India. We'll talk about their parent companies and where they come from. You'll find out where these cigarettes are made and who markets them. We'll share the stories behind their names and an interesting fact about each brand. We'll also discuss the type of tobacco they use and why smokers love them.

India Cigarettes Market:

Here are some updated key points about the cigarette market in India as of 2024, including relevant statistics and data:

  1. The Indian cigarette market was worth INR 1,307.7 billion ($16.6 billion)  in 2022. It is expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of over 3% from 2022 to 2027​.
  2. ITC Limited is the top company in India's cigarette market. Other leading companies include Godfrey Phillips India, VST Industries, and Dalmia Industries​.
  3. Cigarette consumption per person in India is low compared to global levels. Many smokers prefer beedis over cigarettes​.
  4. India reduced cigarette imports significantly in 2022. Singapore is the largest cigarette exporter in India​.
  5. Tobacco specialists are the main sellers of cigarettes in India. These specialized outlets are preferred over general stores​.

Most Expensive Cigarette Brands in India

Here are the most expensive cigarette brands in India in 2024:

1. Treasurer

Treasure - Premium Cigarette Brand in India
Treasure

Treasurer is a premium cigarette brand made by The Chancellor Tobacco in the UK. It uses high-quality, pure Virginia tobacco. ITC Limited markets these cigarettes in India. The name "Treasurer" comes from the idea of luxury and exclusivity. This brand is known for its high standards and refined quality. A pack of 20 Treasurer cigarettes costs around Rs. 4,500 in India.

Check More: 10 Best Cigarette Brands in India to Know in 2024

2. Davidoff

Davidoff Cigarette : Most Expensive Cigarette Brand in India
Davidoff 

Davidoff is a premium cigarette brand owned by Imperial Brands, a British company. Dunhill cigarettes are marketed by Imperial Brands as well. The Davidoff brand is named after its founder, Zino Davidoff. In 1968, Zino introduced the first line of Davidoff cigars. He did this after traveling widely and learning about tobacco farming. This knowledge helped him create a high-quality product. Davidoff cigarettes use a blend of premium tobacco. This blend keeps their standards high and makes them expensive. In India, a pack of 20 Davidoff White 8-mg King Size cigarettes costs approximately Rs. 1,700.

Check This - Explore What's New in Cigarettes

3. Sobranie

Sobranie - Premium Cigarette Brand
Sobranie

Sobranie is a luxury cigarette brand from the UK, owned by Japan Tobacco. The Gallaher Group, a subsidiary of Japan Tobacco, manages marketing for Sobranie. The name "Sobranie" comes from the Russian word for "gathering" or "assembly." Sobranie was established in London in 1879 by Albert Weinberg. This makes it one of the oldest cigarette brands. The brand is famous for its luxury image and high-quality tobacco. Sobranie cigarettes use a blend of Virginia, Turkish, and Oriental tobaccos. These tobaccos are stored and matured over time to develop a richer flavor. In India, a pack of 20 Sobranie Black Russian cigarettes costs around Rs. 1,200.

Check More : Top Whisky Brands in India for 2024 | ABV%

4. American Spirit

American Spirit is a premium cigarette brand owned by Reynolds American. In India, these cigarettes are made and marketed by Santa Fe Natural Tobacco Company, part of ITC Limited. The name "American Spirit" shows their focus on natural, additive-free tobacco. Founded in 1982 by Bill Drake and his partners, the brand became popular for its natural and organic tobacco. American Spirit uses only 100% additive-free tobacco. They offer options with organic tobacco and a Perique tobacco blend. In India, a pack of 20 American Spirit Yellow cigarettes costs about Rs. 999.

American Spirit - Premium Cigarette Brand
American Spirit

5.  Parliament Cigarettes

Parliament, one of the exclusive cigarette brands from Philip Morris International, is marketed in India by Godfrey Phillips India. The brand started in 1931 and is known for its unique recessed paper filters, which were initially an advertising gimmick. The name "Parliament" reflects its high-end image. In the past, wealthy smokers preferred Parliament. It was also one of the first brands to use commercial cigarette filters. Parliament uses high-quality Virginia and Turkish tobacco. They offer different blends, including menthol varieties. In India, a pack of 20 Parliament cigarettes costs between Rs. 300 and Rs. 600.

Parliament - Most Expensive Brands in India
Parliament Cigarettes

6. Marlboro

Malboro - Most Expensive Brands in India
Malboro

Marlboro is a premium cigarette brand. Its parent company is Philip Morris International. Philip Morris International handles the manufacturing and marketing of Marlboro. The brand was launched in 1924 and was initially marketed as "America's luxury cigarette. In the 1950s, the "Marlboro Man" campaign was introduced to make the brand more appealing to men. Marlboro uses a blend of high-quality Virginia, Burley, and Oriental tobaccos. The approximate price of a pack of 20 Marlboro cigarettes is Rs. 400.

7. Benson & Hedges

Benson & Hedges - Most Expensive Brands in India
Benson & Hedges

Benson & Hedges is a cigarette brand owned by Philip Morris USA, British American Tobacco, and Japan Tobacco. In India, ITC Limited handles its marketing. The brand was founded in 1873 by Richard Benson and William Hedges in London. The brand's name, "Benson & Hedges," comes from the surnames of its founders, Richard Benson and William Hedges. In 1878, the brand received a royal warrant from the Prince of Wales. Benson & Hedges cigarettes use high-quality tobaccos, including Virginia, Burley, and Turkish varieties. In India, a pack of 20 Benson & Hedges cigarettes costs around Rs. 340.

8. Dunhill

Dunhill - Most Expensive Brands in India
Dunhill

Dunhill is a premium cigarette brand in India, owned by British American Tobacco and Alfred Dunhill Limited. ITC Limited markets Dunhill cigarettes in India. Alfred Dunhill founded the brand in London in 1907, naming it after himself, a renowned English tobacconist and inventor. Dunhill cigarettes are known for their luxury and high-quality tobacco blends. They include popular lines like Dunhill Fine Cut and Dunhill International, which use high-grade Virginia and Oriental tobaccos. In India, a pack of 20 Dunhill Switch cigarettes costs around Rs. 349.

Cigarette Market Global Analysis: The big picture

Global Market Overview:

  • The global cigarette market was valued at USD 738.6 billion in 2022.
  • By 2028, the cigarette market is projected to reach USD 890.25 billion.
  • This growth represents a CAGR of 3.1% from 2023 to 2028.
  • Major brands in the global cigarette industry include Philip Morris International, British American Tobacco, Japan Tobacco International, and Imperial Tobacco Group.

Indian Market Overview:

  • In 2022, the Indian premium cigarette market was valued at INR 1,307.7 billion.
  • The Indian cigarette industry is growing at a rate of over 3% CAGR.
  • Premium brands such as Treasurer, Davidoff, Dunhill, and American Spirit are gaining popularity in India.

Similarities:

  • Both the global and Indian cigarette markets face significant regulatory challenges.
  • Health concerns related to smoking are prevalent in both markets.
  • Premium cigarette brands are preferred by consumers with higher disposable incomes in both the global and Indian markets.

Differences:

  • Global cigarette markets, especially in Europe and the U.S., are more mature compared to the Indian market.
  • Growth of the Indian cigarette market is driven by rising disposable incomes and urbanization.
  • Growth in the global cigarette industry is fueled by innovations in reduced-risk products.
  • Premium branding plays a significant role in the global cigarette market.

Final Words

At Indian Retailer, we examine the most expensive cigarette brands in India. These high prices come with promises of quality, tradition, and unique flavors. These premium brands target a small group of smokers who seek more than just a product—they want a special experience.

However, these luxury cigarette brands face challenges. They must deal with strict regulations and a growing number of health-conscious people. The future of these premium cigarettes is uncertain. Will they continue to grow in popularity, or will the market shift due to these challenges? Only time will tell.

FAQs on Most Expensive Cigarette Brands in 2024

1. Which is the costliest cigarette in India?

The costliest cigarette in India is Treasurer. A pack of 20 Treasurer cigarettes costs around Rs. 4,500.

2. Which cigarette is banned in India?

In India, e-cigarettes and vaping devices are banned, including their production, sale, and advertisement. This ban, enforced since 2019, aims to prevent vaping among youth and address health concerns. Traditional tobacco cigarettes, however, remain legal.

3. Which cigarette brand has the lowest tar and nicotine levels?

American Spirit is the cigarette brand with the lowest tar and nicotine levels. They offer options with natural, additive-free tobacco, including varieties with lower tar and nicotine content.

4. Do cigarettes expire?

Cigarettes do not have an expiration date. According to the World Health Organization, an expiration date may make consumers think that it's safe to smoke cigarettes before the printed date while smoking cigarettes at any time can cause health problems.

5. Who invented cigarettes?

James Albert Bonsack invented the cigarette-making machine in 1880, which allowed for mass production of cigarettes.

 

Next Story
Health and Wellness Trends: How Pickle Brands are Adapting to Consumer Preferences
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
Health and Wellness Trends: How Pickle Brands are Adapting to Consumer Preferences
 

In today's dynamic and health-conscious consumer landscape, the food industry is witnessing a significant shift towards products that not only tantalize the taste buds but also offer health benefits. One such category that has been undergoing a remarkable transformation is pickles. Traditionally known for their tangy and flavorful appeal, pickles are now adapting to meet the evolving preferences of health-conscious consumers. Let's delve into the fascinating realm of how pickle brands are embracing health and wellness trends to cater to the changing needs of their customers.

The Rise of Health-Conscious Consumers

With a growing awareness of the importance of a healthy lifestyle, consumers are increasingly seeking food options that are not only delicious but also nutritious. This shift in consumer behavior has prompted food companies, including pickle brands, to reevaluate their product offerings and make necessary adjustments to align with the changing preferences of the market.

Innovation in Ingredients

One of the key ways pickle brands are adapting to consumer preferences is through innovation in ingredients. Traditionally, pickles were made using high amounts of salt and sugar for preservation purposes. However, in response to the demand for healthier options, many brands are now exploring alternative ingredients and methods to reduce the use of these additives.

For instance, some pickle brands are incorporating natural sweeteners like honey or maple syrup instead of refined sugar. Others are using less salt or exploring salt alternatives to cater to consumers looking to reduce their sodium intake. By experimenting with new ingredients and recipes, pickle brands are able to offer products that are not only tasty but also aligned with the health and wellness goals of their customers.

Focus on Organic and Locally Sourced Ingredients

Another significant trend in the pickle industry is the emphasis on using organic and locally sourced ingredients. Consumers today are increasingly concerned about the environmental impact of food production and are looking for products that are sustainably sourced and produced.

Pickle brands are responding to this trend by sourcing their ingredients from local farmers and suppliers who follow sustainable practices. By using organic ingredients, these brands are able to offer pickles that are free from harmful pesticides and chemicals, appealing to health-conscious consumers who prioritize clean eating and sustainability.

Introduction of Functional Pickles

In addition to incorporating healthier ingredients, some pickle brands are taking innovation a step further by introducing functional pickles. These pickles are infused with beneficial ingredients known for their health-promoting properties, such as probiotics, turmeric, or ginger.

Probiotic pickles, for example, support gut health and digestion, while turmeric-infused pickles offer anti-inflammatory benefits. By adding functional ingredients to their products, pickle brands are not only enhancing the nutritional profile of their pickles but also tapping into the growing trend of functional foods that promote overall well-being.

Conclusion

As consumer preferences continue to evolve, pickle brands are adapting to meet the changing demands of the market. By embracing health and wellness trends, these brands are not only staying relevant but also carving a niche for themselves in the competitive food industry. Through innovation in ingredients, a focus on organic and locally sourced ingredients, and the introduction of functional pickles, pickle brands are redefining the traditional perception of pickles and offering consumers a healthier and more diverse range of options.

In this era of heightened health awareness, the transformation of pickle brands serves as a testament to the industry's commitment to meeting the needs of today's health-conscious consumers. As we move forward, it will be exciting to witness how pickle brands will continue to evolve and innovate to cater to the ever-changing landscape of health and wellness trends. By staying attuned to consumer preferences and constantly striving to offer products that not only satisfy taste buds but also contribute to overall well-being, pickle brands are poised to make a lasting impact in the food industry.

In conclusion, the journey of pickle brands towards embracing health and wellness trends is a testament to their adaptability and commitment to meeting the evolving needs of consumers. As we savor the tangy delights of these revamped pickles, we can appreciate the fusion of tradition and innovation that characterizes this dynamic industry. Cheers to a future filled with delicious, nutritious, and health-conscious pickle options that delight our taste buds and nourish our bodies.

 

-Authored By Harpal Singh Gulati, founder of Martban Pickles

 

Next Story
48 pc of Indian Consumers Willing to Share Data for Personalized Retail Experiences
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
48 pc of Indian Consumers Willing to Share Data for Personalized Retail Experiences
 

Indian consumers are increasingly prioritizing value-conscious purchases and experiential spending. Inflation has greatly impacted consumer spending, pushing a shift towards value-conscious purchases and a renewed interest in experiences like travel and hospitality. While spending in areas such as recreation, entertainment, leisure, and travel has surged, traditional retail segments like fashion and lifestyle have seen flat volume growth.

Deloitte India's latest report, "Future of Retail: Sweating Assets for Growing Volumes and Same Store Sales," highlights a significant shift in spending habits, emphasizing the importance of experiences and localized innovation over traditional product-centric purchases.

The global economic environment in FY24 has been marked by significant challenges, including the ongoing conflict in Ukraine, rising inflation, tightening monetary policies and disrupted global supply chains. Amid these headwinds, the Indian economy has demonstrated remarkable resilience, growing at an impressive rate of 7.6 percent in FY24.

This growth is driven by robust government spending on infrastructure, growing private consumption, and a resilient services sector. This decoupling of India’s growth from global trends underscores the dynamism and potential of the Indian consumer market. The report delves into the performance of various subsectors within the consumer and retail sectors, highlighting their resilience and vulnerabilities. It examines the impact of inflation on consumer spending patterns, exhibiting a transition towards value-conscious purchases and a resurgence in demand for experiences, such as travel and hospitality.

Key Highlights

  1. Dining out or ordering in: Despite 29 percent of respondents planning to reduce dining out or ordering in due to health and budget concerns, over 50 percent strongly preferred maintaining or increasing their dining frequency. This suggests a resilient demand for dining options prioritizing health, quality, and appeal, presenting an opportunity for establishments to cater to this discerning segment.
  2. Apparel, footwear, and fashion accessories: While 32 percent intend to decrease spending, citing satisfaction with their current wardrobe and a preference for minimalist lifestyles, around 14 percent plan to increase their purchases. Retailers need to offer compelling design considerations for customers to refresh their wardrobes, such as new trends or sustainable fashion options, to maintain engagement.
  3. Leisure travel: Around 29 percent of respondents plan to increase travel frequency in the coming year, indicating a growing appetite for experiential spending. This trend allows travel companies to create tailored experiences that resonate with consumers seeking unique adventures and cultural immersion, potentially driving higher engagement and loyalty.
  4. Consumer durables and appliances: Despite 30 percent of respondents citing financial constraints as a deterrent, approximately one-third have recently purchased in this category. This indicates that there is still a market segment with unmet needs, possibly looking for more affordable options or innovative features.
  5. Consumer electronics: Anticipated purchases are declining, due to existing device adequacy and financial considerations. To stimulate demand, brands may need to introduce budget-friendly variants or flexible payment plans that align with consumers' financial priorities.
  6. Furniture and home furnishings: Nearly 60 percent expressed no immediate intent to purchase major furniture items; however, there is sustained interest in home décor purchases for redecoration purposes. This suggests an opportunity for retailers to focus on smaller, more affordable home décor items to serve this segment.
  7. Luggage items: Interest in luggage purchases remains modest, with only 15 percent considering a purchase in the next year. This aligns with a broader trend of selective spending on travel-related items, primarily driven by the need to replace old or damaged luggage. This segment may benefit from value-driven offerings or innovative designs to attract consumers.

Anand Ramanathan, Partner and Consumer Products and Retail Sector Leader at Deloitte India shared his perspective on the evolving consumer landscape. "The premium segment led the post-pandemic recovery in consumption. However, most categories in retail are now witnessing a slowdown in premium demand and a revival in the mass segment. The evolving consumer landscape presents a complex interplay of value consciousness and a growing demand for unique experiences, highlighting the need for localized innovation at scale."

Ramanathan emphasized the importance of maximizing existing investments and assets to drive like-for-like growth. "Companies that innovate to meet evolving consumer preferences on convenience, affordability, and health will not just survive but thrive. One of the key imperatives for consumer businesses is the importance of sweating existing investments and assets to drive like-for-like growth. Industry leaders will need to leverage the use of technology and AI for operational efficiency and strategic resource allocation. This report offers a detailed analysis and actionable insights for stakeholders to navigate and capitalize on these dynamic trends."

The report outlines businesses can aim for an incremental 8 to 20 percent growth in like-to-like sales by sweating their investments in customer, product, channel, and experience.

Following growth levers for businesses will reshape the retail experiences:

  1. Refining Consumer Personas: Around 48 percent of consumers are willing to share data, providing an opportunity for businesses to focus on profitable segments and emerging consumer groups. Implementing targeted interventions across the purchase journey using technology can enhance consumer engagement and loyalty.
  2. Enhancing Perceived Value: Nearly 42 percent of consumers look for value-added services and benefits. Companies should clearly communicate their holistic selling proposition, covering benefits across product/service offerings, experience, loyalty rewards, warranty, and post-sales support.
  3. Advanced Data Analytics to Drive Sales: Using centralized customer data platforms for hyper-personalization and optimizing store performance through targeted operational enhancements can significantly impact sales. In fact, 45 percent of consumers expect brands to anticipate their needs and proactively communicate.
  4. Localization: Tailoring product assortments and marketing strategies to local preferences can strengthen brand connections. Consumers show interest in geo-targeted ads, with 27 percent expressing interest in product offers.
  5. Interactive and Immersive Experiences: Creating engaging experiences across physical and digital channels, implementing innovative in-store activations, and using digital tools for high-quality customer advisory services can drive consumer engagement. For instance, 80 percent cited word of mouth as influencing their purchase decisions, 55 percent highlighted the importance of quality advisory, and 43 percent of global retailers plan to offer virtual expert connects.

The Role of the Upcoming Union Budget

Ramanathan also highlighted the potential impact of the upcoming Union budget for 2024-25. "The upcoming Union budget for 2024-25 will be an excellent opportunity to add momentum to the revival of the mass segment by enhancing investments in the rural economy and agriculture. A normal monsoon, festival season, and replacement demand will help drive volumes in all categories for broad-based growth in consumer and retail beyond urban markets to rural and semi-urban centers."

Thus, by leveraging the insights and recommendations outlined in the report, businesses can navigate the dynamic trends and capitalize on opportunities to drive growth and enhance consumer engagement. As the retail sector continues to evolve, the focus on localized innovation, advanced data analytics, and immersive experiences will be crucial in meeting the changing preferences of Indian consumers.

 

Next Story
Top 10 Perfume Brands for Male in India | Best Scents for Men
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
Top 10 Perfume Brands for Male in India | Best Scents for Men
 

Raw, musky, sensual – the scent of an alpha male! What is it that a man looks for when he chooses his scent out of the plethora of choices available in the market today? The answer: power. When he walks into a room, he should be perceived as the most successful person there. So, how to choose your signature fragrance – should it be the most expensive or most famous or the one worn by a celeb. Here, we list the top 10 perfumes brands for men in India that have kept the ‘worldly’ men enraptured in their notes. Pick the one that best ignites your senses, and of course, have a sniff test before you craft your signature.

Top 10 Perfume Brands for Male in India

Here are the top 10 perfume brands for males in India that will elevate your style and leave a lasting impression. Discover the perfect scents to make you stand out and get noticed.

1. Hermès Terre d'Hermès Parfum Pure Perfume

 

Hermes Terre : top 10 perfume brands for male

 

Terre d’Hermès Parfum is more complex and has excellent longevity. This fragrance starts with an exciting burst of citrus and has the primary notes of grapefruit and orange. Upon its finish, the heart presents a rather interesting interplay of flint and pepper that provides a mineral sharpness and a hint of spice. 

  • Fragrance: Woody Oriental and Fresh lime
  • Price Range: Rs 10,000 (75ml) and Rs 18,000 (200ml)
  • Evocative Essence: This perfume captures the essence of the earth itself, with rich, woody notes that ground the scent in a deeply sophisticated, earthy aroma. Think of a scent that takes you on a journey through forests and fields.
  • Citrus Twist: The fragrance opens with a burst of citrus, adding a fresh and invigorating contrast to the deep, woody base. This balance creates a dynamic, evolving scent experience that remains captivating from start to finish.
  • Elegance in a Bottle: Ideal for those who appreciate a scent that is as timeless and refined as it is bold and complex.

2. Ralph Lauren Polo Blue Eau de Toilette for Men

 

Polo Blue : Top 10 perfume brands for male in India

 

Polo Blue is the scent that embodies the nautical spirit and the desire to be free as a bird, associated with the energizing and cool breeze of the sea. Right from the onset of the perfume’s application, one is offered a splash of delicious and thirst-quenching watermelon giving the fragrance a lively and zesty character.

  • Fragrance: Refreshing, Aquatic
  • Price Range: Rs 4,000 (75ml) and Rs 5,000 (125ml)
  • Lifestyle Inspiration: The campaign shot at the core of Polo Blue has been anchored on a washed suede accord, which has become the crowning glory of the brand. Polo Blue will take inspiration from the looks of the clear and vast blue skies, and the cold blow down by the beach. It is to smell the fragrance that defines such virtues as comfort, refinement, and a light-hearted demeanour.
  • Invigorating Blend: A refreshing blend of melon, cucumber, and basil creates a clean, crisp fragrance that’s perfect for daytime wear. It’s light yet enduring, making it ideal for the modern gentleman on the go.
  • Versatile Freshness: Whether you're at the office or on a casual outing, this scent offers a refreshing burst of energy and sophistication.

3. Bvlgari Man in Black Eau de Parfum for Men

 

Bvlgari : Top 10 Perfume Brands for Male in India

 

Bvlgari Man in Black, the fragrance is a passionate, playful side of the fire-element, a symbol of strength and energy. An appealing Eau de Parfum surrounded by seductive fascinating powers to make a resolute and charismatic attitude to sexuality.

  • Fragrance: Sophisticated, Leather-Oriental
  • Price Range: Rs 10,000 (100ml) and Rs 12,000 (150ml)
  • Opulent Origins: Inspired by Bvlgari’s luxurious design ethos, this scent is rich and opulent, embodying the essence of sophistication and style.
  • Spicy Elegance: Combines leather with spicy notes of amber and rum, creating a scent that’s both bold and intricate. It’s perfect for those who appreciate a fragrance that’s as multifaceted as it is luxurious.
  • Evening Aura: Ideal for evening wear, it exudes confidence and a touch of mystery, making a lasting impression wherever you go.

4. Paco Rabanne One Million Eau de Toilette for Men

 

Paco Rabanne One Million : Top 10 Perfume Brands for Male in India

 

Get lost in the intoxication of the smell of real leather with the note of spices and a hint of freshness. This fantasy makes one’s head spin from the first accords to the final dry down while leaving a lasting impression that linger in the air.

Unlike other fragrances that are intended to revitalise and invigorate, this one is supposed just to perplex and seduce. It has become a declaration of a man’s soul and desire, a fragrance version of mystery. Every time you spray it, it breaks conventions and rules, prescribed by society, men and all other powers that be, and letting you make a powerful statement. Open yourself up for the semi-erotic cloud of uncertainty and dull Sheen, freshness kisses complexity, and vice versa.

  • Fragrance: Matte blonde leather and exude sensuality and depth
  • Price Range: Rs 7,000 (100ml) and Rs 9,000 (200ml)
  • Modern Edge: Reflects the edgy, contemporary style of Paco Rabanne. It’s a fragrance that stands out, much like the gold bar-inspired bottle it comes in.
  • Dynamic Notes: Features vibrant notes of grapefruit, mint, and blood orange, creating an energetic and bold scent profile. It’s for the man who’s unafraid to make a statement.

5. Tom Ford Noir

Tom Ford Noir : Top 10 Perfume Brands for Male in India

 

A highly erotic scent, TOM FORD’s Noir is a perfect mix of citrus with notes of mandarin and grapefruit with black pepper at its end. Loaded with a rich amber and dry cedarwood base, Noir can be described as an elegant addition to every contemporary man’s routine.

  • Fragrance: Sophisticated, Seductive
  • Price Range: Rs 17,000 (100ml)
  • Mysterious Allure: Embodies the sleek, enigmatic allure of Tom Ford’s designs, creating a fragrance that’s both sophisticated and seductive.
  • Complex Blend: A masterful blend of oud, rich vanilla, and amber, creating a deeply intoxicating and luxurious scent.
  • Intimate Charm: Ideal for evening wear and intimate settings, this scent exudes an air of mystery and allure.

6. Christian Dior Sauvage

 

Christian Dior Sauvage : Top 10 Perfume Brands for Male in India

 

Imagine yourself in the fascinating reception of the desert at dusk with Dior Sauvage Eau de Parfum which embodies this magical time of awakening, enveloping the sensuous bouquet of the night with warm haze. Nightfall and the refreshing winds of the desert, and Sauvage Eau de Parfum plays its music, wrapping you in the blue haze which evokes the untamed passions within you.

It incarnates the wildness within each of us that has been domesticated for one reason or the other, and which instantly reconnects with the forest that still dwells in it to embrace the enchantment of the wild. May the royal path of this exceptional scent help to strengthen you throughout your journey of life and accept the wildness inside oneself as well as the mysteries of life.

  • Fragrance: Freshness and Sensuality
  • Price Range: Rs 9,000 (60ml), Rs 13,000 (100ml) and Rs 19,000 (200ml)
  • Adventurous Spirit: Captures the essence of Dior’s modern, adventurous aesthetic, making it perfect for the dynamic man.
  • Invigorating Notes: Features top notes of bergamot and lavender, creating a fresh and energetic scent that’s both invigorating and enduring.
  • Everyday Elegance: Ideal for everyday wear, this scent offers a fresh burst of energy that’s perfect for the man on the move.

7. Chanel Bleu de Chanel

 

Chanel Bleu De Chanel : Top 10 Perfume Brands for Male in India

 

The fragrance that defies expectations and embraces boldness: a provocation which is blindingly new, clean, and sexual. This scent is for the man who does not follow the trend but creates his own path by never giving up hope—a man who defies the odds and creates his own fate.

It is the tribute to the man, who breaks the conventional rules and is proud of it, this fragrance gives amazing and unique trail, the trail for the man who writes his own story and leaves the mark wherever he goes.

  • Fragrance: Fresh Citrus accord
  • Price Range: Rs 16,000 (150ml) and Rs 13,000 (100ml)
  • Timeless Elegance: Reflects the timeless sophistication of Chanel’s designs, offering a fragrance that’s both classic and modern.
  • Rich Composition: Combines rich cedar and incense with refreshing citrus top notes, creating a complex and enduring scent profile.
  • Versatile Sophistication: Suitable for both day and night wear, this scent offers versatility and elegance, making it a perfect addition to any fragrance collection.

8. Prada Amber Pour Homme Eau de Toilette for Men

 

Prada Amber Pour Homme : Top 10 Perfume Brands for Male in India

Find a scent that is not so common and certainly not overshadowing your individuality. Adrenaline and influential characterisation Prada Amber Pour Homme Eau de Toilette which Introduced back in 2006 has uniqueness of four components: amber with oriental notes, fougere with sides of soap, refreshed citrus additives and the mild notes of leather. They combine well to create a package that will leave you helpless from the first glance.

  • Fragrance: Oriental fougère
  • Price Range: Rs 7,000 (100ml)
  • Understated Sophistication: Embodies Prada’s refined, understated style, offering a fragrance that’s both luxurious and comforting.
  • Warm Notes: Features notes of vanilla, tonka bean, and amber, creating a warm and inviting scent profile that’s perfect for cooler weather or evening wear.

9. Valentino Uomo Eau de Toilette for Men

 

Valentino Uomo : Top 10 Perfume Brands for Male in India

 

What does masculinity smell like? Just like the Valentino Uomo Eau de Toilette that is designed for men. They completely evoke the atmosphere of Venice as if someone waved a wand, and here you are placed in front of you. It will be one of the leather fragrances you will love to wear and the ladies you come across will also do. It is usually worn for occasions when the temperature drops in the autumn and winter.

  • Fragrance: Leather-Oriental
  • Price Range: Rs 6,000 (100ml)
  • Rich Blend: Combines notes of bergamot, coffee, and rich leather, creating a deeply sophisticated and elegant scent profile.
  • Formal Elegance: Perfect for formal occasions and evening wear, this scent offers a touch of luxury and refinement.

10. Davidoff Cool Water Intense Eau de Parfum for Men

 

Davidoff Cool Water Intense : Top 10 Perfume Brands for Male in India

 

Experience the magic of seduction with Davidoff Cool Water Intense a new sophisticated Eau de Parfum by Davidoff. A modern reinterpretation of the iconic Cool Water fragrance, it unveils a renewed freshness and indulgent allure, enriched with a responsibly sourced gem from nature: the carefully selected green mandarin from the Brazilian gardens.

The green mandarin acts as the centrepiece of this great composition of blends and contributes the fresh zest sensation. It is not just a luxurious ingredient but also an entire sentiment; the desire for sustainable sources, and a conservation of the earth’s gifts.

  • Fragrance: Refreshing and a sense of liberation and adventure
  • Price Range: Rs 5,000 (125ml)
  • Modern Freshness: Captures the essence of Davidoff’s sleek, modern designs, offering a fragrance that’s both fresh and invigorating.
  • Everyday Vitality: Ideal for those seeking a fresh, invigorating scent that’s perfect for daily wear and casual settings.

Last Words

At IndianRetailer, we understand how tough it is to select the right fragrance, which is a deeply personal choice, but these top 10 perfume brands for male in India offer a diverse range of scents that cater to various tastes and preferences. From the luxurious and sophisticated to the fresh and modern, these famous perfume brands provide options that will elevate your style and boost your confidence.

FAQs on Top Perfume Brands for Male in India 

1. What is the number 1 selling perfume for men?

Dior Sauvage is by far the best-selling men's cologne.

2. What is the highest quality of perfume?

Extrait de Parfum and Essence de Parfum is the highest level of quality and fragrance concentration available on the market. The fragrance concentration of at least 20% is the highest and therefore particularly intense and long-lasting.

3. Which country's perfume is best?

French perfume. France is renowned for its perfume industry and is home to some of the world's most famous perfumeries, such as the Maison Guerlain.

4. What are the 4 grades of perfume?

These are the 4 grades of perfume,

  • Parfum – Concentration of perfume oils – 20-40%
  • Eau de Parfum – Concentration of perfume oils – 15-20%
  • Eau de Toilette – Concentration of perfume oils – 5-15%
  • Eau de Cologne – Concentration of perfume oils – 2-5%
  • Eau Fraîche – Concentration of perfume oils – 1-3%

5. Which type of perfume is best?

Eau de Toilette is one of the most widely-used types of perfume. Most brands are generally cheaper than Eau de parfum. The name came from the French term "faire sa toilette," which means getting ready, so many people consider it the go-to choice for getting ready for a typical day.

 

Next Story
Top 10 Sneaker Brands in India to Keep You Ahead of the Fashion Curve
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
Top 10 Sneaker Brands in India to Keep You Ahead of the Fashion Curve
 

It is widely known that most women are obsessed with shoes. In fact, one of the most coveted real estate areas in a home is the shoe closet. However, this craze has been overtaken by the new breed of collectors – the Sneakerheads – they not only covert the best and the most luxurious of sneakers in the world, but most have a dedicated place in their home to store these sneakers properly. Gone are the days when sneakers used to be a utility accessory – made for running or walking. Now, they are the fashion icons – to be desired, acquired, admired and of course, flaunted.  

Top 10 Sneaker Brands in India 

If you are a beginner sneakerhead, this guide will help you build up a collection with ease:

1. Nike

The story of the brand traces back to 1962 when Phil Knight and Bill Bowerman changed their brand name from Blue Ribbon Sports to ‘Nike’ which represents the Greek god of victory. The company became public in 1980 and entered the Indian market in 1995 licensing with Sierra Industrial Enterprise. Nike has retained in India with different product line-ups from shoes to apparel to health products.  The company has more than 230 store locations within 40-plus countries. It has reached $37.4 billion in revenue FY 24 and is anticipated to surpass $45 million by FY25.

Nike: Top sneaker brand in India
Nike


Best sneakers by Nike with Price (Official website price)

  • Air Jordan 13 Dune red – Rs 16,595 - A summer Jorden lineup 2024 collection with mesh panels, Terra suede on medial sides with microfiber accents. The shoe style is encouraged by black cat’s predator nature. 
  • Field General ’82 White and Light Bone – Rs 8,695 - A vintage classic look was worn in 80’s with gum rubber waffle soles spotlighting the mix of leather, suede and long-lasting textiles in a balance of white and light bone colouration. 
  • Field General ’82 Barely volt and Dusty Cactus – Rs 8,695 - General 82 returned with the exquisite light-volt edition featuring a mix of barely volt and dusty cactus. Giving a stadium look pairing with smooth leather, synthetic leather, tough textile and waffle soles. 
  • Air Max 1 x HUF – Rs 14,995 - Instilled with a foam midsole and max air cushioned air heel. It runs back with three new colourations of pear and flat pewter, green colourway and medium grey premium leather upper.  

 2. Adidas

One of the largest sportswear manufacturers in Europe and the second largest globally. Adolf Dassler started the company to build spiked running shoes for different athletic events. The company had its big hit during the 1936 Berlin Olympics when an American star wore Adidas, helping gain international attention and expansion worldwide.  In 1989 Adidas invaded in Indian market with a license agreement focusing on urban and semi-urban youth. 

The company had a market capital of $42.06 billion as of July 2024. In the Indian market, Adidas has generated a revenue of Rs 2,578.1 crore in FY23. It aims to expand franchise stores in tier 2 and 3 with over 350 stores. Online channels contribute 40 percent of sales and the rest from e-commerce and application platforms. 

Adidas: Sneaker brand in India
Adidas


Best sneakers by Adidas with Price (Official website price)

  • Samba OG Shoes - Rs 10,999 : Supporting grip on hard and flat surfaces, a top choice for indoor sports. Available in different styles for cycling, football, golf and streetwear as well. Has a rubber cupsole texture with a suede T-toe design
  • YZY 350 V2 CMPCT – Rs 11, 499 : Made with BOOST technology contributing to a cushioned sole experience. It has used 50 percent recycled material on the upper features. It had a strong sock fit with lock support without no-tie stretch laces. 
  • Gazelle Shoes – Rs 9,999 : Archive edition with same texture and material as the 1991 version with suede and detailed echo style of 90’s. 
  • Superstar – Rs 8,999 : This basketball shoe became a cultural phenomenon with innovative features, collaborations and consistent evolution for over 50 years. This sneaker comes in various models with iconic, bold and smooth leather upper and rubber shell toe. 

3. Puma 

The company is a leading sports brand that designs, develops, sells and markets footwear, apparel and accessories. It has headquarters in Herzogenaurach, Germany, distributing items in 120-plus countries. Collaborating with various designers and brands to deliver street culture and fashion offering sport-inspired and performance-based products for football, running, golf, basketball and motorsports. 

Recently Puma has partnered with Riyan Parag and Nitish Kumar Reddy to associate with Genz audience in the Indian market. 

Puma: sneaker brand in India
Puma 


Best sneakers by Puma with Price (Official website price)

  • Rider Future Vintage Unisex  – Rs 5,399 : Old-school styling with ripstop nylon upper, nylon tongue with woven label, suede toe, heel and eyestay overlays. 
  • RS-X Efekt PRM Unisex – Rs 7,199 : Utilizing cushioned technology with rubber sole, PU midsole – RS technology and mesh upper with nubuck and suede overlays. 
  • CA Pro Classic Unisex – Rs 4,799 : Classic casual sneaker focusing on comfort and quality contributing to a supportive fit with durability. 20 percent recycled material was used on the upper part giving a slug fit. 
  • Palermo Special Unisex – Rs 6,999 : Archives and classic terrance shoe with T-toe styling bold color blocking and plush material. Has a leather upper, lace closure and rubber outsole.

4. Reebok

The brand has its headquarters in Boston, the US and is a major designer, marketer and distribution company for fitness and lifestyle in footwear, apparel and equipment. Reebok targets fitness freak consumers and allows them to experience products designed with innovation, technology and programming to excel in functional training, running, combat training, walking, dance, yoga as well as aerobics.

Reebok is projected to reach Rs 997.8 billion by 2024 with CAGR at 13.59 percent. The brand is in more than 160 stores and gets 800 plus sales points from departmental stores and multi-brand outlets. 

Reebok: sneaker brand in India
Reebok


Best sneakers by Reebok with Price (Official website price)

  • Unisex Reebok RBK Classics Leather – Rs 4,799 : A balanced mix of design and support with a sleek look. Constructed with rubber sole and white leather for durability and practicality. 
  • Reebok Men Club C 85 Classic Leather Shoes – Rs 4,559 : Made for casual and social occasions made with exceptional craftsmanship and detailing. Built with cushioned rubber sole and genuine leather for better comfort.
  • Unisex Reebok Classic Leather Shoes – Rs 4,799 : Orchestrates sophistication without settling for style and comfort. Developed with black leather with cushions and rubber soles for longevity and resilience. 
  • Reebok Unisex Court Advance Clip – Rs 4,199 : A classic navy sneaker made with vegan leather for durability and comfort. Non-slip gripping with rubber sole and lightweight.

5. Skechers

A brand that caters to designing, building and marketing a wide range of footwear, apparel, and accessories for men, women as well as children. Skechers is present in 180 countries via departmental stores, and speciality stores resulting in 5,200 retail stores and a D2C website. It stands for innovational technology catering to athletic consumers in running, training, walking, golfing, pickleball, basketball and football.

Skechers sales in the Indian market contribute to 27 percent of business on a global level. It has recorded $8 billion of annual sales with 17.3 percent D2C sales.

Skechers: Top Sneaker brand in India
Skechers


Best sneakers by Skechers with Price (Official website price)

  • Uno - Spread The Love – Rs 7,999 : Muralist James Goldcrown inspired the distinguished look of this sneaker. This has an air-cooled memory foam comfort sole and sketch air-visible air-cushioned midsole. The sneaker has a heart design print on the outer sole and synthetic duraleather.
  • Mira – Rs 8,999 : This sneaker is popular for its athletic style and comfort because of Skechers air-cooled memory foam in the inner sole. It has lace-up, mono mesh and synthetic upper features. 
  • Uno - Rolling Stones Single – Rs 6,299 : This sneaker has ‘Lick’ logo of The Rolling Stone which is designed with cushioned Skechers Air- cooled memory foam insole and Skech-Air airbag in the midsole.
  • Rover X : A street style fashion features leather, mesh and synthetic upper upgrading the balance between comfort and trends. 

6. Converse

This sneaker brand was started by Marquis Converse in 1908 in Boston. It got its inspiration from street culture. This top sneaker brand functions in lifestyle from marketing to distribution to licensing of footwear, apparel and accessories. Converse is well-known for its originality, self-knowledge and artistry lending a hand for customers to express themselves. The brand has a flexible and ageless approach which encourages a broader audience. 


In the US 40 percent of sneaker consumers prefer Converse, generating $2.43 billion of global revenue. 

Converse: sneaker brand in India
Converse

Best Sneakers by Converse with Price (Official website price)

  • Chuck Taylor All Star Canvas – Rs 3,699 : The orthoLite insole for cushioning and canvas low-top sneaker styling make this sneaker stand outside the crown. It has a classic woven tongue label and licence plate. 
  • Star Player 76 Premium Canvas – Rs 5,999 : Made with recycled mesh lining taking inspiration from Converse basketball sneakers. It is famous for its pro leather and brick pattern outer sole. 
  • Chuck Taylor All Star Cruise Checkered : The prominent white and black look gets reconditioned with prints that can be put together and yet slay. Its tongue, heel and eyerow have suede along with cushioning providing ultimate comfort. 
  • Chuck 70 Seasonal Color : It has a glossy, egret middle sole with an original license plate on the premium canvas upper. It is designed by integrating periodical details and modernity with comfort. 

7. ASICS

A Japanese MNC that deals in sportswear and is well known for its sneakers. This top sneaker brand offers products in various sports including tennis, badminton, cricket, squash and more. It claims that the scientific approach used in making niche products gives customers a sense of reliance. It participates in sustainable practices following innovation and best-class products. Asics has franchise stores and a multi-brand store presence in India along with their own website and e-commerce marketplace for their sales. It aims to open its first exclusive store in 2026 in India. 

As of FY23 Asics generated a revenue of Rs 344.85 crore which is 36.98 percent as compared to 2022. The profit of the company increased by 37.74 percent to Rs 55.11 crore.

Asics: sneaker brand in India
ASICS


Most popular Sneakers by Asics with Price (Official website price)

  • GEL-LYTE V – Rs 7,199 : It is influenced by the Japanese phrase ‘Godai’ reflecting five elements of Japanese philosophy. It has been designed with leather, nubuck and suede on the overlays. The midsole is made with 20 percent recycled material.
  • GEL-LYTE III CM 1.95 – Rs 7,799 : It has carbon-negative foam in the midsole and sockliner, upgraded with a taping structure that helps in 100 percent renewable energy usage in the making process.
  • GEL-LYTE V – Rs 7,199 : It originated from Vietnam with a focus on coin dubrae representing Japanese elements and symbols. Made with leather, nubuck and suede on the other layers.  

8. Onitsuka Tiger

From its first basketball shoe that looked like straw sandals to its running shoe, which was used by Toru Terasawa marathon runner in 1953, the company had a long way to go. The company started in 1949 with a vision of being a part of the development of Japan’s youth. It commits to detailing and innovating the products for a pleasant future.

The brand has 11 brick-and-mortar stores in India, with the latest store opened in Dehradun. It entered the Indian market in 2017 with just brick-and-mortar stores in Delhi and Mumbai and in due course made an e-commerce presence in metro cities of India. 

Onitsuka Tiger: sneaker brand in India
Onitsuka Tiger

Bestsellers sneakers by Onitsuka Tiger with Price (Official website price)

  • ULTIMATE 81 EX – Rs 15,500 : Made with advanced technology and modernization through alternative cushion holes below the heel to improve overall performance and stability. 
  • SERRANO CL – Rs 12,500 : Soft leather and high-density Japanese polyester of upper and two-layer midsole for elasticity through material that increases cushioning. 
  • MEXICO 66 PARATY – Rs 9,000 : A summer-friendly and lace-free style made with natural fibre for the upper and rubber soles. The convertible print presents a two-in-one appeal and casual comfort.
  • SERRANO – Rs 10,500 : The suede texture and padded tongue with accenting heel give comfort in performance. It has a nylon lightweight upper and texture rubber outer sole. 

9. Under Armour

An American sportswear company founded in 1996 that produces footwear and apparel. The brand gained attention through a front-end photo of Oakland Raiders quarterback Jeff George wearing an Under Armour mock turtleneck. It is an investor, marketer and distributor of branded athletic products. 

This sneaker brand in India has 40 stores within malls and stands alone as well. It propagates to expand its market in metropolitan cities like Hyderabad, Chandigarh, Pune, Ahmedabad, Surat, Lucknow, Ludhiana, and Jaipur apart from Delhi, Mumbai and Bangalore.

Under Armour: sneaker brand in India
Under Armour


Best-selling Sneakers by Under Armour with Price (Official website price)

  • UA Charged Phantom Spikeless Shoes – Rs 10,799 : It has a spikeless outer sole for flexibility and is lightweight. Included never-wet treatment for water resistance along with a knit upper supporting golf swing.     
  • Unisex Curry 11 'Girl Dad' Basketball Shoes – Rs 16,999 : The eye-catching 3D molded TPU and forefoot Pebax plate for amplified fit and support along with flexibility. It has UA flow dual density flow and internal midfoot shank for being light weighted, stable and give lateral support. 
  • UA HOVR Apparition Shoes – Rs 13,499 : Comprises synthetic overlays with sock line comfort for support and durability. 

10. New Balance

A sports footwear and apparel manufacturer based out of Boston, founded in 1906. It stands out in the sneaker market due to the advanced technology used like blended gel inserts, heel counters and plus sizes. New Balance re-entered the Indian market in 2016 and opened its first store in Noida, Uttar Pradesh. The balanced mix between sports and culture makes the brand more popular among the younger demographics. 

The sneaker brand had increased its sales by 23 percent reaching to $6.5 billion in FY23. 

New Balance: sneaker brand in India
New Balance


Best Selling Sneakers by New Balance with Price 

  • New Balance unisex-adult Bb550 Casual Shoe – Rs 9,099 : It has a leather upper, adjustable lace and rubber outer sole for flexibility, durability and Closure. 
  • New Balance men 574 Sneaker – Rs 6,499 : It comprises EVA form cushioning and ENCAP for light weight, durability and all-day support. 
  • New Balance Unisex-Adult 574 Athletic Grey (053) – Rs 5,999 : EVA foam and heel cushioning comfort with ENCAP middle sole with durable polyurethane rim. 

Last Word

In Indian Retailer's eye, these top 10 sneaker brands in India stand out in the market due to their various qualities from technology to durability to providing comfort to consumers. The Indian sneaker market is on the rise with various categories and styles fulfilling the demands of consumers. This guide provides top best sellers and the most popular listing of top sneaker brands in India to help you decide effectively and efficiently. 

FAQs on Top Sneaker Shoe Brands in India

1. Which is the best sneaker shoe brand in India?
Nike, Adidas and Puma are the top three sneaker brands in India. 

2. Which is the highest-selling sneaker brand in India?
Nike is the most selling sneaker brand in India, followed by Adidas, Puma, Reebok and Skechers.

3. Best Quality Sneaker brands in India?
Adidas ranks the highest followed by Asics, Converse, Onitsuka Tiger and Under Armour.

4. What type of sneakers are best for everyday wear?
The running shoe type of sneakers are best for everyday casual wear.

 

Next Story
India’s Jewelry Market Poised for Explosive Growth, Projected to Reach $145 Bn by FY28
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
India’s Jewelry Market Poised for Explosive Growth, Projected to Reach $145 Bn by FY28
 

India’s jewelry retail sector has witnessed a remarkable growth trajectory, expanding from $50 billion in 2018 to an impressive $80 billion in the financial year 2024, according to a report by Motilal Oswal Financial Services. Projections indicate that the market will continue to grow at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 15-16 percent, reaching a staggering $145 billion by FY28. This substantial growth can be attributed to several key factors.

Drivers of Growth

Rising Disposable Income

One of the primary drivers behind the rapid expansion of the jewelry market in India is the increase in disposable income among the population. As more people experience higher earnings, their purchasing power increases, leading to greater spending on luxury items, including jewelry.

Improving Mix for Regular Wear

There has been a notable shift in the jewelry market with an improving mix for regular wear. Consumers are now more inclined to purchase jewelry for everyday use rather than reserving it solely for special occasions. This shift has broadened the market, creating a steady demand for diverse jewelry pieces.

Enhanced Product Offerings

Jewelers are continually innovating and enhancing their product offerings to attract a broader customer base. This includes a wider range of designs, the incorporation of diamonds, and other precious stones. The focus on variety and quality has made jewelry more appealing to consumers across different demographics.

Government Regulations and Trust Building

The implementation of mandatory hallmarking by the government has significantly boosted consumer trust in the jewelry sector. Hallmarking ensures the purity and authenticity of gold, which has led to increased confidence among buyers, thereby driving sales.

Better Buying Experience at Organized Retail Outlets

Organized retail outlets have revolutionized the jewelry shopping experience in India. These stores offer a more professional and reliable buying environment compared to traditional local jewelers. Enhanced customer service, better ambiance, and transparency in pricing have contributed to the popularity of organized retail.

Market Composition and Challenges

Dominance of Unorganized Sector

Despite the growth of organized retail, unorganized and local players continue to dominate the market, accounting for 62-64 percent of the retail segment. The sector comprises over 500,000 local goldsmiths and jewelers. Bridging this gap remains a significant challenge for organized retailers.

Gold Consumption Patterns

India’s gold consumption is split between jewelry (66 percent) and bars and coins (34 percent). The country’s gold supply is predominantly driven by imports, which have experienced notable fluctuations. Gold imports reached 980 tonnes in FY19 before declining to 720 tonnes in FY20 due to rising import duties and an economic slowdown.

India’s Jewelry Market Poised for Explosive Growth, Projected to Reach $145 Bn by FY28

Regional Insights and Consumer Preferences

Top States for Organized Retail

Tamil Nadu, Maharashtra, Karnataka, West Bengal, and Uttar Pradesh are the leading states for organized retail jewelry stores in India. These states have seen significant growth in organized jewelry retail due to their large, affluent populations and strong cultural affinity for gold.

Occasions and Demand Segmentation

Weddings and festivals are the primary occasions for jewelry purchases in India, with bridal jewelry accounting for a significant 55 percent of total demand. Bridal jewelry remains a crucial segment, with families often investing heavily in gold and diamond pieces for weddings.

The market for daily wear jewelry is also substantial, accounting for 30-35 percent of the Indian jewelry market. Younger consumers, especially those inclined towards Western-style attire, prefer lightweight, versatile pieces that can be worn daily.

Fashion jewelry contributes nearly 10 percent to the market. This segment appeals to consumers looking for trendy, affordable alternatives to traditional gold and diamond jewelry.

READ MORE: How Farah Khan Ali Transformed Indian Jewelry with Bold Designs and Sustainability

Product Segmentation

In terms of product segmentation, bangles and chains dominate domestic jewelry consumption, making up 60-70 percent of total sales. These items are preferred for daily wear by women across India. Necklaces account for 15-20 percent of sales, with demand peaking during special occasions such as festivals and weddings. The remaining 5-15 percent of sales are attributed to rings and earrings, which are popular as both daily wear and gifts.

 

Next Story
How Streax Professional Grew from 100 to 40,000+ Salons in India
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
How Streax Professional Grew from 100 to 40,000+ Salons in India
 

Greens, purples, reds, ash blondes, oranges – these are the new-age hair shades that are ruling both the Indian and global markets. While these unconventional colors may seem suited only for metropolitan audience, they have seeped through the length and breadth of the country. One such hair color brand, Streax Professional, recently launched new shades in their Hold & Play Funky Colours series, after a careful market research that revealed that Indians were ready to experiment with their mane.

Streax Professional burst onto the scene in 2004 thanks to the visionaries at Hygienic Research Institute (HRIPL). Over the years, it's become the go-to brand for savvy Indian stylists and consumers, dishing out cutting-edge products crafted just for Indian hair. With a rock-solid distribution network and a sizzling product lineup, the brand is leading the professional haircare revolution, hooking up with over 40,000 salons in India and beyond.

HRIPL is known for its top-notch quality, innovative spirit, and customer-first mantra, and has morphed from a single-brand wonder into a multi-brand, multi-category giant backed by private equity. HRIPL’s star-studded lineup includes big names like Vasmol, Streax (retail), and Streax Professional, along with Florozone for skin care. Their manufacturing prowess spans six locations, all upholding international quality standards.

Speaking with IndianRetailer, Neha S Bhattacharyya, General Manager Marketing, Streax Professional, shared her insights into the brand's journey and its unique market positioning. "We are not just a pan-India brand; we are also present across various countries, including the Middle East, Nepal, Bangladesh, and the broader Indian subcontinent," she explained. "Our journey started very humbly in 2004 with around 100 salons in the first year. Over the years, we have built a strong distribution network, and today we partner with more than 40,000 salons in India and internationally."

Catering to Professionals

Streax Professional focuses exclusively on catering to salon professionals, offering a range of products designed for professional use. "The Funky Colors are part of the Streax Professional range and are meant for salon use," Bhattacharyya noted. "In retail, we have different brands, including Streax and Vasmol, which are designed for end consumers to use directly."

The brand's primary markets have historically been stronger in the north and west of India, followed by the east. "We have more ground to cover in the south," Bhattacharyya acknowledged. "Internationally, while we have a presence in the Middle East, there is room for us to grow even further and venture into markets in the US and Europe through online channels."

Understanding Indian Hair

One of the key differentiators for Streax Professional is its deep understanding of Indian mane. "Our research begins with Indian hair," Bhattacharyya explained. "The very genesis of our products starts with understanding the requirements of this hair. The research is conducted with Indian water and Indian hair, ensuring that our products deliver effectively. This approach sets us apart from other brands that may develop products internationally and then adapt them to the Indian market."

This commitment to understanding Indian hair is reflected in the brand's product formulations, which are designed to meet the specific needs of Indian consumers. "Whether it's the long-lastingness of the hair color, the smoothness and softness of the hair, or the color upkeep, our products are designed to cater to these key parameters," she added.

Product Inventions

Innovation is at the heart of Streax Professional's growth strategy. The brand continuously expands its product range to meet the evolving needs of salon professionals and their clients. "This year, we've launched new products, including expanding our color range with two exciting shades - yellow and orange - within the Funky Hair Colors range," Bhattacharyya revealed. "These shades encourage salon professionals to elevate their artistry levels and create new looks for their customers."

Additionally, the brand has introduced a Yellow Deleted! Purple shampoo designed to reduce brassiness or yellow undertones in hair color. "This product helps achieve cooler shades, which are increasingly popular, and maintains the tone of blonde hair for longer," Bhattacharyya explained. "It can also be used by those with salt-and-pepper hair to keep a fresh look without coloring."

The brand's commitment to innovation extends to ensuring the health of the hair. "All our shampoos are now formulated without parabens and sulfates, including our yellow-neutralizing Yellow Deleted! Purple shampoo," she noted. "These formulations are designed to care for hair even with frequent coloring and styling."

Future Trends

Looking ahead, Bhattacharyya predicted a rise in the popularity of cooler shades in the Indian market. "Shades like ash blonde and silver blonde, which have been popular in the western world, are gaining traction in India," she said. "Additionally, hair coloring techniques like Balayage and Money Piece highlights that are becoming more popular."

To support these trends, Streax Professional ensures that its products are available both at salons and through e-commerce platforms. "While our products are not available at retail counters, they can be purchased online through platforms like Nykaa, Purplle, and Amazon," Bhattacharyya explained.

As for the future, the company is focused on continued innovation and market expansion. "We have a robust innovation pipeline and are always working on new products, some planned for two or three years down the line," Bhattacharyya shared. "We are also looking at expanding our market reach, both geographically and through different customer segments."

With a target of increasing its salon partnerships from 40,000 to 75,000, Streax Professional is poised for significant growth. "The serviceable salon market in India is around 75,000, and we aim to be there soon," Bhattacharyya concluded. "Our journey of innovation and expansion continues, driven by our commitment to understanding and meeting the needs of Indian hair."

 

Next Story
How India’s Home and Interior Market Skyrocketed to $29.5 Billion—Top Trends Driving the Boom
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
How India’s Home and Interior Market Skyrocketed to $29.5 Billion—Top Trends Driving the Boom
 

India's home and interior market is witnessing significant growth, reaching approximately Rs 2.4 trillion ($29.5 billion) in 2023. The indoor living product segment dominates, holding around 41 percent of the total market share. Several key factors are driving this expansion, including rising disposable incomes, urbanization, and a booming real estate sector, all contributing to the increased demand for premium home furnishings and improvement products.

Market Trends and Consumer Preferences

According to the Praxis Global Alliance report, the real estate surge has significantly shaped consumer behavior, with a growing emphasis on quality, aesthetics, and technological advancements in home decor. Modern consumers are prioritizing self-expression and comfort in their home design choices, leading to a noticeable shift towards minimalist and maximalist design trends. Warm color schemes, indoor plants, and eco-friendly materials have become especially popular.

In response to changing consumer preferences, the market has adapted by enhancing consumer engagement efforts. Companies are using social media and e-commerce platforms to connect directly with consumers and create personalized brand experiences. Many businesses are adopting omnichannel strategies, integrating online and offline channels to provide a seamless shopping experience. Premiumization remains a dominant trend, marked by innovative product offerings, smart home solutions, and sustainable materials.

The Role of E-commerce and Digital Innovations

The thriving e-commerce industry, driven by increasing internet penetration and reliance on smartphones, tablets, and laptops, is a key factor propelling the market's growth in India. Leading players in the country are focusing on visually attractive online product displays and aggressive promotional campaigns to expand their consumer base. They are also offering customization options, enabling customers to request specific materials and colors of furniture upholstery to match their home decor. This approach has significantly enhanced consumer engagement and satisfaction, driving further market growth.

Government Initiatives and Support

The Government of India is introducing campaigns like Make in India to minimize exports and encourage domestic manufacturing of home furnishings, thereby offering employment opportunities. Additionally, the government is implementing the Amended Technology Upgradation Fund Scheme (ATUFS) to catalyze capital investments for technology upgradation and modernization of the textile industry. These initiatives, along with rising foreign direct investment (FDI) in the textile sector and growing demand for bath and table linen, are driving market growth across the country.

Export and Import Patterns

India's home and interior exports have grown at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 12 percent from 2017 to 2022, while imports have increased at a CAGR of 2 percent during the same period. This strong export growth reflects the rising global demand for Indian home and interior products, while the modest growth in imports indicates a robust domestic production capability.

Future Growth Outlook

The Indian home and interiors market is projected to reach ~$48.1 billion by 2028. The home furnishings segment is expected to grow the fastest, at a CAGR of 11.4 percent from 2023 to 2028, while services are anticipated to grow at a CAGR of 9.8 percent during the same period. Continued urbanization, evolving consumer preferences, and technological advancements will drive this growth. Brands are increasingly focusing on omnichannel strategies and niche product segmentation to cater to diverse consumer needs and preferences.

Key Growth Factors

Several factors are driving the growth of the home and interiors market in India:

  • Higher Disposable Income: The increase in GDP per capita (from $1.3K in 2010 to $2.6K in 2023) has led to greater demand for high-quality products.
  • Real Estate Sector Expansion: Metro cities have experienced a ~20 percent increase in project launches in 2023 compared to the previous year, boosting demand for home improvement and furnishing products.
  • Shorter Renovation Cycle: The average renovation cycle has decreased from 15 years to 10-12 years, driven by evolving family needs and a growing desire to incorporate new trends.
  • Increased Trust in Professionals: Customers are increasingly seeking professional services such as design consultants and 3-D design model visualization, enhancing trust and reliance on these services.
  • DIY Trends: The rise in DIY trends has increased demand for unique products like decorative paints and DIY tools.
  • Young Consumers: Younger customers are shifting from a product-focused to a design-focused mindset, leading to higher spending on premium products as aesthetics are prioritized.
  • Luxury Home Furnishings: There is a rising demand for luxury home furnishings, driven by increasing disposable incomes and a growing number of households.

Competitive Landscape

India's home and interior market is characterized by a diverse range of players competing for market share. Established brands leverage their strong distribution networks and brand recognition, while newer entrants focus on innovation and niche product offerings to carve out their market presence. E-commerce platforms have democratized access, allowing smaller brands to reach a broader audience and compete effectively.

Consumer Trends and Preferences

Indian consumers are engaging in home makeovers more frequently, driving the home renovation market to an estimated $14.3 billion by 2027. Purchase decisions are becoming more collective, with all family members participating in the process. Millennials, in particular, view home furnishing as a collaborative effort. For example, the mattress replacement cycle has shortened from 10 years in 2010 to 7.7 years in 2022.

Brand Innovations and Experience Centers

Several brands have introduced innovative concept stores and experience centers to enhance customer engagement:

  • Hindware: Launched 'Lacasa' concept stores in Delhi, Kochi, and Chennai to showcase its premium brands.
  • Fabindia: Unveiled unique experience centers featuring wellness centers, design studios, and cafes all under one roof.
  • Merino Laminates: Opened 10 experience centers across India, presenting all its brands in a single retail space.
  • Pottery Barn: Opened flagship stores in Delhi and Mumbai.
  • West Elm: Partnered with Reliance Brands Limited to launch stores in Mumbai and Gurugram.
  • Kohler: Established experience centers in Delhi, Mumbai, and Bangalore.

The Indian home and interior market is undergoing a significant transformation, driven by rising disposable incomes, urbanization, and evolving consumer preferences. The market is characterized by a shift towards premiumization, sustainability, and omnichannel retailing. As the market continues to grow, brands are increasingly focusing on innovation, customer engagement, and product differentiation to remain competitive. The thriving e-commerce industry, government initiatives, and rising demand for luxury and personalized home furnishings further strengthen the market. With promising growth prospects, the Indian home and interiors market is poised to become a significant player on the global stage.

 

Next Story
How to Start a Cosmetic Business in India: 2024 Guide
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
How to Start a Cosmetic Business in India: 2024 Guide
 

The cosmetic industry has a market size that is projected to reach $393.75 billion by 2023, growing at a CAGR of 5.8-9.8 percent from 2030 to 2032. Due to the popularization of e-commerce and social platforms, the need for new and specialized beauty products has only grown. If you're considering starting a cosmetic business, now is an opportune time to capitalize on this trend.

Understanding the Cosmetic Industry Landscape

Some well-known companies that operate in the cosmetic industry include giants like L’Oreal, Unilever and Procter & Gamble. However, society’s current situation is more liberal than it was decades ago, providing opportunities for further progress and revolution. Sustainable beauty, skincare, and inclusivity are new opportunities for start-ups with more established players.

Understanding the Cosmetic Industry Landscape

Market Segmentation

The cosmetic industry can be broadly segmented into:

  • Skincare (40 percent market share)
  • Haircare (24 percent market share)
  • Makeup (21 percent market share)
  • Fragrances (10 percent market share)
  • Others (5 percent market share)

This is estimated information from reports from various sources and can be subjected to change according to market change.

Key Players and Market Share

  • L'Oréal (14.9 percent market share)
  • Unilever (44 percent market share)
  • Procter & Gamble (6 percent market share)
  • Estée Lauder Companies (9.5 percent market share)
  • Shiseido (6.2 percent market share)

This is estimated information from reports from various sources and can be subjected to change according to market change.

Starting Your Own Cosmetic Business

1. Conduct Market Research

Identify your Target Customer Base for information about demographic stats, psychographic characteristics, and buying habits to focus on the clients you want to target. These include the following Organic products for millennials and long-wearing makeup for professionals are markets. Knowing what drives them to purchase goods and services and what turns them off is very important. Understand the demands and wants of the market by talking to potential customers, reviewing market trends and researching competitors intensively. Lack of niches and customer demands could mean that there is an attractive business opportunity waiting to be exploited. It involves the consideration of emerging trends that can help your brand. Industry Trends to watch for the changes in cultural expectations of beauty, technology being incorporated in the process of formulation and the growing concerns for ecological conservation and diversity. I find that concepts such as clean beauty and individualized skin care have great potential in terms of innovation and sales growth.

2. Develop a Unique Value Proposition

  • Innovate with Products: On a competitive basis, stand out from the competition by offering new and innovative ingredients, new varieties of existing products, or multi-purpose products. Healthy botanical ingredients and exceptional factors like biotech incorporation should be useful to make your brand unique.
  • Embrace Sustainable Practices: Modern customers are environmentally conscious and as such they will prefer environmentally friendly brands. Employing sustainable and biodegradable containers, sourcing ingredients from responsible companies, and not using animals for testing appeals to modern ethical consumers. Ensuring that the slightest amount of environmental impact is made while still preserving product effectiveness creates customer loyalty.
  • Focus on Inclusivity: Measuring and providing a diverse selection of shades and meeting the needs of a variety of customer types and skin colors is important. Inclusiveness holds the key to unlocking competitive advantage in the fiercely contested global economy.

3. Create a Business Plan

  • Outline Your Goals: Identify the goals for the short-term and the strategic plans for the future. High market access and slow but persistent market development suitable for the effects of brand differentiation represent a measured strategy. Strategic goals provide direction in the attainment of business objectives.
  • Financial Projections: Be very particular with your business start-up expenses, projected annual income and potential breakeven. Addressing manufacturing costs, marketing expenses and probable funding proves viable to have a thorough planning.
  • Marketing Strategy: Begin to construct a detailed business plan that defines how new products will be launched, advertised and managed for communicating with customers. The effective use of influencers and advertising through social networks and the Internet strengthens a strong brand image.

4. Choose a Business Model

  • E-commerce: Choose the pure-play strategy to target Internet users globally with negligible operating costs. Platforms like Shopify, Amazon, and BigCommerce act as customer e-commerce platforms.
  • Brick-and-Mortar: Acquire geographical locations to give customers a tangible feel of the products they intend to buy. This approach is particularly useful for luxury or what can be referred to as experiential brands with physical experiences to offer.
  • Hybrid Approach: Combine online and offline strategies to maximize reach and customer engagement. Integrating both channels creates a cohesive and versatile brand experience.
Choose a Business Model

5. Formulate and Manufacture Products

  • Partner with Contract Manufacturers: Collaborate with reputable manufacturers to leverage their expertise, facilities, and economies of scale. Compliance with quality standards and regulatory requirements ensures high product standards.
  • Establish In-House Production: Set up your own manufacturing unit for greater control over production processes, quality, and innovation. Investing in necessary resources and expertise maintains high standards of production.
  • Focus on R&D: Invest in research and development to continually innovate and improve your product offerings. Staying ahead of the competition through constant innovation solidifies market position.

6. Licenses and Certifications

  • Regulatory Compliance: Understand the regulations governing cosmetic products in your target markets. This includes FDA regulations in the U.S., EU Cosmetic Regulations in Europe, and other regional guidelines. Adhering to these standards ensures market readiness.
  • Safety Testing: Ensure your products undergo rigorous safety and efficacy testing. Partnering with certified labs for dermatological testing, stability testing, and allergen screening validates product safety.
  • Labeling and Packaging Requirements: Adhere to labeling guidelines, including ingredient lists, usage instructions, and cautionary statements. Meeting packaging safety standards while appealing to consumers is critical.

7. Build a Strong E-commerce platform

Build a Strong E-commerce platform ; How to start a Cosmetic Business
  • Leverage Social Media: Utilize platforms like Instagram, Facebook, and YouTube to create engaging content, connect with influencers, and build a community around your brand. A dynamic social media strategy enhances brand visibility.
  • Optimize E-commerce Platforms: Ensure your online store is user-friendly, mobile-optimized, and secure. Implementing SEO strategies improves visibility and attracts organic traffic. A seamless user experience fosters customer retention.
  • Engage with Customers: Foster customer loyalty through personalized marketing, responsive customer service, and loyalty programs. Transforming one-time buyers into brand advocates strengthens your brand’s market position.

Challenges and Opportunities

  • Competition: The cosmetic industry is an active market in which both giants and newcomers and small-levered companies actively act. Sustaining yourself out here is not easy, and, therefore, coming up with mechanisms to beat the competition is a must do. Aim high, today’s business needs to create products that elicit the emotional side of the consumer. Utilise hostile but efficient and intense promotional tactics. Creating a brand image that is different from that of your competitor, one that captures the consumer’s attention and provides a reason for their attention that cannot be matched is useful. Be picky with your choice, or focus on some under developed segment of people, or extraordinary goods and services to stand out.
  • Regulatory Compliance: The issue of regulation of cosmetics is a rather complex one and therefore involves a daunting task of wading through a maze. Observance of safety and labeling regulations is mandatory and differs depending on the country which introduces additional levels of difficulty. Innovators must be particularly detailed on standards that are provided by bodies such as the FDA in the US or the EMA. This requires product testing, properly labeling the products, and record keeping among other things. It is a risky business; failure to meet the requirements can lead to product recalls, litigations, and battered image. The specific issue here is business regulation and it is crucial to follow and undergo changes in these regulations.
  • Sustainability: In an era where the awareness of the environment influences purchasing decisions, the management of the company is not just a trend—it is a necessity. Seize the tremendous and continuously growing market for environmentally and socially conscious products and integrate sustainability within your brand’s values. This entails obtaining raw materials from fairly sourced suppliers, carrying out production using methods that will not harm the environment and packaging of products in reusable or biodegradable material. However, sustainability refers to environmental impact, labor welfare, and the community. Sustainability efforts should not be fake but sincere since the consumers have the ability to differentiate between the two. It is possible to create a strong association between your brand and such values as transparency and sustainability, which will definitely make people choose you.

Final Thought

At IndianRetailer, we understand starting a cosmetic business requires careful planning, research, and execution. By understanding the industry landscape, market segmentation, and key players, you can position your brand for success. If you get ready to respond to the potential challenges in the context of the new tendencies and consumer preferences you become ready to reveal the potential of the cosmetic industry.

FAQs

1. How much does it cost to start a cosmetic business?

So for starting a cosmetic business in India, you will need a minimum of Rs 7 lakhs - Rs 10 lakhs initially. The investment will be put into renting a place, renovations, buying the inventory, utility bills, salaries, logistics and miscellaneous expenses.

2. Who has the biggest market share in the beauty industry?

L'Oréal is the leading beauty products company with over $40 billion in global sales (Statista). L'Oréal remains the top player in the beauty industry, with around $18 billion more in sales than second-place Unilever.

3. What is the rank of Unilever in the world?

Ranks #5 globally in the personal products category, and is ranked among the top 10 percent of S&P Global ESG Score companies as per DJSI Yearbook 2024—a member of DJSI Emerging Markets Index.

4. Who is bigger Unilever or PG?

Unilever and Procter & Gamble are two of the biggest multinational consumer goods brands in the world and, together, they are responsible for most products in your local supermarket. As of March 2018, Unilever is valued at $143.9 billion and P&G is valued at $228.1 billion.

5. Which country is best for cosmetics?

While there are cultural differences in each country, consumers demand high-quality in beauty products. According to one survey, the highest-quality beauty products come from Japan, the United States, and France.

 

Next Story
Does Cloud Computing Help Retail Businesses?
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
Does Cloud Computing Help Retail Businesses?
 

Envision a retail environment where retailers anticipate your needs before you enter where checkout queues are obsolete and where each interaction feels customized just for you. Cloud computing is enabling this futuristic retail vision so it is not just a pipe dream. Cloud technology has become the cornerstone of retail innovation in an era where customer-centricity, speed and agility are paramount. 


Reliance Retail, Flipkart, Tatacliq, and Myntra use FnydxGoogle cloud, AWS solutions and Microsoft Azure for cloud computing services for optimal supply chain operations, extensive inventory, supply chain management, combining data for offline and online retail and enhanced customer experience. The public cloud market revenue is expected to reach $10.05 billion by the end of 2024 along with a 24.20 percent CAGR of revenue, generating a market volume of $29.70 billion by 2029. Over and above it is predicted to pitch in between $450-500 billion to India’s GDP by 2025. 


What is Cloud Computing, and Why is it Relevant for Retail?

The data storage, networking, servers and computing power all are a part of cloud computing. This service is provided by ordering IT solutions over the Internet which is managed by the cloud service provider. 

The retail industry is evolving in online as well as offline landscape realising the importance of cloud computing in various functions of retail businesses. Managing tools, sales, consumer behaviour, cyber-attacks, historical trends and improving the overall experience of a business are the key features of using a cloud computing service. 

There are various advantages of cloud computing in retail starting from maintaining ups and lows in demand without excessive investment, paying for just those services that are being used and catering to security aspects. Using cloud computing in retail has helped in e-commerce, inventory, customer relationship management and Omnichannel integration.

 In recent times AI has been adopted by cloud computing service providers. The combination of GenAI and the cloud is bringing advanced security, scalability, data usability and cost-efficiency for Indian-based start-ups. 
AWS (Amazon Web Services) has started to work with Indian start-ups to make them reach global lengths. E-commerce logistics unicorn Shiprocket is working with AWS product leaders to focus on GenAI customers to grasp technology in a cost-efficient and practical manner. 


What are the Three Types of Cloud Computing?  

1.    SaaS (Software as a service)
There is no need to have hardware. This is a cloud service over the internet as per the subscription bases. Can be accessed anywhere and is made and managed by a service provider. 

Used for: Email services, CRM, ERP (enterprise resource planning) and collaboration tools. 
Provider: Microsoft Office 365, HubSpot, Trello and Salesforce. 


2.    IaaS (Infrastructure as a service)
The virtual resources services provided are storage, virtual servers, infrastructural components and networking features (virtual or hardware). The provider is responsible for creating the subscribed features. 
Used for: Data storage, hosting website, backup, building and examining applications and top performance computing
Provider: Microsoft Azure, Google Cloud Platform, IBM Cloud and Alibaba Cloud 


3.    PaaS (Platform as a service)
Infrastructural, middleware, building tools, business intelligence services and database system series of functions are enabled in hardware and software tools over the internet. 
Used for: microservices, testing, developing and deploying applications, combining data bases and automatic workflow analysis. 

Provider: Google Cloud, AWS, Red Hat OpenShift and Microsoft Azure

Cloud computing types: benefits in retail business


Top three Companies for Cloud Computing in India


AWS (Amazon Web Services)
Caters to all three types of cloud computing (Saas,Iaas and PaaS) without outspoken investment, long-term commitment and adjusts demand according to the business. The serverless cloud function provides a focus on assembling the operations, scaling and managing structure. 


Microsoft Azure
Azure serves IaaS and Paas modes of cloud computing. Security, ductility, hybrid capabilities, integrated Microsoft components, and identity and access management (IAM) are the key functions of the cloud company. 


Google cloud platform
Services provided by google are computing, networking, storage and databases, AI and ML (Machine learning), big data, Identity and security and management tools. 


Benefits for Retailers


Pliability
Cloud computing in retail adapts to trends and improves as per the customer's wants. Rise the competitive ladder in the retail industry by analysing purchase history, consumer interaction and behaviour. 


Storage management and security 
One of the biggest advantages of cloud computing in retail is that security and storage can be managed from anywhere, anytime. Ensuring efficiency and consistency for retailers in huge amounts of data and preventing security breaches.


Costing
This benefit of cloud computing is essential as these services are based on subscriptions also known as the pay-as-you-go model. It means a retail company can pay for the amount of resources required, reducing unnecessary investment in IT.


Escalate customer experience
Utilising cloud services can help understand customer preferences, history, behaviour and trends for the retail brand. CRM tools enable retailers to gain knowledge about the customers and make improvements accordingly.


Challenges of Cloud Computing


Reliability
In case of downtime or service outrages, there can be a direct impact on retail functions like loss in sales or customer discontentment. 


Issues in performance
Limited information about networking and skills in cloud service can influence the performance of the retail business as well as the cloud computing company. 


Opportunities of Cloud Computing


Omnichannel 
Cloud services can benefit retail businesses by combining different sales platforms like online and offline presence. Ensuring customer consistency and better experience. 

Expansion
Cloud computing in retail benefits the company to go global, and expand in different markets without spending on physical investments. 


Last Words

In Indian Retailers last word there are various benefits of cloud computing in retail starting from inventory to cost efficiency and going beyond expansion without any hardware investment. Cloud computing services are reshaping the retail industry through advancements in technology and AI mitigating risks and revolutionary approaches. The options in cloud services are making it easier for retailers to opt for the suitable one and enhance the companies in various magnitudes. There is a growing demand for cloud computing in India for retail in optimizing, enhancing effectively managing the data, pricing and inventory keeping up with the trends. 


FAQs


How can cloud services help start-ups and small businesses?
The service provided by cloud computing companies enables opportunities to access information and gather data anytime, anywhere.


What are the benefits of using cloud computing services for retail business?
These are the benefits of using cloud services in retailing
Pliability
Storage management and security 
Costing
Escalate customer experience


Where is cloud computing used?
These are some of the places where cloud service comes in use.
Backup, email, software development and testing, customer experiences and demands and data recovery.


Is cloud computing service free of cost?
The service of cloud computing is as per the subscription chosen. 
 

 

Next Story
Top 10 Affordable Watch Brands in India for Every Style
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
Top 10 Affordable Watch Brands in India for Every Style
 

Finding a stylish yet affordable watch in India could not have been made easier than by the countless brands that cater to style-conscious as well as the budget-savvy customer. Be it a classic timepiece for everyday wear or a chic arm candy to glam up your look, India's watch market has it all - quality, durability and affordability. In this article, we introduce the top 10 affordable watch brands in India which have proven their stamp on these three counts. Right from trusted names like Titan and Sonata to new emerging ones such as Fastrack and Chumbak, these brands provide an array of diverse designs catering to every taste and occasion. So read on and find your perfect watch that matches your personality without burning a hole in your pocket.

Here’s a list of top 10 affordable watches from leading brands, highlighting their histories, standout models, and what makes each one unique. Prepare to be amazed by the diversity and value these timepieces offer.

1. Timex

Establishment Year: 1854 

Founders: Waterbury Clock Company 

Most Affordable Watch Series: Timex Weekender 

Price Range: Rs1,000 - Rs3,000 

Best Fit: Men and Women 

Brand Value: Timex is renowned for its timeless appeal and innovative designs. 

Timex Watch

The first one to vie for our attention is the iconic Timex Weekender – a tribute to timeless class and consistent dependability. It was originally founded in 1854 its origins can be traced back to Waterbury Clock Company known for its quality timepieces including the world-famous Timex brand. The Weekender starts at Rs 1,000 and goes up to Rs 3,000, making it a go-to for everyone, further proving that it caters to men and women. This lack can be explained by three features: the absence of numerous complications on its face, the presence of a minimalist dial, and the availability of leather or nylon straps as an option. It, however, receives very many accolades for its great value and durability that gives it an everyman wristwatch status.

Specifications: 

Quality: Durable and reliable, Timex watches are built to last.

Material: Typically features leather or nylon straps, and brass or stainless steel cases.

Style: Classic, casual, and elegant designs.

Dial Design: Simple, clean, and easy-to-read dials.

2. Fastrack

Establishment Year: 1998 

Founders: Titan Company Limited 

Most Affordable Watch Series: Fastrack Casual 

Price Range: Rs 700 - 2,500 

Best Fit: Men and Women 

Brand Value: Fastrack is synonymous with youthfulness and trendy designs. 

Fastrack casual watch

The Fastrack Casual Analog Black Dial Men’s Watch comes next, which is a brand that came into existence in 1998, under Titan Company Limited. The brand name Fastrack resonates with the vibrancy of youth and upcoming fashion trends that symbolize a spirit to play and explore. Costs range from Rs 700 to 2,500 this is a perfect watch for the modern day active man. Its build is tough, incorporating silicone, leather, as well as metal to guarantee that it endures usage every day. The design they like most is its dial simple yet highly provocative making it the best brand ever of Fastrack known for being trendy and tough.

Specifications: 

Quality: Reliable and trendy, suitable for daily wear.

Material: Often uses silicone, leather, and metal.

Style: Sporty, casual, and vibrant.

Dial Design: Bold and innovative dials.

3. Casio (Youth Digital Series)

Establishment Year: 1946 

Founders: Tadao Kashio 

Most Affordable Watch Series: Casio Youth Digital 

Price Range: Rs 1,000 - 3,500 

Best Fit: Men 

Brand Value: Known for technological innovation and digital precision. 

Casio Youth Digital Watch

The Casio Youth Digital AE-1200WH is a marvellous piece produced by Casio, which was founded in 1946 by Tadao Kashio. This has made Casio’s Youth series of calculators to be among the most popular in the market given their technological value. Priced within the Rs 1,000 to Rs 3,500 range, this levitating digital marvel is for the man who can embrace the new-century utility. Innovatively it comes with a complex digital display, which is enclosed in hard-cast resin and steel with backlights, World Time, and Tachymeter. Both tech enthusiasts who would like to test its versatile functionality, as well as outdoor enthusiasts, have received the device’s expansive capabilities and sturdy construction well.

Specifications: 

Quality: High precision and durability.

Material: Resin, stainless steel.

Style: Modern, functional, and sporty.

Dial Design: Digital displays with multiple features.

4. Sonata

Establishment Year: 1997 

Founders: Titan Company Limited 

Most Affordable Watch Series: Sonata Classic 

Price Range: Rs 500 – Rs 2,000 

Best Fit: Men and Women 

Brand Value: Sonata stands for trust and affordability. 

Sonata Watches

Since the year 1997, Titan Company Limited has owned Sonata and the Analog White Dial Men’s Watch is available under its series. People know Sonata as an incredibly cheap and diverse food place. The affordable range of the model costs from Rs 500 up to 2000 which meets the demand of masculine everyday watch wearers. This watch is very fashionable because its watch face and dials are clean, and the materials used in making such as steel and leather ensure that it can be worn with any outfit. It is here that customers trust and Sonata admirably provides at its affordable prices further solidifying its cornerstone position within the bandwidth.

Specifications: 

Quality: Reliable and budget-friendly.

Material: Stainless steel, leather, and synthetic.

Style: Classic, formal, and casual.

Dial Design: Elegant and straightforward.

5. Titan

Establishment Year: 1984 

Founders: Tata Group and Tamil Nadu Industrial Development Corporation 

Most Affordable Watch Series: Titan Raga (for women), Titan Workwear (for men) 

Price Range: Rs 1,500 - 5,000 

Best Fit: Men and Women 

Brand Value: Titan is a symbol of luxury and reliability. 

Titan

That stunning piece is the Titan Raga Analog Pink Dial Women’s Watch, the Titan’s jewel was established in 1984 by Tata Group and Tamil Nadu Industrial Development Corporation. Titan is a synonym of gentle and classy and Raga – the series in the price range of Rs 1,500 to Rs 5,000 corresponds to the name. It is designed for ladies and it merges fashion with functionality incorporating materials like leather and steel. The appearance of its dial, which is fashionable and may include stone decorations, makes it an object of people’s desire. Lovers appreciate its scrubs’ elegance and their durability, it is truly a breath of fresh air for any Listerine collection.

Specifications: 

Quality: Superior craftsmanship and long-lasting.

Material: Leather, stainless steel, and gold-plated.

Style: Elegant, formal, and contemporary.

Dial Design: Sophisticated and chic.

6. Maxima

Establishment Year: 1996 

Founders: Pooja Watch Company 

Most Affordable Watch Series: Maxima Attivo 

Price Range: Rs 500 - 2,000 

Best Fit: Men and Women 

Brand Value: Known for its affordability and reliability. 

Maxima Watches

Maxima from the Pooja Watch Company that started in 1996 offers the Attivo Analog Men’s Watch. Maxima products are tested, well-built, and at the lower price point as befitting a company with a strong local presence. The Attivo comes from Rs 500 to Rs 2000, matching the price for an average daily driver and a more rugged style. They are neither overly stylish nor chunky, with stainless steel watches cases and leather straps. Lauded for their cheap price and well-done executions, Maxima watches are functional and sought-after.

Specifications: 

Quality: Durable and budget-friendly.

Material: Stainless steel and leather.

Style: Classic and sporty.

Dial Design: Simple and functional.

7. Helix

Establishment Year: 2011 

Founders: Timex Group 

Most Affordable Watch Series: Helix Spark 

Price Range: Rs 800 - 2,500 

Best Fit: Men and Women 

Brand Value: Helix combines modern designs with affordability. 

Helix Watches

Something that’s colorful and could also double as both a casual and professional watch, that’s Helix by Timex. Bright colors and multifunctional panels will suit the active, youth audience perfectly. It is important to mention that Helix is one of the brightest representatives of the budget segment of watches. Helix which has existed as a contemporary branch of the Timex Group since 2011 offers the Spark Analog White Dial Men’s Watch. The watch comes at an affordable range of Rs 800 to Rs 2,500, and it is for the class male, the strong and the stylish. The feature of the dial that is built with considerable risk and modern outlook, its look combining leather and stainless steel is praised. Young customers especially enjoy the colourful outlook of the item and the attainable costs.

Specifications: 

Quality: Stylish and durable.

Material: Leather, stainless steel, and silicone.

Style: Trendy and vibrant.

Dial Design: Bold and colorful.

8. Joker & Witch

Foundation Year: 2015

Founders: Satish Singh and Maya Verma

Most Affordable Watch Series : Joker and Witch Originals

Price Range: Rs 1,400 - 5,000

Best Fit: Men and Women

Brand Value: Joker and Witch is famous for its quirky and fashionable designs.

Joker And Witch Original watch

From the brains behind Joker and Witch, founded in 2015 by Satish Singh and Maya Verma, Swiss precision with playful aesthetics - that is Swatch for you. Priced between Rs 1,400 and Rs 5,000 - this range of watches were always meant for the young at heart. The use of plastic and silicone along with quirk dials made for eye ball grabbing designs. Just right to show off the most representative piece from your watch collection. Its fashion forward style & dependability has had it's takers no doubt.

Specifications:

Quality: High Quality along with some new innovative designs.

Material: Plastic, silicone and stainless steel.

Genre: Funky and artistic.

Dial Design: Creative and unique

9. GIORDANO

Establishment Year: 1981

Founders: Jimmy Lai

Most Affordable Watch Series: GIORDANO Casual watch

Price Range: Rs 2,000 - 5,000 

Best Fit: Men and Women 

Brand Value- GIORDANO is known for its stylish yet affordable products.

GIORDANO casual watch

Giordano is known for its trendy and modern designs which help the brand building. Founded by Jimmy Lai in 1981, Giordano is a blend of Swiss precision and trendy designs to create unique watches. The price range for this brand starts from Rs 2,000 to Rs 5,000 which is pretty affordable. The blend of plastic and silicone gives the watch an innovative look, but it’s the dial that really makes heads turn.

Specifications:

Quality: High quality with innovative designs.

Material: Plastic, silicone, and stainless steel.

Style: Funky and artistic.

Dial Design: Creative and unique

10. Chumbak

Establishment Year: 2010 

Founders: Shubhra Chadda and Vivek Prabhakar 

Most Affordable Watch Series: Chumbak Printed 

Price Range: Rs 1,000 – 3,000 

Best Fit: Women 

Brand Value: Chumbak is known for its colorful and quirky designs. 

Chumbak Watches

Last but not the least, Chumbak which was started in 2010 by Shubhra Chadda and Vivek Prabhakar has the Analog Women’s watch. The ideas behind the creation of the Chumbak are quite stunning and its usage of colours and designs on accessories can be described as eccentric. Depending on the model it costs from Rs 1000-3000 which makes this watch suitable for the women who does not want to stay unnoticed. Creative, stylish, and with emotional appeal, it uses silicone and leather in its designs. People enjoy how it looks in terms of patterns and colors, which is what gives it the appealing quality of putting fun in any outfit.

Specifications: 

Quality: Fun and functional.

Material: Silicone and leather.

Style: Vibrant and artistic.

Dial Design: Unique and eye-catching.

The final decision:

At IndianRetailer, we find out that the perfect watch is all about balancing style, functionality, and personal flair. Dive into this selection, The Indian market is replete with affordable watch brands that cater to diverse tastes and preferences. Whether you are looking for a classic timepiece, a digital marvel, or a trendy accessory, these brands offer an array of options that combine quality, style, and affordability. From Timex's timeless elegance to Chumbak's quirky flair, there's something for everyone, making it easier than ever to find the perfect watch without breaking the bank. With these popular affordable watches, you don’t have to sacrifice quality for cost. Choose your favorite, and let your wrist do the talking with the best budget watch brands India offer.

FAQs on Top affordable watch brands:

1. Is Casio Watch a luxury brand?

Casio's brand positioning is unique, as it straddles multiple market segments. While it's primarily seen as a mass-market brand offering excellent value for money, certain premium collections, like the Oceanus or MR-G, cater to a more discerning clientele seeking luxury and advanced tech in their wristwear.

2. How much is the cheapest Rolex?

Even the cheapest Rolex watch will cost around $5,000. Rolex is a luxury watch brand, so while collectors pay to wear a brand name, they also pay for quality Swiss craftsmanship designed to remain in perfect working condition for generations.

3. What makes a cheap watch?

Affordable watches tend to be more mass-produced ones, as opposed to handcrafted timepieces that are often part of the luxury market. If you are looking for a watch to wear every day that you don't have to worry too much about looking after, then the affordable watch market might be the best option.

4. Which watch shape is best?

Round-faced watches sell better than square-faced most probably because of psychological reasons that is people's semantic notion of what a watch should look like.

5. Which display is good for watch?

Since AMOLED screens can selectively light up pixels, they are more power-efficient than then LCD or TFT screen smartwatches. This helps conserve battery life and prolong the overall life of the watch.

 

Next Story
How ITC’s Omnichannel Expansion Doubled Market Reach in Two Years
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
How ITC’s Omnichannel Expansion Doubled Market Reach in Two Years
 

With rapid technological advancements and evolving consumer preferences, ITC Ltd. is standing at the forefront of driving change and innovation. The company's ITC Next initiative is a testament to its commitment to building structural competitiveness and creating sustainable value. ITC's strategic initiatives showcases its vision for a future-ready enterprise, highlighting the significant strides made in supply chain optimization, digital transformation, sustainability, and market expansion.

Building Structural Competitiveness

ITC's commitment to structural competitiveness is exemplified by its focus on agile, resilient, and efficient supply chains. The company's renowned brands derive their competitive edge from high-quality offerings, extensive agri-value chains that benefit millions of farmers, and a state-of-the-art, digitally enriched manufacturing and distribution infrastructure. This strategic approach ensures that the company not only meets but exceeds market expectations, fostering a robust and responsive supply chain network.

State-of-the-Art Manufacturing and Logistics

Significant investments in Integrated Consumer Goods Manufacturing and Logistics facilities have provided ITC's FMCG businesses with structural advantages. These investments ensure product freshness, enhance agility and responsiveness, and reduce the cost of servicing proximal markets. The omnichannel distribution infrastructure, reaching over 250 million households in India, underscores ITC's expansive market penetration and its ability to cater to diverse consumer needs effectively.

Mission DigiArc

Central to ITC's vision of becoming a Future Tech Enterprise is 'Mission DigiArc’, a next-generation smart digital architecture anchored in a 'digital first' culture. This initiative accelerates digital adoption across all business and value chain nodes, transforming operations from product development and smart sourcing to smart supply chains and real-time brand engagement and marketing. Embedded with cutting-edge AI/ML technologies and featuring Centres of Excellence in Industry 4.0, Advanced Analytics, and Data Sciences, Mission DigiArc positions ITC as a leader in digital innovation.

Embracing Sustainability 2.0

As part of ITC Next, the company has embraced a bold new Sustainability 2.0 agenda, reimagining sustainability in response to the challenges of climate change and social inequity. This agenda promotes inclusive strategies that support sustainable livelihoods, pursue innovative climate change solutions, transition to a net-zero economy, ensure water security for all, and create a circular economy for post-consumer packaging waste. ITC's products are progressively embedding purpose, driving social action through the power of its brands, and reinforcing the company's commitment to national priorities and sustainability leadership.

FMCG Strategy

ITC's FMCG businesses are well-positioned for rapid growth under the ITC Next strategy, which focuses on a 4P approach: fortifying and scaling mega brands, leveraging power brands to address value-added adjacencies, crafting future categories, and premiumization. This strategy includes greater market penetration through an omnichannel approach, personalization to meet diverse consumer needs, and building purpose-led brands. ITC is also pursuing value-accretive acquisitions, joint ventures, and collaborations to accelerate growth.

Enhancing Rural Market Coverage

In rural markets, ITC continues to deploy market-specific interventions based on socio-economic indicators and market potential. Supported by a hub-and-spoke distribution model and an expanded rural stockist network, which has grown by 1.3 times over the last two years, ITC leverages synergies from its deep rural connect through its agri business. Extensive consumer activations and market development activities in high-potential rural areas have significantly enhanced ITC's product distribution reach, leading to sales growth substantially ahead of the industry.

Leveraging Technology for Market Expansion

Automation, data-led insights, and machine-learning solutions drive field-force productivity and performance across urban markets. Emerging technologies like Generative AI automate operations and increase efficiency. Customized servicing based on outlet potential and retail engagement programs stimulate demand for ITC's products, with a focus on premium grocery outlets. Specific interventions, driven by sharp data analytics, promote premiumization in general trade outlets.

Smart Omnichannel Distribution Network

ITC's multi-channel distribution network ensures product availability in nearly seven million retail outlets, with over one-third serviced directly. This network was further strengthened with the addition of new markets and outlets, doubling the market coverage compared to pre-pandemic levels. The transformation of ITC's Trade Marketing & Distribution highway into a smart omnichannel network has been a pivotal development. The 'ITC e-Store’, an exclusive D2C platform, offers consumers on-demand access to a wide range of FMCG products across 45+ categories, receiving excellent consumer response. Category-specific D2C platforms like Classmateshop.com, Dermafique.com, Aashirvaadchakki.com, and Fiama.in provide valuable consumer insights and augment ITC's product franchise.

Digitally Powered eB2B Platform

The digitally powered eB2B platform, UNNATI, has been rapidly scaled up, covering nearly 700,000 outlets with a large number of retailers placing orders directly on the platform. ITC's distribution network remains pivotal in enhancing market presence, gaining valuable insights into consumer and trade behavior, and facilitating product launches across geographies. ITC executed over 100 new product launches across target markets and extended the distribution reach of several existing products in the portfolio.

Enhancing Operational Effectiveness and Productivity

Several interventions were undertaken to improve operational effectiveness and productivity, strengthening ITC's competitive advantage structurally. These include supply chain and network optimization, smart buying, efficient freight procurement, and direct shipments to customers. ITC continued to leverage an integrated planning and supply chain tool, powered by best-in-class algorithms, for inventory optimization and productivity enhancement, significantly improving supply chain agility and market servicing through enhanced forecast accuracy. The supply chain network was redesigned to enhance premium portfolio availability in both existing and target markets across urban and rural landscapes.

Real-Time Stock Monitoring

An IoT-based solution monitors stock movements in real-time, improving vehicle turnaround time and enhancing customer service through data analytics. This solution is part of ITC's continuous efforts to leverage technology for operational excellence and customer satisfaction.

 

 

Next Story
How OMA and Zwiesel Glas Aim to Redefine Home Luxury
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
How OMA and  Zwiesel Glas Aim to Redefine Home Luxury
 

Luxury is not just about opulence; it is about transforming lives. This principle has been the guiding force behind the creation of OMA, a premier destination for luxury home accessories in India. Munish Rishi, Business Head of OMA, shares, "At OMA, our journey began with a profound commitment to transforming lives. We recognized a significant gap in the Indian market for luxury home accessories and were driven by a desire to offer sophisticated and elegant home décor."

Inspired by the intricate blend of traditional Indian aesthetics with contemporary styles, OMA aims to cater to modern homeowners seeking quality and exclusivity. Each collection at OMA is a testament to fine craftsmanship, meticulously curated to embody the essence of luxury. "Our focus is on finely crafted, unique designs. We aim to carve a niche in the luxury home décor market, elevating the lifestyles of our customers through exceptional products," Rishi adds.

OMA's Approach to Luxury

OMA's dedication to excellence is unwavering. The team at OMA meticulously selects each item, collaborating closely with skilled artisans across Europe to create unique, handcrafted pieces. This commitment to quality is evident in every product they offer. "We use high-quality materials for durability and elegance, focusing on intricate details and fine craftsmanship. Our designs incorporate innovative and timeless elements, drawing inspiration from global trends while honoring Indian heritage," Rishi explains.

To ensure exclusivity, OMA offers limited edition pieces and frequently updates its collections to reflect the latest luxury trends. Rigorous quality control measures guarantee consistent excellence, making each OMA creation a testament to superior craftsmanship.

Signature Collections

OMA's collections are celebrated for their timeless elegance and impeccable craftsmanship. Each piece, whether a décor item, tableware, or unique lighting fixture, sets the highest standard in its category. "Our home décor blends traditional and contemporary styles, adding sophistication to any space. Our tabletop and bar collections combine functionality with luxury, crafted from premium materials for lasting beauty," Rishi highlights.

In bed and bath, OMA's plush towels and elegant accessories offer exceptional comfort and style. Unique lighting fixtures emphasize fine craftsmanship and innovative design, making a refined statement in any setting. By curating collections from the best parts of the world, OMA ensures every item reflects their unwavering commitment to superior craftsmanship and design.

The OMA- Zwiesel Glas Collaboration

In an exciting collaboration, OMA has partnered with  Zwiesel Glas, a renowned German brand that has perfected the highest standards of glassware for over 150 years. Known for their superior wine glass collections,  Zwiesel Glas aims to bring unparalleled luxury to Indian homes.

 Zwiesel Glas's journey began in 1872, with a foundation built on craftsmanship and innovation. Dr. Andreas Buske, Owner and Director of the Board of Zwiesel Kristallglas AG, shares, "From its foundation to today's world market leader, Zwiesel Glas has stood for a love of craftsmanship and design, as well as sustainability and innovation."

 Zwiesel Glas has revolutionized the glassware industry with innovations like the Tritan crystal glass set, which combines brilliance and strength. "Our commitment to sustainability is reflected in our production processes, using recyclable materials and regional raw materials to minimize environmental impact," Dr. Buske explains.

How OMA and Schott Zwiesel Aim to Redefine Home Luxury

Blending Tradition with Modernity

OMA seamlessly blends traditional Indian aesthetics with contemporary luxury designs. Their collections, crafted in collaboration with global brands, reflect deep-rooted Indian sensibilities while meeting rigorous international design standards. "This fusion of cultural richness and modern sophistication has set new benchmarks in luxury home accessories, appealing to discerning consumers who value sustainable materials and versatile décor suitable for diverse interior styles," Rishi notes.

Adding on to the same,  Zwiesel Glas's superior wine glass collections are a result of merging craftsmanship with state-of-the-art technology. "The hybrid glass series 'Duo' combines machine-made functionality with handcrafted elegance, showcasing the perfect harmony of tradition and innovation," Dr. Buske highlights.

Maintaining Leadership in Luxury

Leadership in the luxury home accessories market is more than a goal at OMA—it's an enduring legacy. For over two decades, OMA has pioneered innovation and excellence, introducing iconic products that set new standards of sophistication. "Each product emphasizes high-quality craftsmanship and premium materials, blending traditional Indian aesthetics with modern styles," Rishi states.

OMA's strategy includes offering exclusive and unique items, strategically expanding its presence online and offline, and staying attuned to market trends. Collaborations with designers and artisans ensure that OMA continues to lead the industry with timeless elegance and innovation.

 Zwiesel Glas’s India Story

India is a significant market for  Zwiesel Glas. "We established our local representative office in 2012 to influence the culture of good quality glassware and extend institutional support to our valued customers in this region," Dr. Buske notes. The growing demand for luxury glassware, driven by urbanization and rising disposable incomes, makes India an attractive market for  Zwiesel Glas.

 Zwiesel Glas aims to achieve closer engagement with Indian customers, understanding their expectations on product lines and price points. "We are implementing a dual-brand strategy (Schott Zwiesel and Zwiesel Glas) in retail and focusing on B2C activities, building a strong online presence," Dr. Buske says.

Enhancing the Shopping Experience

Shopping at OMA is more than just making purchases; it's an immersive experience. Proform, renowned for their skill in crafting concept shops, has meticulously planned OMA's stores to evoke exquisite experiences. "Each physical site is designed to create an opulent and inviting ambiance, where customers can peruse our carefully chosen products amid interactive exhibits showcasing features and design ideas," Rishi describes.

OMA also prioritizes luxury and customer satisfaction online, with an intuitive and easy-to-navigate website. High-resolution images and videos showcase their products, accompanied by comprehensive information to aid in decision-making. "We offer communication through multiple channels, ensuring that every interaction with OMA online mirrors the same commitment to excellence found in our physical stores," Rishi adds.

Personalized Luxury

Personalization is central to OMA’s philosophy. Beyond carefully curated collections, OMA offers bespoke services such as personalized home staging, transforming spaces to embody individual taste and refinement. "This approach highlights artisanal craftsmanship, emphasizing the exceptional quality and uniqueness of our offerings," Rishi explains.

Exclusive events provide early access to new collections, while luxurious in-store experiences ensure each interaction with OMA is memorable and distinctive. "We maintain ongoing personalized communication to deeply understand and meet client needs," Rishi notes.

The Future of Luxury Glassware

The future of luxury glassware is evolving with a focus on sustainability, personalization, and design innovation.  Zwiesel Glas is committed to leading this evolution, collaborating with exclusive designers and launching unique, one-of-a-kind pieces. "Our goal is to create unique products that offer extraordinary experiences of enjoyment and community," Dr. Buske explains.

Maintaining a balance between rich heritage and modern needs is crucial for  Zwiesel Glas. "We strive to create unique products that reflect our manufacturing skill and craftsmanship, adapting to changing market needs while upholding the Made in Germany standard," Dr. Buske emphasizes.

The collaboration between OMA and  Zwiesel Glas brings together the best of both worlds—luxurious home accessories and superior glassware. This partnership not only enhances the offerings of both brands but also sets new benchmarks in the luxury home décor market in India.

OMA’s Retail Strategy

OMA's retail strategy is tailored to meet diverse customer needs. They strategically place stores in affluent areas with high consumer traffic and spending potential, based on thorough market research. "Our locations target affluent areas, ensuring a luxurious ambiance that enhances the premium shopping experience," Rishi says.

Flagship stores in major cities showcase the full range, complemented by strategic pop-up stores for seasonal promotions. With a strong e-commerce presence, OMA ensures nationwide accessibility while maintaining a consistent brand experience across all locations.

A New Era of Luxury

As OMA continues to expand its footprint in India and beyond, and  Zwiesel Glas strengthens its presence in the Indian market, the future of luxury home décor looks promising. Together, they are poised to transform lives, one exquisitely crafted piece at a time, offering a blend of tradition, innovation, and unparalleled elegance. "Our vision is to establish OMA as a hallmark of sophistication and excellence in every market we enter, fostering a legacy of enduring success and unparalleled craftsmanship," Rishi concludes.

 

Next Story
India’s Booming Retail Market: Major Trends & Outlook for 2024
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
India’s Booming Retail Market: Major Trends & Outlook for 2024
 

As India accelerates towards becoming the third-largest retail market in the world, 2024 is further poised to be a transformative year for the industry. Driven by rising disposable incomes, rapid urbanization, a burgeoning middle class, and an increasingly digitally-savvy consumer base, the Indian retail sector offers a promising investment landscape for both domestic and global entities.

The retail market, this year, is set to witness a significant influx of international brands and foreign investments entering India and reshaping the country’s retail landscape. The demand from a new generation of shoppers for upscale brands is driving international retailers to actively seek partnerships and establish their presence in India. Additionally, the organized retail sector is expected to grow substantially here, with its market share projected to increase from 12 percent in FY 2021 to an estimated 20 percent in FY 2025. The luxury market is also on the rise, propelled by an increasing number of high-net-worth individuals (HNWI), the emergence of non-metro areas as luxury consumption hubs, and the growing popularity of luxury products.

Rise of Tier I & II cities

Smaller cities are taking the lead in the Indian retail success story in a post-pandemic world. In fact, the next phase of growth in the retail sector will be driven by Tier II and III cities as they witness a surge in demand for both physical stores and online shopping experiences. The increased purchasing power and a growing appetite for quality products, particularly among younger generations, are pushing retailers to expand beyond major cities. The franchise sector is also booming in these regions as established brands seek to capitalise on the growing market, explore new concepts and expand their reach. Overall projections indicate that by 2025, the Indian franchise industry will surpass $845.09 million. What is adding to the momentum is that online shopping is gaining traction in smaller cities, with most buyers coming from Tier II and III cities. These cities have become critical development hubs, attracting numerous major brands in 2023, a trend that is likely to continue in the future.

Innovating with Tech

India's retail sector is undergoing a technological revolution, with brands increasingly adopting technology to enhance in-store experiences. Innovations such as smart trolleys and electronic shelf labels are being introduced to make shopping more convenient. This drive for innovation extends to online shopping as well, where advanced checkout solutions are being created to reduce friction; these include AI chatbots, QR codes for contactless payments, and biometric security measures. The retailers are also embracing augmented reality (AR), virtual reality (VR), and mixed reality (MR) to create immersive experiences. These technologies are especially appealing to Gen-Z and millennial consumers who prioritize experiential spending. This is evident in the case of Titan Eye+’s interactive advertisement, which features a virtual image of a prominent Bollywood personality, engaging shoppers with style advice and interactive experiences. This year, we can expect to see more such consumer-facing, novel, and convenient technology solutions roll out and light up the shopping scene.

Generative AI Adoption Set to Surge

Generative AI is poised to become a core component of the Indian retail business strategy in 2024. According to TCS’ AI for Business Study, The vast majority of Retailers surveyed (93 percent) have AI implementations planned, in process, or already completed. Hyperpersonalised recommendations, virtual product trials, and seamless product discovery are just a few examples of how generative AI will enhance the shopping experience. Its impact on business operations is equally significant, aiding in inventory management, demand forecasting, and supply chain management. The retail industry is at a pivotal moment to intensify generative AI adoption, making it crucial for retailers to act now and capitalize on the transformative power of this technology, or risk falling behind their competitors.

Super Apps to Take Centrestage

The growing demand for one-stop solutions among Indian consumers and the potential of the digital commerce sector will have conglomerates and e-retailers vying for dominance in the super apps space in 2024. These all-in-one platforms simplify processes, improve customer engagement, and increase revenue opportunities by allowing users to make payments, book travel, order food, and access other services all within one platform. To maintain a competitive edge, super app players will increasingly collaborate with digital start-ups, service providers, and local vendors. Retailers must carefully evaluate these opportunities and build their presence in this competitive market strategically to optimize their services.

Hyperlocal Commerce and 15-Minute Delivery

India’s retail sector is experiencing a surge in online shopping, driven by a combination of factors including post-pandemic consumer spending and the rise of e-commerce. The contemporary Indian consumer is expected to significantly increase e-commerce subscriptions, emphasizing convenience, especially in rural areas. The rise of direct-to-consumer brands and quick commerce services, offering lightning-fast delivery to urban and rural areas, highlights the ongoing trend towards online shopping. In 2024, this shift, combined with AI advancements and India’s thriving start-up ecosystem, will drive new last-mile delivery models focused on cost-efficiency, hyperlocal commerce, and rapid delivery times, with some services promising doorstep delivery in as little as 15 minutes. This not only revolutionises last-mile delivery models but also creates new opportunities for businesses.

As India’s retail sector embarks on this exciting journey, driven by dynamic consumer demand and the adoption of new technologies, it’s clear that adaptability, innovation, and a focus on the customer will be essential for success. In doing so, the retailers who embrace these trends will be well-positioned to capitalize on the immense growth potential of the Indian market.

 

This article is written by Abhijit Niyogi, Head – Retail, TCS.

 

Next Story
Cosmetics Craze: How Online Shoppers are Splurging on Beauty Essentials
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
Cosmetics Craze: How Online Shoppers are Splurging on Beauty Essentials
 

The beauty industry, often relegated to the back of the shopping list, has finally found the spotlight. Emerging from the shadows, the new-age digital shopper today is seeking out the luxury of cosmetics and adding them to their carts first, before the practical items. From discovering a new fragrance to finding the perfect lipstick, online shoppers aren't just buying products — they're creating personal experiences. This trend towards luxury in beauty reflects a cultural shift, blending self-care with digital expression, shaping how we shop and express ourselves in the modern age.

In a recent report, the latest trends in online shopping reveal a surprising shift towards luxury in the cosmetics aisle. According to a comprehensive report by Adobe Analytics, covering the period from January 1 to May 31, 2024, consumers are prioritizing pampering themselves with high-end beauty products, despite a general trend towards budget-friendly shopping in other categories like electronics and apparel.

Cosmetics Steal the Spotlight

While many categories see consumers opting for lower-priced items, the cosmetics segment tells a different story. Fragrances and premium lipsticks have emerged as the stars of the digital shopping spree, with sales soaring to new heights. Fragrance aficionados, in particular, are indulging in top-tier scents, with a significant uptick in daily sales from April to May 2024, marking a 53 percent increase compared to earlier in the year.

The report found that the share of the two least expensive quartiles of goods increased materially across major categories including electronics (up 5.3 percent), apparel (up 4.7 percent), home & garden (up 3.3 percent), furniture & bedding (up 2.1 percent), grocery (up 1.8 percent) and personal care (up 4.2 percent). Conversely, share of the two most expensive quartiles decreased by 8.5 percent in a category like electronics, and 9.5 percent in apparel.

Lipstick Luxe

The allure of luxury extends to lipstick choices as well. Online shoppers are not only gravitating towards high-end lipsticks but also showing a preference for vibrant shades like purple tones, which have seen a remarkable 103 percent year-over-year surge, followed by pink tones (e.g., pink, rose, nude) which are up 61 percent YoY. From velvety mattes to lustrous glosses, these premium products are driving a 49 percent spike in sales from spring to early summer 2024. Some of the top trending lipstick finishes have included satin (up 35.5 percent), matte (up 35.2 percent) and glossy (up 21.7 percent).

Cosmetics Lead the Digital Charge

While staples like electronics and apparel dominate online spending, cosmetics have carved out a niche as a powerhouse growth sector. In 2023 alone, consumers spent a whopping $35 billion on beauty products online, marking a 15.6 percent increase from the previous year. The trend continues strong in 2024, with a notable $16.3 billion spent in the first five months alone, showcasing an 8.8 percent year-over-year rise.

Beyond Lipstick and Fragrance

The surge in beauty spending isn’t limited to lipsticks and perfumes. Other cosmetic categories are also witnessing significant growth. Lip glosses (31.4 percent YoY), setting powders ((up 18.4 percent YoY), mascara (up 8.6 percent YoY), concealer & foundation (up 8.3 percent YoY), nail polish (up 5.1 percent YoY), and skincare essentials like serums and creams enriched with peptides are flying off digital shelves, reflecting evolving consumer preferences and the growing influence of online beauty trends.

The Rise of Digital Beauty Influencers

In addition to traditional marketing channels, the rise of digital influencers has played a pivotal role in shaping consumer choices in the cosmetics sector. Social media platforms like Instagram and TikTok have become virtual beauty counters, where influencers showcase the latest products and trends, influencing millions of followers with their recommendations. Brands are increasingly leveraging these platforms to connect directly with consumers and drive sales through targeted influencer collaborations and sponsored content.

Tech Innovations Driving Beauty Trends

Advancements in technology have also revolutionized the beauty industry. Virtual try-on tools and augmented reality (AR) applications allow consumers to visualize products before purchase, enhancing their shopping experience and confidence in their choices. These technologies not only bridge the gap between online and offline shopping but also cater to the increasing demand for personalized beauty solutions tailored to individual preferences.

Sustainability and Ethical Beauty

Beyond product efficacy and aesthetic appeal, today’s consumers are also prioritizing sustainability and ethical practices when choosing beauty products. Brands that emphasize cruelty-free formulations, recyclable packaging, and eco-friendly ingredients are gaining traction among environmentally conscious shoppers. This shift towards sustainable beauty reflects a broader global movement towards responsible consumption and corporate social responsibility.

Future Forecasts

Looking ahead, the report predicts continued momentum in the cosmetics realm. Products like Sol de Janeiro Perfume Sets and Charlotte Tilbury's Plumping Lip Gloss are set to dominate shopping carts, driven by both e-commerce traction and social media buzz. As consumers navigate an evolving digital marketplace, one thing is clear: when it comes to cosmetics, indulgence is the new norm. Whether it’s treating oneself to a signature scent or splurging on a statement lipstick, the allure of luxury in beauty remains irresistible in the world of online shopping.

 

Next Story
Top 10 Men’s Clothing Brands Every Stylish Man Should Check Out
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
Top 10 Men’s Clothing Brands Every Stylish Man Should Check Out
 

Today it is not just women who like to style themselves, men are equally experimenting and trying on new fashion available in the market. Earlier, limited information, social and economic limitations and utilitarian needs were certain issues that restricted men from exploring their style. Times have changed, and everyone wants to try out new trends, and distinctive variety in clothing and accessories. Fashion inspires people to be empowered, motivates them to express themselves and breaks barriers to what is acceptable for men.

The global fashion retail market size was evaluated at approximately $92.25 billion in 2023. It is predicted to reach $157.88 billion by 2032, with 7.09 percent of CAGR from 2024- 2032. The apparel market in India is expected to reach $105.50 billion in 2024 with a 3.81 percent rate of CAGR (2024-2028).

So, whether you're a dapper dude or a casual cool cat, we've got the ultimate list to transform your wardrobe. From sharp suits to trendy tees, these top 10 men's clothing brands are your ticket to sartorial stardom. So, buckle up and get ready to strut your stuff in the finest threads India has to offer. It's time to check out the brands that every stylish man needs to know! Let's dive in!

Top 10 Men's Clothing Brands in India

Below are the top 10 brands that define men's fashion in India. From classic styles to the latest trends, these brands have something for every stylish man.

1. Louis Philippe

 Louis Philippe : Top 10 Men’s Clothing Brands

Named after King of France Louis Philippe from 1830- 1848 is one of the largest men's clothing brands in India. It is a symbol of class, elegance, status and a lifestyle that is royal and luxurious, reflected as a premium brand. Philippe offers a span of formal, and semi-formal clothing and accessories for men. The target market for the brand is urban men upper class and upper middle class.

Brand name Total Retail Stores in India Product Range for Men
Louis Philippe

420 Locations

29 states and territories

216 Cities

Formal, Casual and

Ceremonial Shirts

Polo and Crew Neck T-Shirts

Formal, Wedding and Party Wear Suits

Formal and Casual Blazers

Formal and Casual Trousers

Chinos

Shorts

Cargos

Jogger And Track Pants

Jeans

Ethnic Wear

Nehru Jackets

Formal and Casual Shoes

Slider & Flip Flops

 

Tamil Nadu has 55 stores of Louis Philippe which is 13 percent of all the stores present in India followed by Uttar Pradesh and Karnataka contributing 10 percent. There are seven states including Tripura, Sikkim, Mizoram, Andaman and Nicobar Islands, Ladakh, Dadra and Nagar Haveli and Daman and Diu and Lakshadweep. The brand has a turnover of more than $150 million taking up nearly 20 percent of the market share in the apparel industry in India.

2. Van Heusen

Van Heusen - Top 10 Men’s Clothing Brands

Aditya Birla Fashion and Retail Lid and a division of Aditya Birla Group bear the license to perpetually operate the brand in India. Their camp shirts set up the bar in the fashion industry, these shirts are made out of 30 percent recycled materials and the brand is planning to introduce polos and T-shirts made out of 100 percent recycled material. Van Heusen is going to feature 75 percent of the product line with recycled fibre material.

Brand name Total Retail Stores in India Product Range for Men
Van Heusen

345 locations

27 states and territories

165 cities

Shirts

T-shirts

Suits

Blazers

Jackets

Sweaters

Sweatshirts

Trousers and Chinos

Jeans

Shorts

Innerwear

Athleisure

Activewear

Accessories

Belts

Footwear

Special sizes

 

The highest number of Van Heusen stores are in Uttar Pradesh which is 56 stores contributing to 16 percent of the total stores in India. The list is accompanied by Maharashtra and Tamil Nadu with 11 percent and 10 percent respectively. Nine states in India do not have Van Heusen stores- Tripura, Meghalaya, Goa, Sikkim, Andaman and Nicro Islands, Dadra and Nagar Haveli and Daman and Diu, Nagaland, Ladakh and Lakshadweep.

3. Blackberrys

Blackberrys: Top 10 Men’s Clothing Brands Every

One of the prime men's fashion brands in India co-founded by Nitin Mohan along with Nikhil Mohan in 1991. Blackberry was reputed very swiftly because of the high-quality clothing with worldliness catering to modern men's fashion value. It started with just formal wear and later on expanded to casual and semi-casual wear as well for men. The brand integrated sustainable practices into the production process.

Brand name Total Retail Stores in India Product Range for Men
Blackberrys 352 cities

Formal and Casual Shirts

Party/Wedding Shirts

Formal Suits/Blazer

Wedding Suits/Blazer

Bandhgala & Indo Western

Waist Coat

Polo T-Shirts

Crew Neck T-Shirts

Sweatshirts

Sweaters

Zipper Jackets

Formal Trouser

Casual Trouser

Denim

Shorts

Joggers

 

Casual and Formal Footwear

Sandals

Accessories

Innerwear

The company is located in Gurgaon, Haryana has generated a revenue of $142 million and a net profit of $8.79 million as of March 2023 with an 18 percent increase in CAGR.

4. Raymond

Raymond : Top 10 Men’s Clothing Brands

The brand was established as Raymond Woolen Mill in 1925 since then it has been elegant and well-connected with the class making a discernable name in men's fashion. Raymond is famed for their well-crafted ethnic, indo-western formal and casual apparel. It is perceived to be a premium styling brand providing value and quality to customers.

Brand name Total Retail Stores in India Product Range for Men
Raymond

Also available in tiers 4 and 5

1500 plus outlets across 600 towns

Formal Shirts

Casual Shirts

Trousers & Chinos

T-Shirt & Polos

Jeans

Suits & Blazers

Ethnic wear

Shorts

Belts & Wallets

Sweaters

Sweatshirts

Jackets

Raymond one of the largest coherent textile companies located in Mumbai, Maharashtra created a revenue of Rs 5,913 crore ($710 million) in the FY 2023. It exports its product to over 60 plus countries including the US, Canada, Europe, Japan and the Middle East.  

5. Peter England

Peter England : Top 10 Men’s Clothing Brands

It made its swoop into the Indian market in 1997 and was obtained by Aditya Birla Group in 2000. The price range is considered to be economic, mid-price and premium. Peter England is known for keeping up with youth, being in sync with every fashion occasion in professional as well as easy-going wear for men. The brand markets products through an in-house platform named trendin.com along with other e-commerce websites in India.

Brand name Total Retail stores in India Product range for men
Peter England

1000 plus exclusive store

3500 plus multi-brand outlets

800 plus towns

Shirts

T-shirts

Suits

Blazers

Winterwear

Trousers and chinos

Jeans

Loungewear

Ethnic and Indie wear

Innerwear

Footwear

Accessories

Plus size

Protective gear

Ceremony

This Indian-based clothing brand generated a revenue of Rs 12,500 crore ($1.56 billion) in the FY 2023 with a funding of $ 1.26 billion.

6. Allen Solly

Allen Solly : Top 10 Men’s Clothing Brands Every

The brand is known for its distinctive and chic fashion galvanising an entire new customer class. Allen Solly was launched in India in 1993 by Madura Fashion and Lifestyle a division of Aditya Birla Fashion and Retail Limited. It is reviewed as a premium brand in India having a diversified range of fashion wear for men which includes shirts, jeans, suits, joggers as well as accessories.

Brand name Total Retail Stores in India Product Range for Men
Allen Solly

281 stores in India

Present in 25 states and territories, 120 cities.

Shirts

T-Shirts

Jeans

Winterwear

Suits

Blazers

Waistcoats

Trousers

Track Pants & Joggers

Shorts

Accessories

Belts

Wallets

Footwear

Maharashtra has the majority number of Allen Solly with 37 stores putting up to 13 percent of the total number of stores in India followed by Karnataka and Uttar Pradesh with 35 (12 percent) and 33 (12 percent) respectively. Sikkim, Puducherry, Mizoram, Meghalaya, Manipur, Andaman and Nicobar Island, Ladakh, Dadra and Nagpur Haveli and Daman and Diu, Chandigarh, Arunachal Pradesh and Lakshadweep are the 11 states that do not have Allen Solly stores.

7. Arrow

Arrow : Top 10 Men’s Clothing Brands

The brand aims to serve the evolving impeccable fashion needs of India and initiate innovation like Autopress shirts, Autoflex trousers, Superflex stitchless shirts, smart shirts, 4-in-1 shirts and anti-UV shirts. Arrow has a set-up to fulfil the urging needs of young stylish and fashion-loving professionals. The unique selling proposition is the expert shirt makers giving shrink-free, stain-free and wrinkle-resistant shirts.

Brand name Total Retail Stores in India Product Range for Men
Arrow

1300 stand-alone stores

5000 multi-brand and departmental stores

Shirts

T-shirts

Trousers

Jeans

Track pants

Shorts

Blazers

Suits

Accessories

Footwear

Arrow Clothing Private Limited is an unlisted company located in Ahmedabad, Gujarat. The EBITDA of the company has increased by 950.26 percent with a net worth grown by 39.88 percent. Recognised for its American styling the brand has licensed in approximately 120 territories and 400 free-standing stores worldwide.

8. US polo

US polo : Top 10 Men’s Clothing Brands

The official brand of USPA (United States Polo Association) a non-profit governing body for the sport of polo in the United States. Has a distribution of 1,030 mono-branded stores, boutiques, departmental stores and e-commerce. US polo describes the spirit of sport and takes the inspiration for their styling. It focuses on maintaining the brand as athletic, genuine, approachable and most importantly classic.

Brand name Total Retail Stores in India Product Range for Men
US Polo 50 stores

Polo Shirts

Shirts

T-shirts

Trousers

Accessories

Joggers and Trackpants

Shorts

Outerwear

Footwear

The Indian market has made a 15 percent initiative to expand US Polo retail stores. The company plans to generate $ 2 million in retailing by the year 2025. Worldwide the brand is present in 190 countries with 1,100 stores and planning to take it up to 2000 by the year 2030.

9. Mufti

 Mufti - Top 10 Men’s Clothing Brands

The brand was born in 1998 representing fashion for men. It is owned and directed by Credo Brands Marketing Ltd. It claims to be creating expressive fashion for men inspired by the nature of Mumbai. A brand that seeks to refine styling for men. Mufti has instilled their creativity in clothing from the heritage, coastline, gymkhana and tropical areas of Mumbai. Created a revenue of $ 63.7 million with a net profit of $ 9.65 million in FY 23.

 

Brand name Total Retail Stores in India Product Range for Men
Mufti

1400 multi-brand outlets

120 large stores

Shirt

Jeans

T-shirt

Cargo

Trousers

Shorts

Flatknits

Joggers

Jackets

Sweaters

sweatshirts

The brand has started a new sub-brand named ‘4ooo5o’ spelt as ‘Four Triple oh Five oh’ catering to GenZ shoppers, centring on casuals and oversized garments.

10. Indian Terrain

 Indian Terrain - Top 10 Men’s Clothing Brands

Initially was a part of Celebrity Fashion Limited, demerged in 2011. Fulfilling the fashion needs of upwardly mobile young, cosmopolitan Indian men. The brand targets customers aged between 22- 44 years. Indian Terrain provides articles of clothing with premium fabrics, superior tailoring and comfortable fit in men's wear. The brand has a ready-to-wear branded sector for men as well which led to great customer flow.

Brand name Total Retail Stores in India Product Range for Men
Indian Terrain

200 plus exclusive stores

1000 plus multi-brand outlets

400 plus large format stores

Shirts

T-shirts

Jeans

Shorts

Boxers

Trousers

Joggers

Jackets

Sweaters

Sweatshirts

Sportcoats

Waistcoats

Accessories

Indian Terrain has opened 30 more retail stores and is looking at a 10 percent growth in revenue from Rs 460 crore in 2024 generating 15 percent from e-commerce. Last three months the company has increased a 4.48 percent revenue.

FAQs on Men's Clothing Brands

Best men’s fashion brands in India?

Louis Philippe, Van Heusen, Blackberry, Raymond and Peter England and the most renowned fashion brands in India for men,

Which brand is suggested for affordable and stylish brands for men?

Peter England and Indian Terrain are considered to be affordable yet stylish at the same time.

Which of the brands are considered to be luxury fashion brands in men's wear in India?

Louis Philippe and van Heusen are considered to be luxury brands for men's wear in India.

Where can I buy from these brands?

The brands have their shopping website page or in-house websites and are even available on various e-commerce platforms.

Which brand is best for semi-formal clothing for men?

Indian Terrain and Blackberry are the best brands for semi-formal men's wear.

 

Next Story
How to Start a Jewellery Business : 9 Steps to Launch and Grow
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
How to Start a Jewellery Business : 9 Steps to Launch and Grow
 

The global jewellery market, valued at $353.26 billion in 2023, is on a growth trajectory, expected to expand at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 4.7 percent from 2024 to 2030. This growth is driven by increasing incomes, innovative designs, and changing consumer perceptions of jewellery as a status symbol.

The Indian market, with its rich cultural heritage and significant consumption patterns, presents an opportunity for aspiring jewellery entrepreneurs.  And if you have a passion for all things glittering and want to turn it into a profitable business, you're in the right place. Grab a drink, and get settled because this is going to be a complete guide.

How to Start a Jewellery Business in 9 Steps?

A step-by-step instructions for those who've never started any business before, we’re going from top to bottom from finding your manufacturers to running the financial side of your business, and then we'll look at effective marketing strategies.

1. Research the Current Jewellery Market

Before diving into the jewellery business, understanding market trends is crucial, and conducting thorough market research is also a major part. Current trends highlight in demand for colored gemstones and sustainable jewellery options. Understanding consumer behavior and competitive strategies can unveil niche opportunities and define a compelling brand proposition.

2. Define Who You Are as a Brand

Imagine you’re telling your best friend about your jewellery venture. That’s your brand story—what makes your business uniquely yours. Take Finley jewellery, for instance, with its focus on ethics and sustainability. What’s your special angle? Does a particular cause drive you? Do you offer a unique solution through your jewellery? Make your story heartfelt and simple.

With your brand story set, it’s time to decide on the type of jewellery you’ll create. Will your pieces be for daily wear or special events? Think about materials—gold, silver, pearls, beads, and more. Use Google to explore current trends. Staying on trend while remaining true to your brand is key.

3. Define Your Target Audience with the Right Price

Knowing your customers is essential. Consider their lifestyles, preferences, and needs. Use social media to learn about their habits and interests. Platforms like Instagram and Reddit are gold mines of information. The better you understand your audience, the more effectively you can market to them.

jewelry

Setting the right prices involves balancing costs and perceived value. Consider all expenses, including marketing, production, hiring, and operating costs. Use a pricing calculator to ensure profitability. Sometimes, higher prices can enhance the perceived value of your jewellery, so don’t be afraid to price accordingly.

4. Set a Demographic Location

Choosing the right location for sourcing raw materials and setting up production is critical. Considering places known for their jewellery artisan and access to quality materials is important to get the raw materials easily which can boost your manufacturing time. For instance, Jaipur is renowned for its gemstone cutting and jewellery manufacturing, while Mumbai is a hub for gold and diamond trading. The proximity to these regions can reduce costs and ensure a steady supply of raw materials.

jewelry

 

5. Create Your Visual Identity

Your visual identity helps people recognize your brand. Collaborate with a graphic designer to craft a logo, select fonts, and choose brand colors that reflect your story. Find designers on platforms like Fiverr, Freelancer, Upwork, and Behance. Once you have your visual identity, create a style guide to maintain consistency. Selecting the right materials is like choosing the best ingredients for a dish. Each material has its unique appeal and cost. Solid gold is durable and often mixed with other metals for strength. Gold vermeil and gold-filled options are more affordable. Silver and stainless steel are trendy and durable. Understanding the properties and care needs of each material helps you make informed choices.

6. Marketing and Supplying your Product

Marketing is the lifeblood of your business. Start with a few key strategies like influencer partnerships, email marketing, and ads. Collaborate with other brands to grow your email list. Use tools like Dovetale to find influencers and consider hiring agencies or freelancers for Facebook ads. Creative campaigns, such as offering free jewellery for the cost of shipping, can attract attention and new customers.

Whether you choose manufacturers, buy wholesale or partner with local artisans, reliable suppliers are crucial. Websites like Indiamart, Amazon business and TradeIndia are good starting points. Check reviews, compare prices, and always request samples to ensure quality before making large orders.

jewelry

 

It’s a very crucial part for any business to reach its target market and for that, you need to keep your finances organized and marketing in both online and offline markets.  Now both offline and online markets are crucial to cover to get a good reach of your target market and with that is important to manage your financial statement

Register your business to protect yourself and save on taxes. Open a separate bank account and credit card for your business to maintain clarity. Use accounting software like QuickBooks and consider hiring an accountant to assist with bookkeeping.

7. Design Custom Jewellery

To bring your custom designs to life, clear communication with your manufacturer is vital. Use tools like Adobe Illustrator for detailed designs or simple sketches with reference photos. Clear communication ensures your vision is accurately realized.

8. Build your e-commerce store

Setting up your business Domain, Email, and Website presence is important to reach a wider audience. Your online presence is your digital storefront. Begin by registering a domain and setting up a professional email. Then, create your website. Shopify is a user-friendly option for e-commerce. Choose a theme that aligns with your brand and ensure your site features high-quality product photos, detailed descriptions, and easy navigation. Include sections like About, Shop, Collections, and Contact.

jewelry

9. Customer Experience and Logistics

Packaging and shipping are significant aspects of your brand. Good packaging can enhance the perceived value of your jewellery. Keep it simple to streamline fulfilment. Consider eco-friendly options and maintain adequate supplies to prevent delays. Use tools like Shopify’s shipping settings or services like eShipper for efficient shipping.

Final Words

At IndianRetailer, we have witnessed how the jewellery market, both globally and in India, presents a lucrative opportunity for aspiring entrepreneurs. With a growing market value and evolving consumer preferences, now is the perfect time to launch your business. Remember, success in the jewellery business hinges on understanding your audience, staying true to your brand, and continuously adapting to market trends. With passion, creativity, and strategic planning, your jewellery venture can flourish in this dynamic market. So, take the plunge, and let your entrepreneurial journey shine as brightly as the gems you'll be crafting!

Top 5 FAQs on Starting a Jewellery Business

1. What are the threats to the jewellery industry?

The jewelry industry faces several challenges, such as:

  • The fluctuating prices of gold and gemstones
  • Increasing production costs
  • High competition from both local and international brands
  • Changing consumer tastes and trends
  • Security risks, including theft and fraud
  • Economic downturns that affect how much people spend on jewelry
  • New regulations and import/export rules
  • Growing demand for ethically sourced and sustainable materials

2. Is the jewellery business has high-risk?

Yes, the jewellery business has high risks. These include fluctuating gold and gemstone prices, security concerns, high competition, changing consumer preferences, and significant investment requirements. However, with careful planning and good market understanding, these risks can be managed.

3. Which type of jewellery demand in India?

Gold jewellery is the most in-demand in India, followed by diamond and silver pieces. Traditional and ornate designs, especially for weddings and festivals, are particularly popular.

4. What is 24-karat gold?

24-karat gold is the purest type of gold you can get, made up of 99.9% gold without any other metals mixed in. It's very soft and malleable, so it's great for investment or special pieces, but not as durable for everyday jewellery.

5. How to identify the gold is it real or fake?

To identify if gold is real or fake, you can:

  • Check for hallmarks: Authentic gold jewelry usually has a stamp indicating its purity (e.g., 24K, 18K).
  • Perform a magnet test: Real gold is not magnetic, so it won't be attracted to a magnet.
  • Conduct a scratch test: Use a ceramic plate to gently scratch the gold. Real gold will leave a gold streak, while fake gold may leave a black streak.
  • Try a nitric acid test: Apply a drop of nitric acid to the gold. Real gold will not react, while fake gold will show a green or milky reaction.
  • Consult a professional: Take the gold to a reputable jeweler for an expert opinion and testing.
 

Next Story
Top FMCG Companies in India by Market Cap in 2024
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
Top FMCG Companies in India by Market Cap in 2024
 

FMCG means fast-moving consumer goods, where the products are sold at the speed of a bullet train but with a low cost and are in high demand. Most of the non-durable products, are consumed quickly and have a high turnover rate. In the Indian fast-moving consumer goods (FMCG), market, total revenue is expected to increase by 27.9 percent from 2024 to 2030, reaching nearly $1,288.52 billion.

The giant FMCG companies produce, manufacture and distribute household and personal items found at supermarkets, pharmacies, other retailers and e-commerce into several categories, including Beverages and tobacco, Confectionery and baked goods, Fruit and veg, Processed foods, Meat and dairy products, Toiletries, cosmetics, and over-the-counter medications, Batteries, Electronic devices such as cell phones, earbuds, game players and many more.

Top 10 FMCG Companies with Market Capitalisation:

S.No Companies Name Market Cap (Rs. Cr)
1 Hindustan Unilever Rs 562139.73
2 Nestle India Rs 236715.10
3 Godrej Rs 136142.47
4 ITC Limited Rs 5,29,976
5 Colgate Rs 73142.39
6 Britannia Industries Rs 155800.00
7 TATA Consumer Product Rs 1,03,573
8 P&G (Procter & Gamble Rs 52,236
9 Dabur India Rs 1,06,162
10 Emami Rs  30,998

The above information is based on the companies' 2023 performance.

Let's explore the top 10 FMCG companies and why they should be on your radar:

1. Hindustan Unilever:

FMCG

Hindustan Unilever is a familiar name for every individual. It is the best FMCG company in India and a subordinate company for global products. Established in 1933 by Rohit Jawa as Lever Brothers Indian Ltd., it later merged with the global giant Hindustan Vanaspati Mfg. Co. Ltd. and United Traders Ltd. in 1956.

In 2024, the company's market value will be around $68.50 billion, which makes it the world's 256th most valuable company.

Year Market Cap Change
2024 $ 68.50 B -8.98 percent
2023 $75.25 B 3.48 percent
2022 $72.72 B -2.37 percent
2021 $74.49 B -3.13 percent
2020 $76.89 B 31.71 percent

End-of-year Market Cap

Their service includes foods, beverages, cleaning agents, personal care products, and water purifiers. Some of the popular and most used products of every household are Lux, Surf Excel, Dove, Lifebuoy, Kissan, and Brooke Bond.

2. Nestle India:

FMCG

Nestle which was founded by Henri Nestle a Swiss food and beverage giant, Today Nestle India is a household name across the globe and one of the top ten FMCG companies in India, Nestle started its operations in 1961, From chocolates, Maggi, health drinks, coffee and many more, and their first Indian factory was set in Moga, Punjab where they developed the milk economy. This fast-moving consumer goods company offers a wide range of consumer products manufactured in its 8 factories located across the country.

On the June 2024 BSE report India’s FMCG powerhouse is facing a downfall, which shows that Nestle India shares are down at Rs 2538.95.

Year Market Cap Change
2024 $29.07 B  -5.65 percent
2023 $30.81 B 34.87 percent
2022 $22.84 B  -10.5 percent 
2021 $25.52 B  5.29 percent 
2020 $24.24 B 21.28 percent

End-of-year Market Cap

Nestlé India has changed their most iconic product packaging to support girl child education, which are, MAGGI, NESCAFÉ and KITKAT, in association with Nanhi Kali. Nestlé is also associated with these well-known brands Milkybar, Milkmaid, and Nestea.

3. Godrej Consumer Products:

FMCG

Since 2001, Godrej has been a leading player in the Indian FMCG market. current CEO and MD, Mr Sudhir Sitapati created a brand value of around Rs 14,365 crore. Godrej is considered one of the top 10 FMCG companies in India in the home and personal care segment, which is a part of the Godrej Group.

In today date the market cap of Godrej Consumer is $17.29 Billion. This shows that the market share of the company is rising by 2.58 percent per day and 34.31 percent annually.

Year  Market Cap Change
2024 $17.29 B  24.18 percent
2023 $13.92 B 28.92 percent
2022 $10.80 B -18.8 percent
2021 $13.30 B 28.58 percent
2020 $10.34 b 5.41 percent

End-of-year Market Cap

The iconic and well-known products are hair care, skin care, oral care, household insecticides, and hygiene. And Cinthol, Godrej No. 1, Godrej Expert, Hit, and Protekt are very common names in every Indian household.

4. Britannia Industries:

FMCG

Britannia is the oldest multinational food manufacturing company which has been trusted by every Indian, is actually an FMCG giant, who known for its biscuits, bread and dairy products. It is a part of the Wadia Group, headed by Nusli Wadia and was founded in the year 1892 in Kolkata. Britannia is mostly known for their biscuit products, which generate 80 percent of revenue for the company. Britannia has its footprint in 60 countries across the globe.

In 2022, the revenue of the company is around $1.99 billion but in 2023, the company is not able to reach its target and ended up at $1.98 billion, If we talk about their market cap, as of June 20th, 2024, the market capitalization of Britannia Industries is $15.52 billion.

Year Market Cap Change
2024 $15.56 B 0.65 percent
2023 $15.46 B 23.15 percent
2022 $12.55 B 7.56 percent 
2021 $11.67 B -0.87 percent
2020 $ 11.77 B 15.35 percent

End-of-year Market Cap

Their iconic products are biscuits, breads, cakes, rusk, cheese, and milk products under brands such as Britannia, Good Day, Tiger, Marie Gold, NutriChoice, and Cheese.

5. P&G Hygiene and Health Care:

FMCG

The global giant of manufacturers of feminine hygiene and healthcare segments. The Procter and Gamble Company was founded by William Procter and James Gamble in 1837. P&G is one of the leading names in the top 10 FMCG companies.

Under the leadership of Chittranjan Dua, the current Director and MD of P&G Hygiene and Health Care Limited, the market cap is Rs 52,236 crore. And as of June 26, 2024, their market share had decreased by 0.74 percent. But still, the company has managed to maintain their position at No. 3 in the personal care industry.

FMCG

Current Market Cap

Their iconic brands are Whisper, Vicks, and Old Spice which still hold the No. 1 position in the health and personal care industry. The product line of P&G includes sanitary napkins, tampons, and cough and cold remedies.

6. Colgate:

FMCG

Colgate became a necessity in everyone’s life, is a top FMCG company, but it was initially established as a soap and candle business in the early days. Colgate a multinational corporation, was founded by Willian Colgate in 1806, but in 1928, the company merged with Palmolive-Peet and evolved over the years.

As of June 2024, the company is ranked as the 209th most valued company in the world. The market cap of Colgate Palmolive is $80.97 billion. The company is constantly rising, at 28.78 percent a year.

Year  Market Cap Change
2024 $80.97 B 23.38 percent
2023 $ 65.63 B -0.27 percent
2022 $65.80 B -8.51 percent
2021 $71.92 B -1.87 percent
2020 $73.29 B 24.57 percent

End-of-year Market Cap

This top FMCG company in India’s Colgate product line includes household items, health care products, personal care items, and veterinary products. Their iconic brands are Colgate, Palmolive, Softsoap, Irish Spring, Protex, Speed Stick, Lady Speed Stick, Sanex, and Hill's Pet Nutrition.

7. Dabur India:

FMCG

A small pharmacy in Kolkata, which is based on the principles of Ayurveda and natural ingredients, is now one of the top 10 FMCG companies. Dabur was founded by S.K. Burman in 1884. Dabur is now considered one of the largest Ayurvedic and natural healthcare companies in India, with a legacy of over 135 years.

Dabur is now running under the leadership of Mohit Burman and positions the company as the world's 1327th most valuable company by market cap. The market cap of Dabur as of June 2024 is $12.72 billion.

Year Market Cap Change
2024 $12.72 B 7.14 percent
2023 $11.87 B -1.26 percent
2022 $12.02 B -12.76 percent
2021 $13.78 B 6.82 percent
2020 $12.90 b 13.61 percent

End-of-year Market Cap

Dabur offers various products in health and pharmaceuticals, which include health supplements, hair care, oral care, skin care, home care, and foods under the brand names like Dabur Chyawanprash, Dabur Honey, Dabur Honitus, Dabur PudinHara, Dabur Lal Tail (in healthcare); Dabur Amla and Dabur Red Paste (in personal care); and Real (in food & beverages).

8. ITC Limited:

FMCG

ITC is a global giant and one of the top 10 FMCG companies was established by William M. Jacks in the year 1910 as Imperial Tobacco Company of India Limited, Later in 1970, the company was renamed as Indian Tobacco Company Limited. But now the company called as ITC Limited since the year 2001. ITC is present across six business segments as FMCG, Hotels, Agribusiness, Information Technology, Paper Products and Packaging. 

ITC Limited has a total market cap as of June 2024 of around Rs 5,29,976 crore and with that, ITC is ranked no. 1 in the Tobacco sector.

FMCG

Current Market Cap

ITC's most iconic brands are Aashirvaad, Sunfeast, Yippee! Bingo!, B Natural, ITC Master Chef, Fabelle, Sunbean, Fiama, Engage, Vivel, Savlon, Classmate, Paperkraft, Mangaldeep, Gold Flake; Wills Navy Cut; Classic.

9. TATA Consumer Product:

FMCG

TATA is a very trusted name around the globe. It was founded in the year 1962, in Kolkata. TATA is considered as a giant in FMCG.  TATA consumer product are part of the TATA group. TATA is the world's second-largest manufacturer and distributor of tea and also a major producer of coffee.

TATA Consumer Products' market cap as of June 2024 is $12.41 billion, and their share is increasing by 23.90 percent a year.

Year Market Cap Change
2024 $12.41 B 2.2 percent
2023 $12.15 B 41.03 percent
2022 $8.61 B -6.38 percent
2021 $9.20 B 23.88 percent
2020 $7.43 B 161.49 percent

End-of-year Market Cap

TCP's product range includes salt, pulses, spices, ready-to-cook mixes, breakfast cereals, snacks, and mini-meals. And the most iconic brands of TCP are Tata Tea, Tata Salt, Tetley, Tata Sampann, and Himalayan.

10. Emami:

FMCG

Emami is a well-known name in Personal care, health care and the paper sector. Emami was founded by Radhe Shyam Agarwal and Radhe Shyam Goenka in the year 1974 in Kolkata, and in today’s date is one of the Top FMCG companies.

Emami is one of the best FMCG companies, with a market share rate of 65.81 percent and a market cap of a total of $3.70 Billion as of June 2024.

Year Market Cap Change
2024 $3.70 B 25.06 percent
2023 $2.95 B 30.55 percent
2022 $2.23 B -26.97 percent
2021 $3.10 B 20.27 percent
2020 $2.58 B 30.84 percent

End-of-year Market Cap

Emami products are based on Ayurveda and natural ingredients namely balms, oils, creams, lotions, powders, and deodorants. Their most iconic brands are Boroplus, Navratna, Zandu, Fair and Handsome, and Kesh King.

Summary:

According to the performance of the FMCG sector, as witnessed by IndianRetailer, it is being driven by rising consumer demand and diverse product offerings. The top 10 FMCG companies, including industry giants like Hindustan Unilever, Nestle India, and ITC Limited, play a pivotal role in shaping the market with their extensive product portfolios and innovative strategies. As the market is projected to grow significantly, reaching nearly $1,288.52 billion by 2030, these companies will continue to expand their influence and adapt to changing consumer preferences. By understanding the key players and their market shares, investors and consumers can gain valuable insights into the industry's landscape. As we move forward, the emphasis on sustainable practices and technological advancements will further propel the growth and success of FMCG brands in India, ensuring they remain at the forefront of the global market.

Top 5 FAQs on Top FMCG Companies in India  :

1. What is the biggest challenge for FMCG companies?

By 2040, 95% of all retail purchases will be made online. Challenges and Opportunities: Despite its promising outlook, the FMCG sector in India faces challenges such as data management, brand management, price wars, and catering to diverse demographics.

2. Which FMCG product is most profitable?

Personal care products like skincare, hair care, and oral care products are in high demand. These products have a low production cost and a high margin of profit.

3. Which FMCG company has the highest market share?

Nestle India Private Limited. List of FMCG companies in India. Nestlé tops the list as the largest food and beverage corporation in the world.

4. Which is the fastest-growing FMCG Company in India?

Among the top FMCG companies in India, VBL has grown the fastest in recent years. This growth is due to its partnership with PepsiCo, allowing VBL to distribute PepsiCo drinks in many countries and expand internationally.

5. Who regulates the FMCG industry in India?

Operating by the guidelines set forth by the FSSA 2006, the FSSAI is the responsible authority that safeguards public health through the regulation and supervision of food safety.

 

Next Story
How to Open a Home Décor Retail Business in 2024: A Step-by-Step Guide
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
How to Open a Home Décor Retail Business in 2024: A Step-by-Step Guide
 

There is a rising demand for trendy home décor; from millennials to Gen Z, everyone wishes to have a home that represents them. A home décor business is the answer to providing and fulfilling people's demands. Are you looking to open a home décor store? We have got you covered.

The Indian home furnishing market size has reached Rs 52,626.8 crore in 2023. IMARC Group anticipates the market will reach Rs 97,051 crore by 2032, with a growth rate of 7.04 percent during 2024-2032. The light is shining on online shopping for home décor, furniture, and high-end luxury items.

How to start a Home Decor Business in India?

Here are the key 7 steps to start your business in home décor:

1. Know the Market

Understand the market trends and know your target audience. What are the latest additions in the décor market in various categories? Millennials are generally the target audience for those starting furnishing and home décor businesses. The market in India demands something innovative and new; this country is very experimental and versatile. All that needs to be done is to make a unique niche for the consumers. The home décor market is expected to have a growth rate of 6.20 percent (CAGR) from 2023 to 2028.

Choose a specific genre such as vintage décor, modern furniture, eco-friendly décor, or DIYs to start a home decor business idea: the more collections, the merrier. Make your brand visible in the market through different platforms. Social media has a lion's share of influence on every generation nowadays.

Key Insights:

  • Know your target audience-  Identify the age group ( between 20- 60 years).
  • Make your brand versatile- Make a brand strategy, create a unique brand style, widen the product range and use technology for innovation. 
  • Keep up with the trends- Study the latest trends in the furniture and decor market, and upgrade the brand with upcoming revolution in the home decor business. 
  • Gather knowledge of the respective market- Know the competitors and understand the strategy.
  • Use various platforms to generate awareness- in-house website, e-commerce platforms, and retail stores. 

2. Make a Plan

Making a home decor business plan is a must. It allows the business to follow the guidelines through each stage of starting and managing your brand. The plan can include factors like business models, value propositions, financial projections, and marketing strategies.

Understand what mode of business suits you: B2B (business to business), B2C (business to consumer), or C2C (customer to customer). It is suggested that you use a B2C model for a home décor business as it allows consumers to visit a physical store where they can see and feel the product before buying.

Key Insights:

  • Be realistic- cater to practical limitations, and make pragmatic decisions.
  • Choose a suitable mode- carefully opt for the right type of business model that caters to all the needs. 
  • Be thorough with the research- market research is a key to understand growth and decline patterns should be thorough. 
  • Maintain consistency- Be steady and regular in the making of the plan. 
  • Review regularly- evaluate the decor business market and bring changes to your plan accordingly. 
Step-by-Step Guide: How to Open a Home Décor Retail Business in 2024

3. Supplying, Inventory, and Selling

Find an appropriate and authentic supplier (wholesalers, manufacturers, or your product) and establish a strategy for managing inventory properly to avoid overstocking and stockouts to help you start your decorating business efficiently.

Opt for a reasonable and well-functional mode for selling to start a home decor business. Nowadays, there are three types: offline, online, and hybrid. Offline can be a retail store or showroom; online selling can be done with the help of e-commerce platforms like Flipkart, Myntra, Amazon, or your website. The hybrid mode is the most exciting, where the customer has the option to sit back and browse online or visit the store and purchase what they like. This type gives the consumer comfort in making their choice.

4. Promotion

This step is the most important in the process of starting a home decor business as it helps the business gain awareness, increase its customer base, and expand in the market. Branding and marketing are crucial for the growth of any business. There are various modes of promotion: advertisement, marketing strategy, public relations, personal selling, social media, email marketing, and many more.

An advertisement should aim at people's interests in “modern bedroom décor” or “vintage wall hangings.” Home décor representation, usage of technology in furniture, or any kind of upgrade can add value to your business.

Key Insights:

  • Build a strong brand identity- Define the mission, vision, and unique selling proposition(USP). Make the physical appearance of the brand attractive ( name, logo, tagline) that defines the decor business.  
  • Build an online presence- Use social media, email marketing, blogs and other streaming platforms)
  • Make a marketing plan- Analyse your brand with SWOT analysis, SMART goals and key performing indicators (KPIs)
Step-by-Step Guide: How to Open a Home Décor Retail Business in 2024

5. Logistics

The word logistics means the commercial transportation of products. Organizing the movement, equipment, and accommodation is very essential for proper management to maintain the order of the supply chain.

The décor and furniture business faces challenges in shipment, warehousing and storage, assembling, and installation. Hence, there is a need to have adequate management of logistics. It helps the brand enhance customer experience and increase its value. It also contributes towards cost reduction and efficiency improvement.

Key Insights:

  • Operation management in logistics- Choose reliable suppliers and ensure timely and cost-effective purchase of materials. Solve storage, ordering, packaging issues, and shipping-related issues.  
  • Improve customer service- consistent response and resolution. Provide with innovative ideas. 
  • Handle returns and refunds efficiently- assistance in building a good brand image. 
Step-by-Step Guide: How to Open a Home Décor Retail Business in 2024

6. Budgeting

Define the scope of your home décor or furniture business. Research the difference in cost expenses from suppliers, inventory, promotion, and logistics. Determine the total cost involved in making the marketing plan.

Items to Include in Budgeting:

  • Setup cost
  • Product development
  • Supplying and inventory
  • E-commerce and retail
  • Sales and marketing
  • Operational cost
  • Logistics
  • Human resources

7. Feedback and Improvising

For the success of a home decor business, its foremost focus should be to improve and bring changes according to the feedback from consumers. Reviews assist in catering to consumer expectations, guiding the design process to ensure that the final product aligns with the audience's vision.

Key Insights:

  • Improve product and service- work on the suggested improvements by customers. 
  • Expand with the help of trends- Keep the research work on always to enhance customer reach.
  • Build partnerships- Diversify the business. 
Step-by-Step Guide: How to Open a Home Décor Retail Business in 2024

Indian Retailer says:

There are various companies in the décor and furniture industry in our country contributing to a tough market with a wide range of competitors. This industry promises growth due to the diverse needs and demands of customers. Proper planning, creativity, and dedication towards your décor business can aid in building a successful brand. The home decor business is growing at a stable speed in the succor of urbanization, rising disposable income and rising interest in interior design. Consumers are taking a look at sustainable, eco-friendly and durable decor and furniture. Keeping a wide variety will assist in catching the eye of consumers. Along with in-store experience a decor business can also avail with omnichannel strategy. 

FAQs on How to Start a Home Decor Business

1. How to make a home décor business effective?

Use different marketing strategies, including digital platforms. Email marketing, websites, advertisements, and influencer marketing are a few ways to help your business become effective.

2. How to price home décor products?

Determine your price by evaluating COGS (cost of goods sold), involving materials, labor, and other expenses. Ensure profitability while sustaining in the competitive market.

3. Is it possible to start a home décor business with a small budget?

Of course, you can start small and expand your scale gradually. Build a strong online presence and start with a unique niche product range. Reinvent inventory and marketing.

 

Next Story
Top 10 Retail Companies in India : Sector to Hit $1,407B by 2026
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
Top 10 Retail Companies in India : Sector to Hit $1,407B by 2026
 

The retail industry in India is essential for understanding customer preferences and company performance. Knowing the top retail companies in India, their IPO offerings, and current stock prices is crucial.

The retail sector contributes 10 percent to India’s GDP and is expected to create 25 million new jobs by 2030. It is projected to grow at 9 percent annually, reaching $1,407 billion by 2026, up from $779 billion in 2019. India’s direct selling market is anticipated to be worth $7.77 billion by 2025.

Factors driving this growth include economic expansion, changing demographics, higher disposable incomes, urbanization, and shifting consumer needs. For instance, retail sales in India increased by 5 percent in February 2024 compared to the same period in 2023. Multinational corporations are drawn to India due to its diverse consumer base and lower labor costs.

Let's explore the top 10 retail companies in India, their latest updates, IPO offerings, and current stock prices.

Top 10 Retail Companies in India

Here are the top 10 retail companies in India:

1. Trent

The company began as ‘Lakme’ in 1952, focusing on cosmetics, toiletries, and perfumes. Over time, Lakme Exports Limited joined forces with Little Woods International Limited Private Limited (LIIPL) and later became Trent Limited. Today, Trent is one of the top retail companies in India, running popular stores like Westside, Landmark, Zudio, and Utsa.

In the past year, Trent's stock price has soared by 207.69 percent, reaching a high of Rs 5,452 and a low of Rs 1,657. The company made a profit of about Rs 712.09 crore in the fourth quarter of 2024. As one of the top 10 retail companies in India, Trent continues to be a key player in the retail market.

India's Retail Sector to Hit $1,407 Billion by 2026: Top Companies & Their Stock Performance

What does the future hold for the company?

Based on the present and past performance, the company is predicted to generate Rs 10,728.81 in share price.

2. V-Mart Retail

V-Mart is a family fashion store that focuses on affordability and a wide range of products for its customers. It has a strong presence in Tier II, III, and IV cities across India, with over 450 stores in more than 250 cities and 26 states. V-Mart offers a variety of items, including fashion apparel, footwear, home furnishings, general merchandise, and kirana products.

In 2008, V-Mart went public and has since achieved significant milestones. In the fourth quarter of 2023-24, the company's net revenue increased by 11.9 percent from the previous year, reaching Rs 673.03 crore. Over the past year, V-Mart's stock has shown impressive growth, with a return of 30.44 percent, a high of Rs 2,849.90, and a low of Rs 1,595.
 

India's Retail Sector to Hit $1,407 Billion by 2026: Top Companies & Their Stock Performance

 

What does the future hold for the company?

The price target for the brand is Rs 2,399 share price with a maximum estimate of Rs 2987 and a minimum estimate of Rs 2,000 in 2025.

3. Reliance Retail 

Started by Reliance Industries Limited in 2006, this company aims to revolutionize retail in India. In 2024, it saw over 1.06 billion visits to its stores, thanks to a strategy that covers shopping, FMCG, pharmaceuticals, fashion, and lifestyle. It also has a strong presence in digital commerce channels. Reliance Retail generated a gross revenue of Rs 3,06,786 crore in FY24, marking a 17.8 percent increase compared to the previous year.

India's Retail Sector to Hit $1,407 Billion by 2026: Top Companies & Their Stock Performance

What does the future hold for the company?

The company is unlisted but the parent company Reliance Industries plans to do value unlocking by bringing IPOs of Reliance Retail and JIO.

4. Aditya Birla Fashion and Retail

Aditya Birla Fashion and Retail was formed in 2015 when the Aditya Birla Group combined ABNL’s Madura Fashion and ABNL’s subsidiary Pantaloons Fashion and Retail (PFRL). As of March 2024, the company has a revenue of Rs 13,996 crore and an EBITDA of Rs 1,703 crore. Over the past year, it has achieved a 52.93 percent return, with stock prices reaching a high of Rs 335.25 and a low of Rs 192.95. The total income for FY24 stands at Rs 3,406.65 crore. The company has also partnered with international brands like Ralph Lauren, Hackett London, Simon Carter, Ted Baker, Fred Perry, Forever 21, American Eagle, Reebok, and Galeries Lafayette.

India's Retail Sector to Hit $1,407 Billion by 2026: Top Companies & Their Stock Performance

What does the future hold for the company?

It is predicted to grow 102.6 percent in earnings and 12 percent in revenue. The average one-year share price target for ABFRL is Rs 278.46 with a low forecast of Rs 202 and a high forecast of Rs 360.15.

5. Avenue Supermart Ltd.

Founded by Radhakishan Damani in 2002, this Indian retail corporation manages a chain of supermarkets across India. Avenue Supermart owns well-known brands like DMart, D Mart Minimax, D Mart Premia, D Homes, and Dutch Harbour. The company operates in ten states, offering a wide range of basic home and personal products. Over the past year, there was a slight return of 0.60 percent, with stock prices peaking at Rs 4,875 and dipping to Rs 4,765.85. The company's revenue grew by 6.63 percent, reaching Rs 2,536.17 crore for the year ending March 2024.

India's Retail Sector to Hit $1,407 Billion by 2026: Top Companies & Their Stock Performance

What does the future hold for the company?

Revenue is believed to grow more than 17 percent, with earnings increasing at 20 percent and more. EPS is expected to shoot up to 18.2 percent.

6. Titan

The company was formed in 1984 through a joint venture between TATA Industries and The Tamil Nadu Industrial Development (TIDCO). Titan has since expanded into various sectors, including watches, jewelry, clothing, eye care, and the fashion and fragrance industry. As of March 2024, Titan posted a net profit of Rs 786 crore, with revenue reaching Rs 11,257 crore. Over the past year, the company has seen a return of 14.79 percent, with stock prices ranging from a low of Rs 2,882.45 to a high of Rs 3,886.95.

India's Retail Sector to Hit $1,407 Billion by 2026: Top Companies & Their Stock Performance

What does the future hold for the company?

Titan is assumed to grow 20.5 percent and 12.7 percent in earnings and revenue respectively. The price target for the company should reach Rs 3706.20 with a maximum of Rs 4337 and a minimum of Rs 2750 for the upcoming year.

7. V2 Retail

V2 Retail is the largest and fastest-growing retail chain in India, with a presence in 17 states, mainly in Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Odisha, Jharkhand, and Assam. It operates 107 stores in Tier II and III cities, focusing on fashion and lifestyle products. The company offers various brands for apparel and non-apparel products, including One Human, Glamora, Godspeed, Herrlich, No War, and Honey Brats.

Over the past year, V2 Retail's net profit surged by Rs 3.60 crore, an increase of 146.69 percent from the same period last year. The company's stock performance has been impressive, with returns of 418.60 percent, reaching a high of Rs 687 and a low of Rs 120.

India's Retail Sector to Hit $1,407 Billion by 2026: Top Companies & Their Stock Performance

What does the future hold for the company?

V2 Retail Ltd. has an average target of Rs 841 share price. The consensus estimate represents an upside of 15.36 percent from the last price of Rs 729.

8. Raymond

Raymond is a brand with extensive business interests in the textile and apparel sector, covering customer care, real estate, and engineering in both national and international markets. With 97 years of textile expertise, Raymond combines tradition with modern infrastructure. The brand and its various lines, such as Raymond Apparel, Raymond Lifestyle, and Silver Spark Apparel, also have a presence in Tier 4 and 5 cities.

In the past year, Raymond's net profit increased by 17.94 percent, reaching Rs 229.21 crore for 2023-2024. The company's stock has performed well, with a return of 52.59 percent. The share price ranged from a low of Rs 1,487.60 to a high of Rs 2,695 over the past year.

India's Retail Sector to Hit $1,407 Billion by 2026: Top Companies & Their Stock Performance

What does the future hold for the company?

The share price of RAYMOND is expected to reach a value of Rs. 3036 by January 2025. If the Macro and Micro economic factors along with the industry trend support, we might see the target price of Raymond Ltd reach Rs 3406 by December 2025.

9. Spencer Retail

Part of the RP Sanjiv Goenka Group, this multi-format retailer offers a wide range of products in categories like food, fashion, home essentials, electronics, and more. The company has seen a return of 47.63 percent over the past year, with stock prices ranging from a low of Rs 57.90 to a high of Rs 139.30.

Spencer's, the retailer, introduced the concept of organized retailing in India by launching the first hypermarket. Today, it operates 120 stores, including 37 hypermarkets, across more than 35 cities in India. In the fourth quarter of 2023-24, the company's revenue increased by 0.31 percent, reaching Rs 551.15 crore.

India's Retail Sector to Hit $1,407 Billion by 2026: Top Companies & Their Stock Performance

What does the future hold for the company?

Based on the analysis long-term increase is expected with the stock price of Rs 234.210 in 2029. With a year's investment, the revenue is expected to be around 156.02 percent.

10. Future Retail

In 1992, the company launched its IPO, starting the distribution of branded garments through various retail outlets. The Future Retail Group is known for popular brands like Big Bazaar, Heritage Foods, WHSmith, and more. The company aims to achieve a $15 million turnover in the next five years.

Focusing on hypermarkets, supermarkets, and home solutions, it operates 1,500 stores in over 400 cities and towns across India.

India's Retail Sector to Hit $1,407 Billion by 2026: Top Companies & Their Stock Performance

FAQs on Top Retail Companies in India

1. Who is the biggest retailer in India?

Reliance Retail is the biggest retailer in India.

2. Which is the biggest retail business in India?

Reliance Retail is the biggest retail business in India.

3. Who are the top 5 retailers in India?

  • Reliance Retail
  • Future Group
  • Avenue Supermarts (DMart)
  • Tata Group
  • Aditya Birla Retail

4. Who is the richest retailer in India?

Mukesh Ambani of Reliance Retail is the richest retailer in India.

5. Who is the king of retail in India?

Mukesh Ambani is often referred to as the king of retail in India.

 

Next Story
Indian Consumers Prioritize Value-Conscious Buys Amid Experiential Spending Surge
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
Indian Consumers Prioritize Value-Conscious Buys Amid Experiential Spending Surge
 

The retail landscape in India is undergoing a significant transformation, driven by shifts in consumer spending dynamics. The emphasis is moving away from traditional product-centric purchases towards experiences and localized innovation. This change underscores the need for retailers to adapt and innovate to meet evolving consumer preferences.

Indian Consumers Prioritize Value-Conscious Buys Amid Experiential Spending Surge

Shifts in Consumer Spending Dynamics

Indian consumers are increasingly prioritizing experiences over material goods. This shift is reflected in the surge in spending on categories such as travel, hospitality, recreation, and entertainment, while traditional retail segments like fashion and lifestyle have experienced flat volume growth, according to Deloitte India’s latest report. The report highlights several key trends and consumer spending behaviors expected in FY25 based on Deloitte’s comprehensive consumer survey.

Dining Out or Ordering In

Despite health and budget concerns prompting 29 percent of respondents to plan a reduction in dining out or ordering in, over 50 percent still prefer maintaining or increasing their dining frequency. This resilient demand for dining options that prioritize health, quality, and appeal presents a significant opportunity for establishments. Restaurants and food delivery services can capitalize on this trend by focusing on health-conscious menus, superior-quality ingredients, and enhanced dining experiences.

Apparel, Footwear, and Fashion Accessories

While 32 percent of respondents intend to decrease spending on apparel and accessories, citing satisfaction with their current wardrobe and a preference for minimalist lifestyles, around 14 percent plan to increase their purchases. To engage these consumers, retailers need to offer compelling designs and trends that encourage wardrobe refreshes. Emphasizing sustainable fashion options can also attract environmentally conscious consumers, thereby maintaining engagement and driving sales.

Leisure Travel

Leisure travel is set to see a significant boost, with 29 percent of respondents planning to increase their travel frequency in the coming year. This growing appetite for experiential spending provides travel companies with an opportunity to create tailored experiences that resonate with consumers seeking unique adventures and cultural immersion. Offering personalized travel packages and immersive experiences can drive higher engagement and foster brand loyalty.

Consumer Durables and Appliances

Despite 30 percent of respondents citing financial constraints as a deterrent, approximately one-third have recently purchased items in this category. This indicates a market segment with unmet needs, likely looking for more affordable options or innovative features. Retailers can tap into this demand by offering budget-friendly variants and promoting the long-term benefits and efficiency of their products.

Consumer Electronics

Anticipated purchases of consumer electronics are declining due to existing device adequacy and financial considerations. To stimulate demand, brands may need to introduce budget-friendly variants or flexible payment plans that align with consumers' financial priorities. Highlighting the technological advancements and enhanced features of new devices can also encourage upgrades.

Furniture and Home Furnishings

Nearly 60 percent of respondents expressed no immediate intent to purchase major furniture items. However, there is sustained interest in home décor purchases for redecoration purposes. Retailers should focus on offering smaller, more affordable home décor items that cater to this segment. Emphasizing customization options and trendy designs can attract consumers looking to refresh their living spaces.

Luggage Items

Interest in luggage purchases remains modest, with only 15 percent considering a purchase in the next year. This aligns with the broader trend of selective spending on travel-related items, driven primarily by the need to replace old or damaged luggage. To attract consumers, retailers can offer value-driven products or innovative designs that enhance the travel experience.

Navigating the Evolving Consumer Landscape

The evolving consumer landscape presents a complex interplay of value consciousness and a growing demand for unique experiences. Anand Ramanathan, Partner, Consumer Products and Retail Sector Leader at Deloitte India, emphasizes the importance of localized innovation at scale to meet these evolving preferences. Companies that innovate to address convenience, affordability, and health will not only survive but thrive.

Indian Consumers Prioritize Value-Conscious Buys Amid Experiential Spending Surge

Sweating Assets for Like-for-Like Growth

One of the key imperatives for consumer businesses is to maximize the use of existing investments and assets to drive like-for-like growth. Industry leaders can leverage technology and AI to enhance operational efficiency and strategic resource allocation. The report outlines several growth levers that businesses can employ to reshape the retail experience and achieve incremental growth.

Refining Consumer Personas

Approximately 48 percent of consumers are willing to share data, presenting an opportunity for businesses to refine consumer personas and focus on profitable segments. By implementing targeted interventions across the purchase journey using technology, retailers can enhance customer engagement and drive sales. Personalization and data-driven marketing strategies can help in catering to the specific needs and preferences of different consumer groups.

Enhancing Perceived Value

Nearly 42 percent of consumers look for value-added services and benefits. Companies should articulate a holistic selling proposition that covers product/service benefits, experience, loyalty rewards, warranty, and post-sales support. By enhancing the perceived value of their offerings, businesses can attract and retain value-conscious consumers.

Advanced Data Analytics to Drive Sales

Utilizing centralized customer data platforms for hyper-personalization and optimizing store performance through targeted operational enhancements can drive sales. In fact, 45 percent of consumers expect brands to anticipate their needs and proactively communicate. Leveraging advanced data analytics can help retailers understand consumer behavior, predict trends, and tailor their offerings accordingly.

Localization

Tailoring product assortments and marketing strategies to local preferences is highly valued by consumers. About 27 percent of consumers show interest in geo-targeted ads and product offers. By focusing on localization, retailers can strengthen brand connections and increase consumer loyalty. Understanding regional trends and preferences can help in creating relevant and appealing product lines.

Interactive and Immersive Experiences

Creating engaging experiences across physical and digital channels is crucial for modern retail. Innovative in-store activations and digital tools for high-quality customer advisory services can enhance the shopping experience. For instance, 80 percent of consumers cited word of mouth as influencing their purchase decisions, while 55 percent highlighted the importance of quality advisory. Implementing virtual expert connects and other interactive features can attract and retain customers.

Implications for the Retail Sector

The report highlights the need for retailers to adapt to the changing consumer landscape by focusing on innovation, value, and personalized experiences. The upcoming Union budget for 2024-25 is seen as an excellent opportunity to add momentum to the revival of the mass segment by enhancing investments in the rural economy and agriculture. A normal monsoon, festival season, and replacement demand are expected to drive volumes in all categories, contributing to broad-based growth in consumer and retail sectors beyond urban markets to rural and semi-urban centers.

Indian Consumers Prioritize Value-Conscious Buys Amid Experiential Spending Surge

Businesses can aim for an incremental 8 to 20 percent growth in like-for-like sales by optimizing their investments in customer, product, channel, and experience. By focusing on the following growth levers, retailers can reshape the retail experience and capitalize on dynamic consumer trends:

  1. Refining Consumer Personas: Focus on profitable segments and emerging consumer groups through targeted interventions.
  2. Enhancing Perceived Value: Offer value-added services and benefits to enhance the overall selling proposition.
  3. Advanced Data Analytics: Use centralized customer data platforms for hyper-personalization and store optimization.
  4. Localization: Tailor product assortments and marketing strategies to local preferences.
  5. Interactive and Immersive Experiences: Create engaging experiences across physical and digital channels.

READ MORE: India Retail Poised to be a $2.2Tn Market by 2030

To Sum Up

The future of retail in India is poised for significant change, driven by shifts in consumer spending dynamics towards experiences and localized innovation. Retailers must adapt by focusing on health-conscious and quality dining options, compelling fashion designs, personalized travel experiences, affordable consumer durables, and innovative consumer electronics. Additionally, they should capitalize on the interest in home décor and offer value-driven luggage options.

By refining consumer personas, enhancing perceived value, leveraging advanced data analytics, and focusing on localization, retailers can navigate the evolving consumer landscape. Creating interactive and immersive experiences will further enhance customer engagement and loyalty. The upcoming Union budget and the focus on rural and semi-urban markets provide additional opportunities for growth. Retailers that innovate to meet evolving consumer preferences on convenience, affordability, and health will not just survive but thrive in this dynamic environment.

 

Next Story
Bollywood Icons' Brands Valued at $1.9 Billion in 2024! Guess Who's Number One!
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
Bollywood Icons' Brands Valued at $1.9 Billion in 2024! Guess Who's Number One!
 

Bollywood has always been hugely popular in India and has a significant impact on the lives of young people. Celebrities hold a lot of sway in the country, making it easy for them to enter the Indian retail market with their brands. Thanks to the globalization of entertainment, Indian celebrities now act as global brand ambassadors, representing their brands worldwide. Bollywood actors and actresses are also in high demand as the faces of international brands. In 2024, the top ten brands endorsed by celebrities were predicted to be worth $1.9 billion, marking a 15.5 percent increase from the previous year. Celebrity-owned brands also perform well, contributing to the economic growth of the Indian market.

Top 10 Celebrity-Owned Brands:

Let’s dive into the top 10 celebrity-driven firms that have thrived in the highly competitive retail industry while capturing consumer interest. These companies have carved out a niche for themselves, showcasing the potential of celebrity entrepreneurship in India.

1. Virat Kohli – One8 and WRONG:

This year's top spot goes to Virat Kohli, whose brand is valued at $227.9 million overall. With 264 million followers, Virat is Instagram's third most-followed athlete, and it is not only because of his accomplishments in cricket but also because of the brands he owns – namely One8 and WROGN.

Virat started One8 as a sportswear brand and slowly diversified the business into a chain of restaurants named One8 Commune. Moreover, in 2017, Kohli inked a deal with PUMA to collaborate with his sportswear brand One8, and sneakers were the first in this collection. Presently, this collaboration not only features sneakers but also other products for men, women, and kids.

Bollywood Icons' Brands Valued at $1.9 Billion in 2024! Guess Who's Number One!

When it comes to WROGN, Virat has made sure to provide the country with one of the best fashion brands, which is fit for all. This brand is managed by Universal Sportsbiz Pvt Ltd (USPL) and recently became the sponsor of one of the most followed and loved IPL teams, Royal Challengers Bangalore (RCB). Virat Kohli has a whopping net worth of over Rs.1,050 crore. It is also reported that Kohli charges a whopping sum of Rs. 7.50 crore to Rs. 10 crore for brand endorsements.

2. Hrithik Roshan – HRX:

Along with co-founders Sid Shah, Afsar Zaidi, and Kamal Punwani, Hrithik Roshan introduced the fitness and sportswear line HRX in 2013. Since then, the brand has started doing business online via Myntra, and now it is available in brick-and-mortar store formats. By the end of the current fiscal year, HRX hopes to generate Rs 225 crore in revenue from its clothing division.

Bollywood Icons' Brands Valued at $1.9 Billion in 2024! Guess Who's Number One!

HRX made its debut on Myntra in November 2013, introducing an athleisure collection for men, and in January 2023, the brand marked its first foray into physical retail with the opening of its offline store at Phoenix Market City, Bengaluru followed by its second store in Mumbai.

3. Alia Bhatt - Ed-a-Mamma and SuperBottoms:

Alia Bhatt has a $101.1 million brand value globally. The previous year was amazing for her; in addition to landing a Bollywood hit with "Rocky Aur Rani Ki Prem Kahani”, she debuted in Hollywood with "Heart of Stone”. Gucci, an international luxury brand for women, signed her as a global brand ambassador.

Bollywood Icons' Brands Valued at $1.9 Billion in 2024! Guess Who's Number One!

Bhatt has also been balancing her skyrocketing career with investments in diverse ventures, including sustainable baby care brand SuperBottoms. The brand has a special resolution to allot 1,424 Series preference shares at an issue price of Rs 1, 57,872.4 per share to raise Rs 22.5 crore. Venture Catalyst has invested Rs 38 lakh, while DSG and Sama have contributed Rs 11.05 crore apiece. It looks like there is still a Series A round going on, and additional money could be raised. Apart from that, recently her kid's wear start-up, Ed-a-Mamma, was acquired by the corporate giant Reliance Retail, giving a stamp of success. Ed-a-Mamma ranked with a value of $101.1 million, in the year 2024.

4. Deepika Padukone- 82°E:

With the launching of her self-care line, 82°E, into the Indian market, actress Deepika Padukone ventured into her retail career. Star-owned and backed by foreign institutional investors, 82°E is being positioned as the first Indian self-care brand. Self-care should be an easy, fulfilling, and productive part of your life, according to the company. Utilizing a product drop strategy, the company continues to market and sell its line on its website. 82°E earned approximately $12 million in annual revenue rate (ARR) in the first six to eight months of its launch.

Bollywood Icons' Brands Valued at $1.9 Billion in 2024! Guess Who's Number One!

In November 2022, 82°E launched Patchouli Glow, a liquid sunscreen that resembles oil, and Ashwagandha Bounce, a moisturising cream. The longitudinal meridian in India that defines the nation’s standard time served as the basis for the brand name 82°E.

5. Katrina Kaif -Kay Beauty:

Kay Beauty by Katrina is a cosmetics brand founded by Indian actress Katrina Kaif in 2019 in collaboration with Nykaa. Kaif has said that she created Kay Beauty to provide women with makeup products that are both effective and easy to use. Kay Beauty products are made with high-quality ingredients and are cruelty-free. Kay Beauty is a socially responsible brand that is committed to sustainability and ethical practices. The brand uses sustainable materials and practices in its production process.

Bollywood Icons' Brands Valued at $1.9 Billion in 2024! Guess Who's Number One!

Kay Beauty has a gross margin value of Rs 1.5 billion. Within three years of its launch, Kay Beauty had an annualized gross merchandise value (GMV) of over Rs 130 crore. Kay Beauty products are available in over 300 stores and online marketplaces across India, as well as in Tier II and III markets and the UAE.

6. Saif Ali Khan -House of Pataudi:

With a loose-fitted shirt, wavy mane, and washed jeans, a young man entered Bollywood in 1993. Fast forward to the present that young man has evolved into one of the most successful actors in the Bollywood industry. This evaluation isn’t constrained only to his Bollywood career. His fashion sense also has changed dramatically over the years.

Bollywood Icons' Brands Valued at $1.9 Billion in 2024! Guess Who's Number One!

Actor Saif, Myntra, and Exceed Entertainment jointly forged the brand "House of Pataudi”, which debuted apparel range meant to highlight the company's ancient legacy. The value of Saif's Pataudi Palace, also referred to as "Ibrahim Kothi”, is Rs. 5000 crores the fact that everything associated with Saif's Bhopal ancestral home and Pataudi Palace is valued at Rs. 4,200 crores.  The daily Indian ready-to-wear line, called Firdaus, Festive with royal appeal, Noor, and Riwayat for a traditional Indian wedding, is part of their fashion collection.

7. Kriti Sanon – HYPHEN:

Kriti Sanon's skincare brand was founded in the year 2023. HYPHEN originated from a pure passion for skincare and a curious, driven mind that always wanted more in life! Each product blends a multitude of amazing ingredients from both nature and science to create a power-packed solution for every concern. Hyphen goes beyond just offering products. They aim to bridge the gap between a cluttered skincare market and effective solutions.

Bollywood Icons' Brands Valued at $1.9 Billion in 2024! Guess Who's Number One!

HYPHEN has less than Rs 1 crore in revenue.  A 67.18 percent increase in the company's net value has occurred. The company's EBITDA has increased by 157.16 percent. The company's total assets have grown by 4.88 percent. Hyphen aims to be the fastest-growing Rs 100 xr D2C skincare brand in India within a year of launch. The brand targets a young, urban audience in India interested in effective yet approachable skincare solutions.

8. Sonakshi Sinha- SOEZI:

Sonakshi Sinha, the Bollywood actress known for her bold style, launched SoEzi in 2022. SoEzi caters to the growing demand for convenient and stylish press-on nails. The brand offers salon-quality nails at home without lengthy appointments. Its premium, reusable nails prioritize reducing environmental impact. A wide variety of styles, lengths, and hues to accommodate any taste. In comparison with acrylics or gels, press-on nails are gentle to natural nails.

Bollywood Icons' Brands Valued at $1.9 Billion in 2024! Guess Who's Number One!

SoEzi's initial online launch was followed by an offline store opening, indicating potential for further physical retail expansion. Collaborating with Amazon Beauty, take your pick from over 100 designs on the platform.

9. Sunny Leone – StarStruck:

For the past ten years, Sunny Leone has been one of the most well-known brand faces in the world and has been the most-searched-for figure on the internet for six years consecutively. "StarStruck" by Sunny Leone, a cruelty-free cosmetics brand launched in 2018, offers luxurious, high-quality products at reasonable costs. It is notable for being the first cosmetics company in India to be fully owned and run by a celebrity. Because of its PETA certification, the brand appeals to customers who prioritize ethics.

Bollywood Icons' Brands Valued at $1.9 Billion in 2024! Guess Who's Number One!

Regardless of establishing her cosmetics brand StarStruck in 2018 with an initial investment of Rs 10 lakh, StarStruck has attained annual sales of Rs 10 crore. Currently, StarStruck promises to be 'cruelty-free' and offers a selection of more than 260 unique products, which are occasionally referred to as stock-keeping units (SKUs), in the retail sector. Under the "Infamous by StarStruck" brand, she and her husband, Daniel Webber, extended their business into the innerwear market in 2019. And has invested in several profitable endeavours in 2024. According to that, she is worth more than Rs 100 crore today.

10. Priyanka Chopra Jonas – Anomaly:

The world-famous Priyanka Chopra Jonas founded Anomaly Haircare in 2021 to transform the hair care sector. High-performance, vegan, and clean products free of harsh chemicals like sulphates and parabens are the hallmarks of Anomaly's offerings. Anomaly, a company dedicated to environmental responsibility, uses only recycled plastic waste for its bottles.

Bollywood Icons' Brands Valued at $1.9 Billion in 2024! Guess Who's Number One!

The brand, which had $542.7 million in sales the previous year, debuted as an inexpensive vegan line with a focus on natural ingredients in India in 2022 and America in 2021. The most popular item is the hair and scalp oil, which is a huge hit with the patrons.

Top 5 FAQs:

1. Which celebrity has the most brand value in India?

Cricket superstar Virat Kohli has reclaimed his throne as the top celebrity in brand value, now reaching a staggering $227.9 million.

2. Which is Priyanka Chopra's beauty brand?

With her glossy tresses, it is little surprise that Anomaly Haircare by Priyanka Chopra Jonas is second on the list of most valuable beauty brands.

3. What is the Deepika Padukone brand?

Padukone earns a huge amount of her income from brand endorsements and other projects. She also has her beauty line called 82°E, which she launched in 2022.

4. Which beauty brand is No. 1?

L'Oréal is the No. 1 cosmetic brand in the world.

5. Which perfume is used by Katrina Kaif?

Katrina loves perfumes by Gucci and Gucci Rush tops the list of her favourite perfumes.

 

Next Story
Top 10 Air Cooler Brands in India 2024: Ultimate Cooling Choices
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
Top 10 Air Cooler Brands in India 2024: Ultimate Cooling Choices
 

Feeling the heatwave taking over your life? Don't sweat it! With scorching temperatures and rising electricity bills, staying cool is more important than ever. Luckily, brands like Blue Star, Crompton, Voltas, and Bajaj, known for being some of the best air cooler brands in India, have you covered. They offer air coolers that are both effective and budget-friendly, perfect for keeping your indoor and outdoor spaces refreshingly cool. The air cooler market is booming, growing from $1.62 billion in 2023 to $1.8 billion in 2024, and it’s expected to hit $2.7 billion by 2028.

With so many options, picking the right air cooler can be tough. That’s why we’ve put together this guide for businesses. We'll provide detailed information on the top 10 air cooler brands in India. If you're considering opening a retail store, this guide will also help you understand the top brands in the market. This way, you can make an informed decision and ensure your business stays cool and profitable all summer long.

10 Best Air Cooler Brands in India

Here are the top 10 best Air Cooler Brands in India

  1. Blue Star
  2. Voltas
  3. Bajaj
  4. Symphony
  5. Havells
  6. Crompton
  7. Kenstar
  8. Usha
  9. Orient
  10. Croma

1. Blue Star 

Blue Star - Best Cooler Brands
Blue Star

Blue Star Ltd, headquartered in Mumbai, is an Indian multinational home appliances company. Founded by Mohan T. Advani in 1943, it is recognized as a top air cooler brand in India. The company offers a variety of products including air conditioners, air coolers, water purifiers, air purifiers, and commercial refrigeration. Vir S. Advani is the current Executive Chairman. Blue Star operates around 8,000 stores across India, with a flagship store in Mumbai. It also has a subsidiary, Blue Star Engineering & Electronics Ltd, focusing on engineering solutions. The company employs over 3,132 people and reported approximate revenue of ₹9,685.36 crores for FY23. 

Check Out More : Best AC Brands in India: Top Picks to Cool Your Summer

2. Voltas

Voltas - Best Air Cooler Brand

 

Voltas is an Indian multinational home appliances company, headquartered in Mumbai, and part of the Tata Group. Founded in 1954, it is a leading brand in air conditioning and air coolers in India. Voltas offers products including air conditioners, air coolers, air purifiers, water dispensers, refrigerators, washing machines, dishwashers, and commercial refrigeration. The company operates over 25,000 customer touchpoints across India. It has a subsidiary, Voltas Beko, providing additional home appliances. The company employs over 7,000 people and reported revenues of approximately ₹9,667 crores for FY23​.

3. Bajaj

Bajaj - Best Air Cooler Brand
Bajaj

Bajaj Electricals Ltd is an Indian consumer electrical equipment manufacturing company based in Mumbai, Maharashtra. It is part of the $100 billion Bajaj Group, founded by Jamnalal Bajaj in 1938. The company manufactures its products in India and manages marketing internally. The brand name "Bajaj" comes from the founder's family name, symbolizing trust and reliability. A historical fact: Bajaj Electricals was initially incorporated as Radio Lamp Works Limited and renamed in 1960. The company reported revenues of approximate ₹5,429 crores for FY23 and employs over 3,132 people. Bajaj Electricals is a top air cooler brand in India. Its subsidiaries include Bajel Projects Limited. Strategic partnerships include brands like Nirlep and Morphy Richards.

4. Symphony

Symphony - Best Air Cooler Brand
Symphony

 

Symphony Limited is a top Indian company specializing in air cooling solutions. It is based in Ahmedabad, Gujarat. Achal Bakeri founded the company in 1988. Symphony is famous for its air coolers. The name Symphony reflects harmony and efficiency. Initially, it was called Sanskrut Comfort Systems Ltd. The company went public in 1994. Symphony introduced evaporative air cooling in India, setting high industry standards. In 2023, Symphony's revenue was between ₹500 - 1000 crores. It employs over 400 people. Symphony is a leading air cooler brand in India. It has expanded globally with subsidiaries like Symphony USA Inc. and strategic acquisitions such as IMPCO in the USA and Munters Keruilai in China.

5. Havells 

Havells - Best Air Cooler Brand
Havells

Havells India Limited is a major player in Fast Moving Electrical Goods (FMEG), with a strong global presence. The company's success is driven by its commitment to "Make in India," a wide distribution network, and high-quality products. Havells owns well-known brands like Havells, Lloyd, Crabtree, and Standard. The network includes 4,000 professionals, over 7,900 dealers, and 40 branches across the country.

6. Crompton

Crompton - Best Air Cooler Brand
Crompton

Crompton Greaves Consumer Electricals Ltd is a well-known Indian company in the electrical equipment sector, based in Mumbai, Maharashtra. The company started in 1937 as Crompton Parkinson Works Limited and joined the Bajaj Group in 1947. The name "Crompton" reflects its reputation for quality and innovation. The company was restructured in 2016 to focus on consumer electronics. Crompton manufactures fans, lighting, pumps, water heaters, and air coolers in its facilities in Goa, Vadodara, Ahmednagar, and Baddi. It is also a leading air cooler brand in India. A notable fact: Crompton introduced India's first anti-dust fans. The company reported revenues of ₹5,038.81 crores for FY23 and employs over 1,500 people. Crompton has expanded its kitchen appliance range through partnerships with brands like Butterfly Gandhimathi.

*/ /*-->*/ /*-->*/ /*-->*/

7. Kenstar

Kenstar - Best Air Cooler Brand
Kenstar

Kenstar, a well-known Indian home appliance brand, is headquartered in Gurgaon, Haryana. Founded in October 1996, it is now a subsidiary of the Everstone Group, previously part of the Videocon Group. Kenstar manufactures products like air coolers, microwaves, washing machines, and kitchen appliances in Aurangabad, Ahmednagar, and Salt Lake, Kolkata.
Kenstar introduced India's first branded air coolers and remains a leading air cooler brand. The name "Kenstar" signifies high standards and innovation. The company operates through 28 sales and service offices, 300 service franchisees, and over 3500 trade partners across India. In FY23, Kenstar reported revenues of ₹800 crores, maintaining a strong market presence.

8. Usha

Usha - Best Air Cooler Brand
Usha International

Usha International is a prominent air cooler brand in India. It is headquartered in Gurgaon, Haryana. The company was founded in 1934 by Lala Shriram. Usha produces various types of air coolers, including desert, personal, and tower coolers. The manufacturing facilities are located in Gurgaon, Hyderabad, and Chennai. Usha operates 60 showrooms and 33 warehouses across India. In FY23, the company reported annual revenue of approximately $1.33 billion. Usha employs around 3,700 people. The company is known for its innovative and reliable air cooling solutions, making it a top choice for consumers.

9. Orient

Orient - Best Air Cooler Brand
Orient

Orient Electric is a leading air cooler brand in India, headquartered in New Delhi. It is part of the USD 3 billion diversified CK Birla Group and has been a significant player in the electrical equipment industry since its founding in 1954. Orient Electric manufactures a variety of air coolers, including desert, tower, personal, window, and commercial coolers. These products are made in state-of-the-art facilities located in Kolkata, Faridabad, Hyderabad, and Noida.

The company is recognized for its innovative technologies like the ECM inverter technology in air coolers, ensuring energy efficiency and superior cooling performance. Orient Electric operates through a robust distribution network with over 1,25,000 retail outlets and a strong service network in more than 450 cities across India. In FY23, Orient Electric reported significant growth and maintains a strong market presence, exporting products to over 30 countries.

10. Croma  

Croma - Best Air Cooler Brand
Croma


Croma is a leading Indian electronics retail brand, owned by Infiniti Retail, part of Tata Digital. Established in 2006, Croma offers a wide range of consumer electronics and home appliances, including efficient and modern air coolers. The brand has over 400 stores in 130+ cities across India and provides an online shopping experience through its website and the Tata Neu App.
In FY24, Croma expanded by opening 149 new stores. The brand is dedicated to customer satisfaction, offering services like ZipCare for support and Express Delivery for quick orders.

What Indian Retailer has to Say?

India's air cooler market offers retailers a prime opportunity to cater to a diverse consumer base with varied cooling needs. The top 10 brands highlighted in this article stand out for their innovative designs, energy efficiency, and reliable performance, making them must-have products for any retail inventory. Stocking these leading air cooler brands can attract a wide range of customers seeking quality and value. As the demand for effective cooling solutions rises, ensuring your shelves feature these top performers can drive sales and customer satisfaction, solidifying your position as a go-to retailer for summer essentials.

*/ /*-->*/ /*-->*/ /*-->*/ */ /*-->*/ /*-->*/ /*-->*/

*/ /*-->*/ /*-->*/ /*-->*/ */ /*-->*/ /*-->*/ /*-->*/ */ /*-->*/ /*-->*/ /*-->*/ */ /*-->*/ /*-->*/ /*-->*/ */ /*-->*/ /*-->*/ /*-->*/ */ /*-->*/ /*-->*/ /*-->*/  

Next Story
Bakingo Targets QSR Format Bakery Stores across India by 2025
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
Bakingo Targets QSR Format Bakery Stores across India by 2025
 

In an era where micro-moments and personalized celebrations are the norm, Bakingo stands out as a premier destination for delectable cakes and desserts. Catering to a diverse audience, from young college-goers to mothers planning family celebrations, Bakingo has established itself as a brand synonymous with quality, convenience, and personalization.

From Floweraura to Bakingo

The entrepreneurial journey of Bakingo began 13 years ago with the founding of Floweraura, an online gifting brand. The success of Floweraura illuminated the need for a nationally recognized bakery brand that could offer consistent taste and experiences across India. This realization led to the inception of Bakingo.

“What started as a humble cloud kitchen has now blossomed into a thriving business with over 75 fulfillment centers across major cities in India. Our product range has also expanded significantly, now offering over 200 flavors and varieties to suit diverse tastes and occasions,” said Himanshu Chawla, Founder and CEO, Bakingo.

National Expansion

Bakingo's vision is to become a national bakery brand. It is strengthening its presence in Tier II cities such as Kanpur, Patna, and Dehradun. This strategic expansion allows Bakingo to reach a broader customer base while maintaining its commitment to quality and consistency.

“Looking ahead, we plan to open Quick Service Restaurant (QSR) format bakery stores across pan India markets by the end of 2025. This initiative aligns with our goal of enhancing accessibility to its premium baked goods,” stated Chawla.

Challenges and Growth

Like any entrepreneurial journey, Himanshu revealed that Bakingo has faced its share of challenges. Scaling production while ensuring stringent quality standards has been a significant hurdle. However, by prioritizing innovation, customer satisfaction, and operational efficiency, the brand has successfully navigated these challenges. This perseverance has led to sustainable growth and the establishment of Bakingo as a trusted name in the bakery industry.

Business Model

Bakingo's business model revolves around delivering baked goods that are tailored to individual preferences. By focusing on quality, convenience, and personalized experiences, the brand has carved a niche for itself in the premium baked goods segment. The average order value (AOV) of Rs 800 reflects the premium nature of Bakingo's products and underscores its commitment to delivering value-driven experiences to customers.

Omnichannel Distribution Model

Bakingo operates on an omnichannel distribution model, strategically leveraging both physical and digital channels to maximize customer reach and engagement. The primary digital channel is the D2C model through Bakingo's website. This platform allows customers to conveniently browse through a wide range of products, place orders, and enjoy seamless delivery services. The D2C model enables Bakingo to directly interact with customers, personalize their experiences, and maintain full control over the customer journey from browsing to purchase.

In addition to its website, Bakingo partners with aggregator channels like Swiggy and Zomato to expand its reach and cater to a nationwide audience. These partnerships allow customers to discover and order Bakingo's products through their preferred food delivery platforms, enhancing accessibility and visibility in the market.

Leveraging Technology and AI

The brand thrives on the integration of technology and artificial intelligence (AI) within its operations. Advanced forecasting tools enable precise demand prediction, ensuring efficient resource allocation and minimizing wastage. This technological foresight is crucial in managing inventory and delivery processes, allowing Bakingo to maintain high standards of quality while scaling production.

“We are also actively developing AI models to enhance consumer experiences. These models aim to provide personalized recommendations and streamline the ordering process, ensuring a seamless and delightful customer journey. The most impactful technology integration to date has been advanced forecasting, which has revolutionized inventory management and significantly reduced wastage,” he explained.

Vision for the Future

Bakingo's vision for the next two years is to establish itself as a leading national bakery brand renowned for quality and innovation. Key strategic plans include expanding the product line to cater to diverse preferences, strengthening distribution networks for nationwide reach, and enhancing customer engagement through various platforms.

To cater to the evolving tastes and preferences of its target audience, the brand plans to expand its product line. This expansion will include introducing new flavors, varieties, and personalized options. Additionally, strengthening distribution networks will enable Bakingo to reach more customers and enhance accessibility to its premium baked goods.

It further aims to enhance customer engagement through various platforms, including social media, e-mail marketing, and personalized customer interactions. “By fostering a strong connection with our customers, we hope to build a loyal customer base that trusts us for all their celebration needs,” Chawla concluded.

 

Next Story
Sustainable Future in Fashioning: The Emergence of Eco-Friendly Fabrics
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
Sustainable Future in Fashioning: The Emergence of Eco-Friendly Fabrics
 

In an era marked by heightened environmental consciousness, the fashion industry is undergoing a significant transformation. The traditional approach to clothing production, which often prioritized profit over sustainability, is giving way to a more eco-conscious ethos. Central to this shift is the emergence of eco-friendly fabrics, offering a promising path towards a more sustainable future for fashion.

The Need for Change

The conventional fashion industry has long been associated with environmental degradation and exploitation of resources. From water pollution to deforestation and hazardous chemical use, the environmental footprint of clothing production is substantial. Additionally, the industry's reliance on non-renewable resources exacerbates the problem of resource depletion. With consumers increasingly demanding accountability from brands, the pressure to adopt sustainable practices has never been greater.

Embracing Eco-Friendly Fabrics

Enter eco-friendly fabrics, heralding a new era of sustainable fashion. These fabrics are crafted from renewable, biodegradable, or recycled materials, minimizing the environmental impact of clothing production. From organic cotton and hemp to bamboo and recycled polyester, the options for eco-conscious consumers are expanding rapidly.

Modal: Modal fabric, a bio-based material made from beech tree cellulose, is an eco-friendly alternative to cotton. Beech trees require minimal water, making the production process 10-20 times more water-efficient. This light, airy fabric has a silky, breathable texture, making it an excellent choice for summer wardrobes. Its comfort and safety make it ideal for those with allergies or sensitive skin and it is much easier to care for. This semi-synthetic fiber is derived from beech tree pulp. Beech trees, like bamboo, are self-seeding and a renewable resource. Modal fabric has become a popular choice of fabric for lingerie, and nightwear in the apparel industry, and leading brands including SOIE amongst many others are embracing this trend with a range of products in the Modal Fabric collection. 

Organic Cotton: Unlike conventional cotton, which relies heavily on pesticides and synthetic fertilizers, organic cotton is grown using natural methods that promote soil health and biodiversity. By eschewing harmful chemicals, organic cotton cultivation reduces water consumption and prevents soil contamination, making it a more sustainable choice for clothing production.

Hemp: Hemp is a versatile and eco-friendly fiber that requires minimal water and pesticides to grow. Renowned for its durability and breathability, hemp fabric is well-suited for a wide range of clothing applications. Moreover, hemp cultivation can help mitigate deforestation and soil erosion, making it an environmentally responsible choice for fashion brands.

Bamboo: Bamboo fabric, derived from the fast-growing bamboo plant, is gaining popularity for its sustainability credentials. Bamboo cultivation requires little water and no pesticides, making it a highly renewable resource. Additionally, bamboo fabric possesses natural antibacterial properties and is biodegradable, further enhancing its eco-friendly appeal.

Recycled Polyester: Conventional polyester, derived from non-renewable fossil fuels, is a major contributor to environmental pollution. However, recycled polyester offers a sustainable alternative by repurposing post-consumer plastic waste into high-quality fabric. By diverting plastic from landfills and reducing the need for virgin polyester production, recycled polyester helps mitigate the environmental impact of clothing manufacturing.

Driving Sustainable Innovation

The rise of eco-friendly fabrics has catalyzed a wave of innovation within the fashion industry. Brands are increasingly investing in research and development to explore new materials and production methods that minimize waste and environmental harm. From bio-based textiles made from agricultural by-products to closed-loop manufacturing processes that recycle water and chemicals, sustainable fashion is at the forefront of technological advancement. Furthermore, consumer awareness and demand play a crucial role in driving the adoption of eco-friendly fabrics. As more individuals prioritize sustainability in their purchasing decisions, brands are compelled to align with these values or risk losing relevance in the market. Social media and digital platforms have become powerful tools for raising awareness about sustainable fashion practices and holding brands accountable for their environmental impact.

The Road Ahead

While the emergence of eco-friendly fabrics represents a significant step towards a more sustainable fashion industry, challenges remain on the path to widespread adoption. Issues such as supply chain transparency, labor rights, and affordability pose ongoing hurdles for brands seeking to integrate sustainable practices into their operations. Moreover, consumer education and behavior change are essential for fostering a culture of sustainability that transcends fleeting trends. As we look to the future, collaboration and collective action will be key to realizing the vision of a truly sustainable fashion ecosystem. From designers and manufacturers to policymakers and consumers, each stakeholder has a role to play in advancing the cause of environmental responsibility in fashion. By embracing eco-friendly fabrics and adopting holistic sustainability practices, the industry can pave the way for a brighter, more resilient future—one where fashion is not only stylish but also ethical and eco-conscious.

In conclusion, the emergence of eco-friendly fabrics marks a pivotal moment in the evolution of the fashion industry. By prioritizing sustainability and innovation, brands have the opportunity to redefine the norms of clothing production and consumption. As we navigate the complexities of a rapidly changing world, the embrace of eco-friendly fabrics offers hope for a more sustainable future—one where fashion is not just a reflection of style but also a catalyst for positive environmental change.

 

This article is written by Amrit, Sethia, Vice President, SOIE - Ginza Industries Ltd. 

 

Next Story
NRF 2024: Retail’s Big Show Asia Pacific Wraps Up with Stellar Attendance & Resounding Impact on Retail Future
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
NRF 2024: Retail’s Big Show Asia Pacific Wraps Up with Stellar Attendance & Resounding Impact on Retail Future
 

The inaugural NRF 2024: Retail’s Big Show Asia Pacific, organized by the National Retail Federation (NRF) in collaboration with global event organizer Comexposium, concluded successfully, making a significant impact on the future of retail. Held at the Sands Expo and Convention Centre in Singapore from June 11-13, the three-day event attracted over 7,000 registrations and participation from 238 exhibitors across Asia Pacific and the globe.

Diverse and Insightful Sessions

Themed “Fast Track Your Success,” NRF 2024 featured over 100 speakers across 60 sessions, including keynotes, panel discussions, special programs, and tours. These sessions addressed the latest trends, technologies, and strategies transforming the retail landscape in Asia Pacific. Industry leaders from renowned companies such as AEON Group, Amazon, Coca-Cola, Central Retail Corporation (Thailand), Domino’s, Fast Retailing (UNIQLO), Hermès, Mastercard, Moët Hennessy, Puma, Lotte Corporation, and Wumart, among others, shared their insights on topics ranging from omnichannel retailing and sustainable practices to the integration of artificial intelligence (AI) and the evolution of customer experience.

Positive Exhibitor Feedback

"NRF 2024: Retail's Big Show Asia Pacific met our expectations as an exhibitor in areas of attendance, thought leadership, and influence. It's clear that this event is a pivotal platform for driving the future of retail, fostering meaningful connections, and sparking transformative ideas,” said Mette Krogh, Chief Marketing Officer, RELEX Solutions. “We are looking forward to leveraging the invaluable insights and connections gained at the event to propel our initiatives for Asia Pacific forward.”

Showcasing Innovative Technologies

A standout feature of the event was the NRF Innovation Lab, which showcased the most visionary retail technologies available today. Attendees experienced firsthand advancements in areas such as AI, augmented reality, data analytics, and Web3, poised to power the new retail in the digital age.

Impressed Industry Leaders

"As a speaker, I was impressed by the breadth of topics covered and the depth of expertise shared at the conference,” said Xu Ying, President, Wumei Technology Group. “The showcase of retail solutions at the expo, and the exchange of innovative ideas and best practices, have left a lasting impact. NRF 2024: Retail’s Big Show Asia Pacific has not only set a new standard for industry events but also solidified its influence as a cornerstone for retail thought leadership and innovation.”

Warm Reception Across the Region

“The warm and favorable reception we have received from retail communities spanning India, Japan, China, the Philippines, Vietnam, and New Zealand strongly indicates a significant demand for a pan-regional retail event,” said Ryf Quail, Managing Director, NRF 2024: Retail’s Big Show Asia Pacific, Comexposium. “The energy and enthusiasm from participants have been incredible, underscoring the dynamic and evolving nature of the retail industry in the region. We are proud to provide a platform for knowledge exchange, networking, and innovation that drives the industry forward.”

Looking Ahead to NRF 2025

Looking ahead, NRF is excited to announce that NRF 2025: Retail's Big Show Asia Pacific will take place on June 3-5, 2025, at the same iconic venue in Singapore. The upcoming event promises to build on the success of this year’s show, with even more visionary speakers, pioneering technologies, and unparalleled networking opportunities.

Rebooking has commenced for existing exhibitors, with bookings for new exhibitors opening from July 1, 2024. Retail professionals, technology innovators, and industry stakeholders are encouraged to mark their calendars and join the largest and most influential retail conference in the Asia Pacific region.

 

Next Story
‘Tier II and III Cities are Fueling Beauty Boom’, Mansi Sharma of Boddess Beauty
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
‘Tier II and III Cities are Fueling Beauty Boom’, Mansi Sharma of Boddess Beauty
 

The rise of Indian beauty consumerism can be directly related to the new-age adage that self-care is synonymous with empowerment. Post-COVID, this transformation has accelerated, driven by a surge in digital-first approaches and a growing appetite for beauty products across diverse markets, including the elusive Tier II and Tier III cities, which until recently stuck to the legacy brands. One such company, House of Beauty, exemplifies this evolving landscape – blending digital innovation with a robust offline presence to redefine consumer engagement and satisfaction.

Mansi Sharma, Co-founder & Creative Director, Boddess Beauty & House of Beauty, shed light on this dynamic shift: "In the last five years, especially in the D2C space, we have seen a proliferation of around 800 brands, many of them focused on beauty. This surge is fueled by the financial independence of Indian women and their increasing discretionary spending." Additionally, she emphasized how attitudes towards self-care had evolved: "Unlike previous generations, today's women take pride in indulging in beauty products. It's about serving yourself before others, a reflection of changing societal norms."

The emergence of this new consumer base is characterized by increased access to information, facilitated by social media platforms. Consumers in these regions are knowledgeable about skincare ingredients like Niacinamide, the benefits of Korean beauty brands, and the latest trends in color cosmetics. This awareness has incited demand and contributed to the buoyancy of the beauty industry.

Omnichannel Expansion

Boddess Beauty began its journey as a digital-first company, leveraging the power of e-commerce to reach a wide audience. However, recognizing the unique advantages of physical retail, Mansi noted, "Our roots were always in offline retail, with over 200 stores for The Body Shop and 20 stores for Kiehl's. We understood the credibility and engagement that came from a physical store experience."

The influence of brand ambassadors (BAs), the strategic advantage of prime mall locations, and the art of visual merchandising play pivotal roles in shaping consumer perceptions and preferences. These elements collectively transform global brands into locally resonant entities that captivate the Indian consumer market, making products not just accessible but also compelling choices for shoppers across the country.

Mansi highlighted the strategic shift towards an omnichannel approach: "While online channels help in discovery and push marketing, offline stores provide unparalleled credibility and customer engagement. It's about bridging the gap between digital discovery and physical interaction."

This trend underscores why leading brands continue to invest in offline retail despite a decline in sales in this sector. By enhancing its physical presence, such as implementing trial stations in key stores like those of The Body Shop equipped with sinks for testing products like shower gels and face washes, House of Beauty has been able to maintain consumer engagement and drive higher conversion rates. “While offline operations may not allow for the same aggressive discounting seen online, they have proven to be a more profitable model and significantly bolster brand credibility. This commitment to offline expansion is evident across our portfolio, including newer in-house brands like The Honest Tree and established global brands,” she revealed.

Venturing into Tier II and Tier III

Looking ahead, Boddess Beauty plans to deepen its footprint in Tier II and Tier III cities. Mansi elaborated, "Some of our most profitable stores per square foot are in cities like Itanagar and Agartala. There's a significant demand for international beauty brands and niche products like salicylic acid, reflecting the untapped potential in these markets."

When Kylie Cosmetics launched less than a month ago, the search trends from these geographical locations for the Kylie Jenner brand were immense. This surge in interest can be attributed to the significant amount of time people from these cities spent on social media platforms.

She highlighted their growth strategy: "Expanding into these regions isn't just about market penetration; it's about meeting the evolving beauty needs of consumers who are increasingly informed and aspirational. The kind of appetite that rests there is yet to be tapped into and I think we're just scratching the surface right now as an industry.”

Innovation and Sustainability

Central to House of Beauty's ethos is a commitment to clean beauty and sustainability. Mansi explained, "Our product portfolio prioritizes vegan and sustainable options. Whether it's through brands like Neal's Yard Remedies, Juice Beauty, The Body Shop, The Honest Tree, Kylie Cosmetics, we aim to offer products that are safe, effective, and aligned with modern consumer values."

However, adopting clean and ethical norms comes with its own set of challenges. For instance, while building The Honest Tree brand, Mansi became aware of the issues with the manufacturing side of the products.

“Manufacturing often goes overlooked by retailers and brand developers, despite its critical role in product execution. While creating a new beauty brand involves defining a niche, building a unique product concept, and establishing a clear differentiation strategy, the actual manufacturing process presents distinct challenges. These include negotiating margins, sourcing quality ingredients, selecting appropriate packaging, and ensuring all necessary certifications for product claims. These challenges are compounded by cultural norms within manufacturing facilities, where women negotiating directly with suppliers were met with surprise or skepticism,” she stated.

Overcoming these initial barriers was just the beginning, as the broader challenge lay in navigating the intricacies of production in India's competitive market landscape. Price sensitivity among Indian consumers further complicated matters, with even minor price variations influencing purchasing decisions significantly. Balancing product quality and affordability became crucial, as exceeding certain price thresholds could hinder consumer adoption, regardless of product superiority.

Despite these complexities, strategic approaches to manufacturing and pricing have allowed Mansi to thrive, albeit with ongoing challenges and opportunities for improvement.

boddess

Tech Talk

While the company has embraced technology, including AR/VR for virtual trials and advanced analytics for personalized marketing, Mansi emphasized, "AI integration is an area for future exploration. Our focus remains on creating seamless, omnichannel experiences that blend digital convenience with physical engagement."

Looking ahead, Mansi envisions expanding their portfolio and geographical reach: "Our goal is to make premium beauty accessible across India, adapting global brands to resonate with the Indian consumer mindset. This includes expanding our reach to new cities and enhancing our distribution network."

 

 

Next Story
ShopClues’ $12 Mn Export Run Rate Set to Skyrocket to $100 Mn by Year-End
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
ShopClues’ $12 Mn Export Run Rate Set to Skyrocket to $100 Mn by Year-End
 

Founded in 2011, ShopClues started with a mission to provide a seamless shopping experience, offering a vast array of products across numerous categories. Over the years, it has grown exponentially, catering to millions of customers and sellers alike. In 2019, the company took a significant leap forward when it was acquired by Qoo10, one of the world's largest online marketplaces. This acquisition aimed to bridge the gap between Southeast Asian consumers and Indian products while aligning with Qoo10's vision of global connectivity and convenient, secure shopping.

In an exclusive interaction, Anuraag Gambhir, MD, Shopclues explained the company's meticulous rise. Its journey can be divided into two phases: ShopClues1 and ShopClues2. ShopClues1, from its inception in 2011 until 2019, focused on becoming the platform for first-time buyers. The company partnered with over 40 courier companies to achieve the highest pin code coverage in India, targeting Tier III and Tier IV markets. "Our marketing initiatives were always focused towards Tier III and Tier IV markets. We built our foundation on the value segment shopper. At that time, we were the only ones who were playing in that space. I think that was a time when our technology capabilities were differentiating us from everybody else," he recalled.

Working closely with sellers, businesses, SMEs, and MSMEs, Shopclues set out to empower them and bring them online. Today, they have about 1.1 million plus registered sellers on the platform!

In November 2019, Qoo10 acquired ShopClues, marking the beginning of ShopClues2. Qoo10, a Singapore-based e-commerce company, has a strong presence in Southeast Asia, including Singapore, Korea, Japan, Malaysia, Philippines, Indonesia, and Vietnam. The acquisition enabled us to leverage Qoo10's extensive network and expertise in cross-border trade. "Qoo10's vision has always been cross-border trade. Our strength lies in facilitating seamless and fast cross-border transactions," Gambhir explains.

ShopClues Bazaar

To better serve budget-conscious customers, especially in Tier II and Tier III cities, ShopClues introduced "ShopClues Bazaar”. This section mirrors the traditional ShopClues model, focusing on affordable products tailored to the needs of these markets. Gambhir emphasized that empowering MSMEs had always been the core mission of the company. "Empowering MSMEs has been at the forefront of our strategic discussions and the defining force behind all our initiatives," says Gambhir.

Biting the E-commerce Pie

The Indian e-commerce market, currently valued at approximately $60-70 billion annually, is expected to grow to $200 billion by 2030, according to government estimates. The e-commerce export market, which ShopClues is targeting, aims to reach $200-300 billion as part of India's broader $2 trillion export goal. "There's a potential for a hundredfold increase in e-commerce exports over the next six years," Gambhir shares. He is confident that Indian products, known for their quality and competitive pricing, will see increasing demand globally.

Empowering MSMEs to Go Global

One of the key benefits ShopClues offers MSMEs is the ability to expand globally without incurring significant upfront costs. Gambhir highlights two primary costs that brands save by partnering with ShopClues: information costs and inventory costs. "Understanding local governing laws and customs of different countries can be challenging and expensive. We save brands this cost. Additionally, they no longer need to take inventory abroad and risk unsold stock," he notes.

By allowing sellers to list products directly from India and ship only upon receiving orders, ShopClues eliminates the need for local warehousing. The company charges minimal operational costs for translation and content management, along with a standard commission of 5 to 20 percent on each transaction. "We make it as easy for them to list on global marketplaces as it is on domestic ones. The differentiator is our ability to do seamless and fast cross-border transactions. So if somebody wants to list their products in another part of the country, he will be given an end-to-end solution as part of ShopClues and Qoo10 family. Qoo10 also has Q-Express, a logistics company. Q-Express helps from an operational point of view and deals with complicated cross-border logistics,” explained Gambhir.

The Role of AI in E-Commerce

Artificial Intelligence plays a significant role in enhancing e-commerce operations. Gambhir explains that AI improves efficiency across various aspects of the business, from customer service to social media management. "For us, 70 percent of queries are now handled by Chatbots, which can detect customer mood and respond faster than human agents," he says. AI also aids in cataloging and generating social media content, making operations smoother and faster. “I think AI will just help things move 40 percent to 50 percent faster in a lot of things,” he added.

ShopClues' Unique Position in the Market

With its association with Qoo10 and now Wish.com, ShopClues has access to a vast network and robust logistics infrastructure. This enables the company to differentiate itself by facilitating global trade for Indian brands. "Our edge lies in our ability to take brands global, not necessarily competing head-on with giants in certain geographies," Gambhir explains. The company focuses on overcoming language, cultural, and geopolitical barriers to boost trade between India and other countries.

Projections and Future Goals

Currently, ShopClues' e-commerce export business operates at a $12 million run rate, with ambitions to reach $100 million by the end of the year. Additionally, the company is working closely with the government to digitize MSMEs and artisans, further expanding its sourcing capabilities. "Our target is to reach $100 million in e-commerce exports by the end of the year, and we are confident in achieving this goal," says Gambhir.

ShopClues is poised for significant growth, driven by its commitment to empowering MSMEs and facilitating global trade. With the support of Qoo10 and Wish.com, the company continues to innovate and expand, offering unparalleled opportunities for Indian brands to reach global markets. As Gambhir aptly puts it, "If any small, medium Indian brand wants to go global today, we are the platform they should come to."

 

Next Story
Top Sports Shoe Brands in India: Best for Comfort and Style
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
Top Sports Shoe Brands in India: Best for Comfort and Style
 

Are you ready to explore the latest trends in India's sports footwear market? Set to reach $46.16 billion by 2024, this market is expanding rapidly, fueled by an increased focus on health and fashion. This guide will help you navigate through the booming sports shoe industry, highlighting the need for consumers to choose well-made sports running shoes from the leading sports shoe brands in India for optimal quality, performance, and style. In this guide, you'll discover a curated list of the top 10 sports shoe brands in India, helping you choose the best in quality, performance, and style for your active lifestyle.

    Top 10 Sports Shoe Brands in India:

    Here's a simple summary of the top 10 best-selling sports shoe brands in India, noted for their excellent comfort, stylish designs, and advanced technology.

    1. Nike Sports Shoes: 

    Nike, founded in 1964 by Bill Bowerman and Phil Knight, is a leading shoe brand in India and the largest global seller of athletic footwear and apparel. Known for its innovative designs and high-performance products, Nike is a favorite among athletes and sports enthusiasts. In 2020, Nike's revenue reached over $37.4 billion, and it's expected to exceed $45 billion by FY25, thanks to ongoing investments in technology and innovation. This growth underscores Nike's strong presence and continuous evolution in the sportswear market.

    Nike - Sports Shoe Brands in India

    Specifications

    • Price: ₹4,500 - ₹15,000, varies by model
    • Rating: Typically 4-5 stars
    • Weight: 200-400 grams range
    • Sole Material: Durable rubber, Air technology
    • Category: Running, basketball, lifestyle

    Positives

    • The Nike Air Max series features a wide range of styles and designs, catering to various fashion preferences.
    • Nike shoes are crafted from premium materials, making them sturdy enough for both everyday wear and sports activities.

    Negatives

    • While Nike Air Max shoes are comfortable and supportive, they may not fit everyone due to differences in foot shapes and walking styles.
    • Some Nike Air Max designs might be too intricate or have bold colors that don't appeal to everyone's taste.

    Who Should Buy This?

    • Perfect for those who value long-lasting quality, excellent cushioning, and effective responsiveness.

    Read More: Footwear Industry in India: How Bright is the Future?

    2. Reebok Sports Shoes: Detailed Overview

    Reebok, founded in 1958 in England by Joe and Jeff Foster, has grown into a major shoe brand in India, known for its sports and lifestyle products. As a subsidiary of Adidas, Reebok has revitalized its market value, significantly contributing to the group's revenues. The brand is enhancing its presence through investments in sustainable materials and fitness-focused designs, targeting a $2 billion revenue increase by FY25. This strategic shift underscores Reebok's commitment to innovation and its strong position in the global market.

     Reebok - Top Sports Shoe Brands in India

     

    Specifications

    • Price: Varies widely, from budget-friendly options around ₹2,500 to premium models upwards of ₹10,000.
    • Rating: Generally receives good ratings, often around 4 to 5 stars.
    • Weight: Lightweight to moderate, specific weights vary by model.
    • Sole Material: Usually crafted from durable rubber, often featuring specialized technology for added grip and comfort.
    • Category: Includes running, training, walking, and casual lifestyle shoes.

    Positives:

    • Excellent appearance and quality.
    • Comfortable grip.
    • Lightweight design.
    • Cost-effective.

    Negatives:

    Sole quality could be improved.

    Who Should Buy This?

    If you're passionate about fitness, these shoes are ideal for you.

    Latest Updates in the Reebok Sports Shoe Market

    Reebok Expands Presence with New Chennai Stores

    3. Adidas Sports Shoes

    Adidas, established in 1949 by Adolf Dassler, stands as the second-largest sportswear manufacturer worldwide and the top in Europe. As a prominent player among the best sports shoe brands in India, Adidas is renowned for its high-quality sports running shoes and innovative designs. The brand has significantly impacted India's footwear brands, aiming to elevate its global revenue to $30 billion by FY25 through sustained investments in digital innovation and sustainability initiatives.

    Adidas - Sports Shoe Brands in India

    Specifications

    • Price: Typically ranges from ₹3,000 to ₹20,000.
    • Rating: Often rated between 4 and 5 stars.
    • Weight: Lightweight, specifics vary by model.
    • Sole Material: Often uses high-performance rubber.
    • Category: Includes running, training, basketball, and casual.

    Positives:

    Durable, stylish, and equipped with advanced technology like Boost.

    Negatives:

    Some models may be expensive; sizing can be inconsistent.

    Who Should Buy This?

    Ideal for athletes and casual wearers looking for high-quality, technologically advanced footwear.

    4. Puma: Sports Shoe Brand in India

    Puma, founded in 1948 by Rudolf Dassler, is recognized as one of the top sports shoe brands in India and globally. Renowned for its trendy and high-performance sports running shoes, Puma holds a strong position among India's footwear brands. The company's market value benefits from its innovative products and significant global presence. With plans to reach a revenue of $8 billion by FY25, Puma is focusing on strategic collaborations and the use of eco-friendly materials in its offerings.

    Puma - Sports Shoe Brands in India

    Specifications

    • Price: Generally ranges from ₹2,000 to ₹12,000.
    • Rating: Often receives ratings of 4 to 5 stars.
    • Weight: Lightweight, specifics vary by model.
    • Sole Material: Typically made with durable rubber.
    • Category: Offers shoes for running, training, football, and casual wear.

    Positives:

    • Stylish designs, comfortable fit, good durability.
    • Perfect for warm weather
    • Sleek, lightweight construction
    • Sole absorbs shocks effectively

    Negatives:

    • Not ideal for individuals with wide feet

    Who Should Buy It?

    Perfect for daily wear for those with narrow to medium-width feet.

    5. Skechers: Sports Shoe Brand in India

    Skechers, an American brand founded in 1992 by Robert Greenberg, ranks among the top sports shoe brands in India. Known for its comfortable, stylish footwear, Skechers has secured a strong position within India's footwear brands, appealing to both performance and lifestyle segments. With a robust global presence, the company aims to reach $7 billion in revenue by FY25, driven by ongoing innovation and strategic marketing efforts in the sports running shoes category.

    Skechers - Sports Shoe Brands in India

    Specifications

    • Price: Typically ranges from ₹3,000 to ₹8,000.
    • Rating: Generally receives 4 to 5 stars.
    • Weight: Lightweight, specifics vary by model.
    • Sole Material: Often made with flexible rubber and memory foam insoles.
    • Category: Includes casual walking shoes, running shoes, and lifestyle sneakers.

    Positives:

    • Stylish, versatile footwear.
    • Highly comfortable and robust.
    • Reduces foot pain effectively.

    Negatives:

    • Laces often come untied.
    • Issues with heel slippage.
    • Padding inside could be improved.

    Who should buy this?

    Skechers' trekking shoes are ideal for anyone who enjoys outdoor adventures and needs comfortable, sturdy footwear.

    ​​​​6. New Balance: Top Sports Shoe Brands India

    New Balance, established in 1906 by William J. Riley, is known for its high-quality athletic shoes and has a strong presence among the best sports shoe brands in India. With a focus on performance and innovation, New Balance aims for a revenue of $5 billion by FY25, continuously investing in research and development to enhance its offerings in the sports running shoes category.

    New Balance - Sports Shoe Brands in India

    Specifications

    • Price: Typically ranges from ₹4,000 to ₹15,000.
    • Rating: Generally receives 4 to 5 stars.
    • Weight: Lightweight to moderate, specifics vary by model.
    • Sole Material: Commonly uses durable rubber or blown rubber.
    • Category: Includes running, walking, cross-training, and lifestyle shoes.

    Positives

    High-quality construction, excellent cushioning, stylish designs.

    Who Should Buy This?

    Ideal for athletes and casual wearers looking for high-performance, comfortable, and stylish footwear.

    7. Bata: Sports Shoe Brand in India

    Bata, founded in 1931 and headquartered in Switzerland, is a cornerstone among India's footwear brands, known for its quality and affordability. As one of the best sport shoes brands in India, Bata boasts a comprehensive retail network that enhances its robust market presence. The company aims to continue its growth trajectory, targeting revenues of Rs 3,500 crores by FY25 through strategic investments in expanding its diverse range of sports running shoes and other footwear products.

    New Balance-Sports Shoe Brands in India

    Specifications

    • Price: Ranges from ₹999 to ₹3,499.
    • Rating: Typically receives 3.5 to 4.5 stars.
    • Weight: Varies, generally lightweight to moderate.
    • Sole Material: Often made with rubber or synthetic materials.
    • Category: Includes casual, formal, and sports shoes.
    • Closure Type: Mainly lace-up, some models with Velcro straps

    Positives:

    • Soft-cushioning
    • Looks and feels high-quality

    Negatives:

    May develop cracks with use.

    Who should buy this?

    This is ideal for individuals looking to enhance their formal style while maintaining comfort and design.

    8. ASICS: Sports Shoe Brand

    ASICS, a Japanese multinational corporation founded in 1949 by Kihachiro Onitsuka, is known for its high-performance athletic footwear. The brand has a loyal customer base in India due to its focus on quality and innovation. ASICS has a strong market presence, particularly among professional athletes and serious runners. With a focus on innovation and performance, the brand projects its revenue to reach $4 billion by FY25.

    ASICS - Sports Shoe Brands in India

    Specifications

    • Price: Ranges from ₹2,199 to ₹13,989 depending on the model.
    • Rating: Generally around 4 to 4.5 out of 5.
    • Weight: Approximately 250-300 grams for typical running models.
    • Sole Material: Commonly uses AHAR rubber.
    • Category: Mainly sports and running shoes.

    Positives:

    Excellent stability, cushioning, and durable design.

    Negatives:

    • Can be expensive, and limited in fashion-forward styles.
    • Who Should Buy This: Best for runners and athletes seeking performance footwear.

    9. FILA: Sports Shoe Brand in India

    FILA, an Italian sportswear brand founded in 1911, has made a significant impact in the Indian market with its stylish and high-quality footwear. The brand is known for its fashionable designs and performance-oriented products. FILA’s market presence has been revitalized through strategic collaborations and trendy designs. With investments in branding and product innovation, FILA targets a revenue of $2 billion by FY25.

     FILA - Sports Shoe Brands in India

    Specifications

    • Price: Varies, roughly ₹2,000 to ₹10,000.
    • Rating: Typically around 4 out of 5.
    • Weight: Approx. 252 grams for performance models.
    • Sole Material: Often uses specialized compounds like Evergrip.
    • Category: Sports and lifestyle footwear.

    Who Should Buy This?

    Casual and semi-professional athletes.

    10. Campus: Sports Shoes

    Campus, an Indian brand known for its affordable and trendy sports shoes, has gained popularity among young consumers. The brand offers a wide range of products that cater to various sports and casual activities. Campus has rapidly grown to become a leading sports shoe brand in India, particularly among the younger demographic. With continuous investments in marketing and expanding its product range, Campus aims to achieve a revenue of Rs 1,500 crores by FY25.

    Campus - Sports Shoe Brands in India

    Specifications

    • Price: ₹600 to ₹1,200.
    • Rating: Around 4.1 to 4.3 out of 5.
    • Weight: Lightweight options available.
    • Sole Material: Various, including rubber and PVC.
    • Category: Includes sports, casual, and formal.

    Who Should Buy This:

    Budget-conscious consumers seeking versatile footwear.

    Conclusion:

    India's sports shoe market is lively, with a mix of global leaders and strong local contenders. Brands like Nike, Adidas, Reebok, and Puma are at the forefront with their innovative designs, catering to both athletic performances and lifestyle needs. Additionally, Indian brands such as Bata and Campus offer cost-effective, stylish options, broadening the range of choices for consumers.

    The rising interest in health and style continues to propel the demand for quality sports footwear, positioning these brands to benefit from future market growth.

    For a deeper look at the top shoe brands in India, check out this article. Whether you're searching for high-performance sports running shoes or stylish athletic footwear, this guide offers a comprehensive overview to help you make the best choice for your needs.

    FAQs on Top Sports Shoe Brands in India

    1. Which is the best sports shoe brand in India?

    Nike is often highlighted as the top sports shoe brand in India, recognized for its quality and innovation in sports footwear.

    2. What are the most affordable sports shoe brands in India?

    Sparx and Campus are noted for their affordability, offering good quality sports shoes at lower price points.

    3. Which sports shoes are best for running in India?

    ASICS and Adidas are widely recommended for running due to their superior cushioning, stability, and support features.

    4. Where can I buy original sports shoes in India?

    Original sports shoes can be purchased from reputable online platforms like Amazon and Flipkart, as well as from the official stores of brands like Nike, Adidas, and Puma.

    5. What are the latest trends in sports shoes in India?

    The latest trends include the integration of sustainable materials, the rise of custom and athleisure styles, and technology enhancements for better performance and comfort.

     

    Next Story
    Wholesale vs. Retail: What’s the Difference in 2024?
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Wholesale vs. Retail: What’s the Difference in 2024?
     

    The global wholesale market has experienced robust growth in recent years, with its size projected to increase from $49,488.7 billion in 2023 to $53,017.84 billion in 2024, reflecting a CAGR of 7.1 percent. This growth trajectory is attributed to factors such as economic expansion, global trade facilitation, improved supply chain efficiency, government policies, infrastructure development, and globalization processes during the historical period. Looking ahead, the wholesale market is anticipated to continue its strong momentum in the coming years, reaching $68,092.65 billion by 2028, with a CAGR of 6.5 percent.

    As we navigate through 2024, the lines between these two facets of the supply chain have become more defined, influenced by technological advancements, shifting consumer behaviors, and global economic trends.

    What is Wholesale?

    Wholesale refers to the process of purchasing goods in large quantities from manufacturers and selling them to retailers or other businesses, who in turn sell them to consumers. Wholesalers act as intermediaries in the supply chain, facilitating the distribution of products on a large scale. Their primary focus is on high-volume, low-margin transactions, which allows them to offer discounted prices to retailers while still making a profit.

    Manufacturers prefer selling in bulk to wholesalers because it allows them to move large quantities of goods efficiently, reducing their distribution costs. Wholesalers then warehouse these goods until they are sold to retailers.

    What is Retail?

    Retail, on the other hand, involves selling goods directly to consumers for personal use. Retailers acquire products either from wholesalers or directly from manufacturers, selling them in smaller quantities at higher prices per unit. The goal of retail is to provide a convenient, accessible, and appealing shopping experience to individual customers.

    In India, retail encompasses a variety of formats, including standalone brick-and-mortar stores, shopping malls, and e-commerce platforms. The industry has evolved significantly with the advent of digitalization, allowing retailers to enhance customer experiences through personalized service and efficient online transactions.

    Key Differences Between Wholesale and Retail

    Wholesalers are essential mediators in the supply chain, serving a business-oriented customer base that includes retailers, other wholesalers, and institutions. It operates on high volume and low margins with the ability to purchase goods in bulk from manufacturers at discounted rates. This enables wholesalers to offer significant discounts per unit, making them a cost-effective choice for businesses looking to stock their shelves.

    Orders handled by wholesalers are substantial, often involving large quantities of products shipped in pallets or truckloads. The business model revolves around maintaining long-term B2B relationships, focusing on partnership and trust-building with their clients. Wholesalers typically operate from warehouses or distribution centers, maintaining a lower profile in the market compared to retailers.

    Marketing strategies for wholesalers are centered around relationship management and efficiency in bulk transactions. Prioritizing B2B communications and outreach helps in meeting the specific needs of business clients. In this way, wholesalers play a critical role in the economy by facilitating the flow of goods from manufacturers to retailers, ensuring that products are available to consumers through various retail outlets.

    Retailers are the final link in the supply chain, directly catering to end consumers and focusing on the general public as their customer base. Operating on smaller volumes with higher margins, marking up prices to cover overhead costs and generate profits. Orders managed by retailers are typically smaller and more frequent, ranging from single items to small quantities that meet individual consumer needs.

    In contrast to wholesalers, retailers engage in direct B2C (Business-to-Consumer) relationships, prioritizing customer service and satisfaction. It has a visible presence in the market through physical stores or online platforms, allowing it to engage directly with consumers. Retailers employ marketing strategies that emphasize branding, enhancing the customer experience, and promoting individual products to appeal to end consumers. The marketing efforts are targeted at attracting and retaining customers, fostering loyalty through personalized interactions and tailored promotions.

    Overall, retailers play a critical role in delivering products to consumers and meeting their specific demands through a variety of retail formats. By focusing on customer satisfaction and employing effective marketing strategies, retailers ensure that goods are accessible and appealing to the end consumer, contributing significantly to the economy's consumer-driven growth.

    Trends Shaping Wholesale and Retail in 2024

    Trends Shaping Wholesale and Retail in 2024

    Both wholesalers and retailers are navigating several transformative trends in today's market landscape. Sustainability and ethical practices have become paramount, with wholesalers focusing on sustainable sourcing practices and retailers prioritizing eco-friendly products and packaging to meet increasing consumer demand for transparency. Another significant shift is the rise of direct-to-consumer (D2C) models among manufacturers, which is reshaping the wholesale sector as brands seek more control over customer interactions and margins, bypassing traditional wholesale channels.

    Global supply chain challenges, including geopolitical tensions and pandemic-related disruptions, are prompting wholesalers and retailers alike to invest in more resilient and flexible supply chain strategies. Concurrently, the digital transformation journey continues, with both wholesalers and retailers integrating cloud computing, artificial intelligence, and blockchain technology to enhance operational efficiency and security.

    Consumer behavior has also evolved significantly, with modern consumers expecting high convenience and value. Retailers are adapting by improving online shopping experiences, while wholesalers are enhancing service and support for their B2B customers. These trends highlight the dynamic nature of the wholesale and retail sectors, where adaptation and innovation are key to meeting the evolving demands of both businesses and consumers in a rapidly changing global marketplace.

    The Future of Wholesale and Retail

    As we move further in time the distinctions between wholesale and retail continue to evolve. Here’s a closer look at what the future might hold for both sectors.

    Wholesale Transformation:

    Wholesale Transformation:

    Wholesalers are moving towards enhanced collaboration with manufacturers and retailers, aiming to create integrated and efficient supply chains. This collaboration will streamline processes and improve responsiveness to market demands. Technology will be pivotal in achieving these goals, with continued investments in logistics, inventory management, and customer relationship management systems. These advancements will empower wholesalers to operate more effectively and competitively in the market.

    Moreover, the future of wholesale will see a strong emphasis on global expansion. Digital platforms will play a critical role in accessing new markets and broadening international customer bases. E-commerce and digital marketing advancements will enable wholesalers to extend their reach beyond traditional boundaries, facilitating global scalability and growth.

    Retail Evolution:

    Retail Evolution

    Retailers are set to prioritize Omnichannel excellence, perfecting the integration of online and offline shopping experiences. This approach will provide customers with a seamless and cohesive shopping journey, allowing them to interact with brands across multiple touch points. Advanced data analytics and artificial intelligence (AI) will drive personalized shopping experiences by analyzing consumer behavior and preferences in real-time. This will enable retailers to tailor product recommendations, promotions, and customer service interactions to individual preferences, enhancing customer satisfaction and loyalty.

    Sustainability is another key focus in the future of retail. Responding to consumer demand for responsible consumption, retailers will promote eco-friendly products, reduce their carbon footprint, and improve transparency in their supply chains. Ethical practices will be prioritized throughout the retail ecosystem, ensuring that sustainability remains at the forefront of business operations.

    FAQ on Wholesale vs. Retail

    How do retailers interact with consumers compared to wholesalers?

    Retailers engage directly with consumers, providing personalized shopping experiences and focusing on customer service. Wholesalers, in contrast, primarily interact with businesses and focus on efficient bulk transactions.

    How can businesses leverage the differences between wholesale and retail for growth?

    Businesses can leverage wholesale for efficient bulk purchasing and distribution, while retail offers opportunities to engage directly with end consumers and build brand loyalty through personalized experiences and effective marketing strategies.

    How do wholesalers contribute to cost savings in the supply chain?

    Wholesalers negotiate bulk prices with manufacturers, allowing them to offer discounted rates to retailers. This reduces costs for retailers and helps in managing inventory efficiently.

    What are the advantages of wholesalers and retailers adopting AI and data analytics?

    AI and data analytics help wholesalers forecast demand more accurately and optimize inventory management. For retailers, these technologies enable personalized marketing, customer insights, and efficient supply chain management.

    What strategies are wholesalers using to expand globally in 2024?

    Wholesalers are leveraging digital platforms and e-commerce channels to access new international markets. They are also focusing on building strong partnerships with global manufacturers and retailers.

     

    Next Story
    How India Plans to Achieve 8% GDP Growth in FY25
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    How India Plans to Achieve 8% GDP Growth in FY25
     

    India's economy is set for a significant upswing, with an estimated GDP growth of 8 percent in FY25, according to newly elected CII President Sanjiv Puri. This projection was based on the expectation of next-generation reforms being implemented in a mission mode.

    The ambitious target would be underpinned by the continuation of next-generation reforms, improvements in global trade, and several other critical factors. Puri highlighted India's consistent performance in surpassing initial growth estimates, emphasizing that achieving this growth required prioritizing the unfinished reform agenda, enhancing export prospects, and ensuring robust investment and consumption levels, with a normal monsoon being a key factor. Additionally, he shared an optimistic vision for India's economic future, outlining key drivers and a 14-point policy agenda to sustain and accelerate growth.

    Key Growth Drivers

    Sanjiv Bajaj, President, CII

    Puri identified six pivotal growth drivers propelling India’s economy. These include significant private sector investment, expanding public investment in physical and digital infrastructure, a well-capitalized banking system, booming capital markets, and reduced dependence on oil. Favorable geo-economic conditions would further bolster India's resilience against global headwinds, creating a conducive environment for sustained economic growth.

    14-Point Policy Agenda

    To establish and maintain this growth momentum, Puri outlined a comprehensive policy agenda. These initiatives have been designed to strengthen the foundations of India's journey towards becoming a globally competitive and inclusive economy, setting a solid track for the nation's development by 2047.

    1. State-Level Reforms: Many next-generation reforms lay within state and concurrent domains, necessitating consensus-building. Puri suggested creating inter-state institutional platforms akin to GST Councils to foster this consensus.

    2. Capital Expenditure and Fiscal Consolidation: He advocated continued capital expenditure-led growth alongside fiscal consolidation. Also, proposed utilizing part of the RBI's Rs 2.1 lakh crore windfall to increase capital expenditure by 25% in FY25.

    3. Building Human Capital: Emphasizing the importance of human capital, Puri called for increased expenditure on public health (targeting 3% of GDP) and education (targeting 6% of GDP) by 2030, with a strong focus on skill development initiatives.

    4. Employment Generation: With India being one of the youngest countries globally, Puri highlighted the need for quality employment and livelihood opportunities. He proposed Employment Linked Incentive (ELI) schemes for labor-intensive sectors and suggested creating an International Mobility Authority to track global employment opportunities.

    5. Ease of Doing Business: To enhance the competitiveness of the Indian industry, he called for simplifying regulations, reducing compliance burdens, and prioritizing time-bound clearances. He emphasized the need to address land, power, and logistics issues to reduce the cost of doing business.

    6. Technological Advancement: Recognizing technology as a critical growth driver, the CII President urged the government to expedite the operationalization of the Rs 1 lakh crore fund for private sector R&D announced in the Interim Union Budget 2024-25.

    7. Global Engagement: Puri advocated for increased global engagement to deepen India’s integration with global value chains. He proposed establishing a Global Trade Promotion Body with overseas offices to enhance branding, promotion, and market access for Indian exports.

    8. Green Growth: Highlighting the necessity and opportunity of green growth, he called for a comprehensive action plan to tackle climate change and suggested preparing decarbonization plans, just transition roadmaps, and establishing a National Commission on Adaptation and a Green Transition Fund.

     

    CII

     

    9. Expanding the Financial Sector: Puri emphasized the need to expand India's financial sector to support the funding requirements of a rapidly growing economy. He proposed privatizing two public sector banks, diversifying funding sources for NBFCs, and making long-term capital available for infrastructure projects.

    10. Tax Reforms: To boost investment climate and competitiveness, he suggested continuing tax reforms. He proposed rationalizing and simplifying capital gains tax and TDS provisions, implementing GST reforms, and considering a three-tier import duty structure.

    11. Agricultural Reforms: Puri stressed the importance of building consensus between the Centre and states on agricultural reforms. He suggested creating an Inter-State Agri Reform Council and launching new programs to boost farmers' income, developing warehousing infrastructure, and adopting technology in agriculture.

    12. Tourism Sector: Puri identified tourism as a key sector for driving growth and employment. He advocated for the accelerated release of the National Tourism Policy and launching the marketing campaign, Incredible India 3.0, with brand ambassadors in targeted countries.

    13. Startup Ecosystem: To support the startup ecosystem, he suggested creating infrastructure for startups, including incubators and accelerators, and simplifying regulations related to taxation. He emphasized making these resources available to youth in Tier II-III cities.

    14. Building Trust: Puri underscored the importance of building an environment of trust through transparent, faceless, digital systems for approvals and appeals, self-certifications, and extensive decriminalization.

     

    Next Story
    Top 10 Beer Brands in India Under Rs 400: Sip Without Splurging
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Top 10 Beer Brands in India Under Rs 400: Sip Without Splurging
     

    India's beer scene offers a wide variety of flavors, ranging from crisp lagers and robust ales to velvety stouts and zesty wheat beers. This sector blends traditional brews with modern choices, making it an interesting area to explore.

    The Indian beer market is expected to reach Rs 62,240 crore by 2028 with a growth rate of 8.1 percent from 2023 to 2028. This growth is driven by a rising middle class, increased urbanization, and a young demographic eager for new experiences. In this growing market, finding an affordable quality beer can be tough. That’s why we’ve put together a list of the top 10 beers under Rs 400 available in India, helping you make informed choices without overspending.

    The market offers a wide variety of beer varieties. These four types of beer are the most popular in India.

    1. Lager

    Malted barley is mashed with hot water to extract fermentable sugars. After lautering to separate the liquid wort, it is boiled with hops for bitterness and flavor. The cooled wort is fermented with lager yeast at cool temperatures for several weeks, allowing for a clean, crisp flavor to develop. After maturation and possibly filtration, the beer is carbonated and packaged.

    2. India Pale Ale

    Making India Pale Ale (IPA) starts with mashing, which combines malted barley with hot water to turn starches into sugars that can be fermented to create wort. After adding a lot of hops to the wort to give it taste, aroma, and bitterness, it is boiled for around an hour. The wort is boiled, quickly cooled, and then moved to a fermentation vessel to add yeast to ferment the carbohydrates into carbon dioxide and alcohol. The duration of this fermentation ranges from a few days to many weeks. After fermentation is finished, the IPA is conditioned to further develop its characteristics, sometimes with the addition of dry hopping for added aroma. The IPA is then packaged for distribution, filtered, and carbonated if necessary.

    3. Pale Lager

    Pale lager is a light-colored, mild-flavored beer with high carbonation, crafted using pale malt, noble hops, soft water, and lager yeast. The brewing process involves milling the malt, mashing to convert starches to sugars, lautering to separate the liquid wort, boiling with hops for bitterness and aroma, rapid cooling, and fermenting at low temperatures. This is followed by a lagering phase at near-freezing temperatures for several weeks to months, enhancing clarity and developing a crisp, clean flavor.

    4. Witbier

    Witbier, also known as Belgian white beer, is a pale and cloudy wheat beer. It is crafted using a mixture of barley malt and a significant portion of unmalted wheat, which contributes to its hazy appearance. Key ingredients include coriander and orange peel, which impart a distinctive citrus and spice character. The brewing process involves mashing the grains, boiling the wort with hops and spices, cooling, and fermenting with a specific strain of ale yeast that adds fruity and spicy notes. The beer undergoes a relatively short fermentation and conditioning period before being lightly filtered and carbonated.

    Top 10 Beer Brands in India Under Rs 400

    Looking for a great beer that won't break the bank? Here are the top 10 beers in India you can enjoy for under Rs 400. Find your next favorite brew without splurging.

    1. Kingfisher Premium Lager 

    Kingfisher Premium Lager : Top 10 Beer Brands

    Dating back to 1857 when five Indian breweries merged, Kingfisher is renowned for its premium pilsner-style lager, crafted with the finest Saaz hops. This beer, suited to India's humid climate, remains a favorite, with prices for a 330 ml bottle ranging from Rs 110 to Rs 185 in Delhi. Kingfisher offers a variety of variants, ensuring diverse tastes and preferences are catered to. It comes in various packaging options with distinct ABV levels: 4.5 percent for packaged beer, 0.0 percent for non-alcoholic, and 4.1 percent for draught versions.

    Variations

    Variation ABV % Approximate Price (650 ml) Approximate Price (330 ml)
    Kingfisher Premium 4.8% Rs 120 - 150 Rs 60 - 80
    Kingfisher Strong 8% Rs 130 - 160 Rs 65 - 85
    Kingfisher Ultra 5% Rs 150 - 180 Rs 80 - 100
    Kingfisher Blue 7.2% Rs 140 - 170 Rs 70 - 90

    Why Choose Kingfisher Premium Lager?

    Kingfisher is India's largest selling beer, with a market share of around 36%. It has won several awards, including the Monde Selection Gold Award. Known for its smooth and refreshing taste, Kingfisher Premium Lager is ideal for any occasion, whether it's a party or a quiet evening at home.

    Unique Selling Points (USPs)

    • Market Leader: Holds a 36% market share in India.
    • Award-Winning: Multiple awards, including the Monde Selection Gold Award.
    • Versatility: Suitable for various occasions and preferences.
    • Global Presence: Available in numerous countries, enhancing its reputation as a top beer brand.

    2. Bira91 - Best Beer Brands in India 

    Bira91: Top 10 Beer Brands in India

    Established in 2015, Bira91 quickly became a leading beer brand in India. Backed by investors such as Sequoia Capital India, Sofina of Belgium, and Kirin Holdings of Japan, it is produced by B9 Beverages. Available in 330 ml, 650 ml, and 500 ml cans, the brand caters to a wide consumer base with alcohol content ranging from 4 percent to 7 percent. Priced between Rs 120 and Rs 200 in Delhi, Bira91 offers both affordability and quality. The portfolio includes Bira 91 Blonde, White, Strong, Light, IPA, Stout, and Belgian Wit, ensuring a beer for every palate.

    Variations

    Variation ABV % Approximate Price (650 ml) Approximate Price (330 ml)
    Bira 91 Blonde Lager 4.9% Rs 140 - 170 Rs 75 - 90
    Bira 91 White 4.5% Rs 150 - 180 Rs 80 - 100
    Bira 91 Strong 7% Rs 160 - 190 Rs 85 - 105
    Bira 91 Light 4% Rs 130 - 160 Rs 70 - 90

    Why Choose Bira 91?

    Bira 91 is an Indian craft beer brand that has gained immense popularity for its distinctive taste and branding. It has a market share of around 5% in urban areas and is known for its innovative flavors and marketing strategies. Bira 91 Blonde Lager is a refreshing choice that appeals to those seeking a different beer experience.

    Unique Selling Points (USPs)

    • Craft Beer: Known for its distinctive and innovative flavors.
    • Urban Appeal: Significant market share in urban areas.
    • Innovative Marketing: Strong brand presence and creative marketing strategies.
    • Variety of Options: Offers several variations to suit different tastes.

    3. Budweiser - Top Beer Brands in India 

    Budweiser: Top 10 Beer Brands under Rs 400 in India

    Budweiser, an American-style pale lager under Belgian company AB InBev, is known for its consistent quality and refreshing taste. It is available on draft and in bottles and cans, with a unique flavor profile from its blend of malted barley, water, hops, yeast, and up to 30 percent rice. Budweiser Magnum, celebrated for its exceptional brewing, is priced at Rs 130 for a 330 ml bottle and Rs 220 for a 650 ml bottle in Delhi, with an ABV of 4.7 percent.

    Variations

    Variation ABV % Approximate Price (650 ml) Approximate Price (330 ml)
    Budweiser 5% Rs 130 - 160 Rs 70 - 90

    Why Choose Budweiser?

    Budweiser is known for its unique beechwood aging process, which gives it a distinctive smoothness. It has a strong presence in over 85 countries and is one of the best-selling beers globally. In India, Budweiser has captured a significant market share due to its consistent quality and premium image.

    Unique Selling Points (USPs)

    • Beechwood Aging: Distinctive smooth flavor.
    • Global Presence: Available in over 85 countries.

    4. Bee Young 

    Bee Young - Top Beer Brands in India

    Bee Young, a strong beer from Delhi's Kimaya Himalayan Beverages, has quickly gained prominence. Priced at Rs 100 for 500 ml cans and bottles, and Rs 130 for 650 ml bottles, it offers exceptional value. Available in Delhi, Uttar Pradesh, Uttarakhand, and parts of Punjab, Bee Young is known for its rich flavor and strong character, making it a favorite among beer enthusiasts.

    Variations

    Variation ABV % Approximate Price (650 ml) Approximate Price (330 ml)
    Bee Young 7.2% Rs 120 - 150 Rs 60 - 80

    Why Choose Bee Young?

    Bee Young is crafted to appeal to the younger generation with its strong and invigorating flavor. It has become popular for its high alcohol content, making it a go-to choice for those who prefer a more potent beer. Bee Young's rapid rise in popularity is a testament to its quality and taste.

    Unique Selling Points (USPs)

    • Strong Flavor: Known for its robust and invigorating taste.
    • High Alcohol Content: Offers a potent drinking experience with 7.2% ABV.

    Bee Young, a strong beer from Delhi's Kimaya Himalayan Beverages, has quickly gained prominence. Priced at Rs 100 for 500 ml cans and bottles, and Rs 130 for 650 ml bottles, it offers exceptional value. Available in Delhi, Uttar Pradesh, Uttarakhand, and parts of Punjab, Bee Young is known for its rich flavor and strong character, making it a favorite among beer enthusiasts.

    5. Carlsberg 

    Carlsberg - Top Beer Brands in India

    Established in 1847 by JC Jacobsen, Carlsberg is a Danish multinational brand known for quality and tradition. In India, prices range from Rs 90 to Rs 250 depending on the variant and volume, with alcohol percentages typically between 4-5 percent. Carlsberg offers five distinctive variants, with Carlsberg Elephant Strong Super Premium being particularly celebrated for its potency and rich malty character.

    Variations

    Variation ABV % Approximate Price (650 ml) Approximate Price (330 ml)
    Carlsberg Smooth 5% Rs 140 - 170 Rs 70 - 90
    Carlsberg Elephant 7.2% Rs 160 - 190 Rs 80 - 100
    Carlsberg Classic 5% Rs 150 - 180 Rs 75 - 95

    Why Choose Carlsberg?

    Carlsberg is a trusted name in the beer industry, known for its consistent quality and premium taste. The brand's meticulous brewing process ensures a high standard of beer, making it a preferred choice for many. Carlsberg's global presence and strong reputation further add to its appeal, making it one of the top beer brands in India.

    Unique Selling Points (USPs)

    • High-Quality Brewing: Known for its meticulous brewing process, ensuring a high standard of beer.
    • Global Leader: One of the top three beer brands worldwide, with a strong reputation and global presence.
    • Variety of Options: Offers several variations to cater to different tastes and preferences.
    • Balanced Taste: Known for its balanced and sophisticated flavor, appealing to those who enjoy a more refined beer.

    6. Hunter

    Manufactured by Som Distilleries and Breweries Limited, Hunter beer is appreciated for its consistent quality and affordability. Popular among the youth, Hunter offers an alcohol percentage ranging from 5-7 across its variants, providing a strong and refreshing option. It is priced at Rs 130 for a 500 ml bottle and Rs 180 for a 650 ml bottle, with regional variations.

    7. Tuborg Green 

    Tuborg - Top Beer Brands in India

    With its Danish heritage, Tuborg is a significant player in the Indian market. Prices range from Rs 100 to Rs 130 depending on the volume, making it accessible and popular. Tuborg offers a variety of flavors, catering to different preferences and reinforcing its position as a top beer brand in India.

    8. Heineken

    Heineken - Best Beer Brands

    Heineken, a global brewing giant, boasts a diverse portfolio of over 300 beers and ciders. Its Dutch pale lager, with 5 percent alcohol by volume, is made by the esteemed Dutch brewing company. In India, Heineken has expanded through a joint venture with United Breweries, establishing local breweries. Priced at Rs 160 for a 330 ml bottle, it appeals to consumers who value quality and taste.

    9. Corona

    Originating from Mexico, Corona has become a prominent player in India, known for its distinctive taste and history. Offering variants like Corona Light, Corona Premier, and Corona Extra, it caters to various preferences. In Delhi, Corona is priced at Rs 200 for a 330 ml bottle and Rs 250 for a 550 ml bottle, positioning it as a premium choice.

    10. Haywards 5000

    Haywards 5000, the largest-selling strong beer in India, is known for its smooth yet strong taste and malty flavor, with an ABV of approximately 7 percent. It is a favorite among consumers who appreciate a powerful yet enjoyable drinking experience, embodying the pinnacle of Indian brewing excellence.

    FAQs

    What is the alcohol content of Indian beer brands?

    Indian beer brands typically have an alcohol content ranging from 4-8 percent, with some craft and strong beers exceeding this range.

    Do Indian beer brands offer non-alcoholic options?

    Yes, some Indian beer brands provide non-alcoholic or low-alcohol options to cater to those preferring beverages with reduced or no alcohol content.

    Which are the most popular beer brands in India?

    Popular beer brands in India include Kingfisher, Bira91, Budweiser, and Bee Young.

    Which are the best beer brands in India under Rs 400?

    Some top beer brands in India priced under Rs 400 include Kingfisher Premium, Haywards 5000, Tuborg Green, and Carlsberg Elephant.

     

    Next Story
    Tramontina's Retail Blitz: 100 Smart Cities, 800 Touchpoints Set for Kitchenware Takeover
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Tramontina's Retail Blitz: 100 Smart Cities, 800 Touchpoints Set for Kitchenware Takeover
     

    With over a century of legacy steeped in precision and passion, Tramontina, the Brazilian houseware brand, renowned globally for its premium cookware, has set its sights on India, marking a significant milestone in its storied history. As the curtains rise on its launch, Tramontina India promises to blend finesse, resilience, and cutting-edge design, heralding a new era of kitchenware innovation across the subcontinent. The brand is synonymous with top-quality culinary solutions, ranging from cookware and cutlery to kitchen accessories and beyond. Founded in 1911 in Carlos Barbosa, Brazil, the company has evolved into a household name with a diverse portfolio of more than 22,000 products, each crafted with a blend of aesthetic superiority and durability.

    In an exclusive interaction, Aruni Mishra, CEO, Tramontina India, emphasized the brand's commitment to sustainable practices and environmental stewardship through a rigorous Environmental Management Program. This dedication underscores the brand’s ethos of responsible manufacturing and resource management, setting a benchmark for eco-conscious operations in the houseware industry.

    Meeting India's Culinary Demands

    Tramontina's foray into the Indian market comes at a pivotal time, aligning with the rapid expansion of the hospitality sector. With a focus on luxury restaurants, hotels, and other establishments, the brand aims to cater to the burgeoning demand for high-quality, professional-grade cookware. "Tramontina's entry into the Indian market signifies a significant milestone, particularly as the HoReCa sector remains relatively untapped in terms of professional cookware," says Mishra. The brand is poised to elevate culinary experiences across India by providing chefs and establishments with the tools they need to excel.

    Customized Solutions and Innovation

    Ahead of its official launch on June 20, Tramontina has meticulously researched Indian consumer preferences and cooking habits over the past two years. This groundwork has shaped the brand's strategy to introduce products tailored specifically for the Indian market. "Our commitment to India is long-term. We are not merely importing products; we are establishing manufacturing capabilities to ensure that our offerings resonate deeply with Indian consumers," he explains. This approach reflects the company’s proactive stance in adapting its global expertise to local needs, ensuring that each product meets the expectations of Indian households and culinary professionals alike.

    “Tramontina was clear that while the innovation and the technology would be theirs, the products would be crafted for the Indian consumer as per their necessities. After thorough research, we have made bespoke product lines for India,” he adds.

    Store launch

    Omni-channel Approach

    From day one, Tramontina India will adopt an omnichannel strategy, ensuring its products are accessible nationwide. "We are launching across multiple platforms simultaneously, including direct-to-consumer (D2C) channels, e-commerce giants like Amazon and Flipkart, and leading retail outlets such as Reliance, Star India Bazaar, and Shoppers Stop," says Aruni Mishra. This comprehensive approach aims to reach consumers in urban centers and beyond, leveraging a network of 25 distributors and over 800 retail counters across the country.

    “In the initial phase, we have targeted 100 smart cities, and a strong, robust distribution channel is set. Even without a soft launch or showcasing a single product, our network of 800 retail counters was built, and when we go live, Tramontina will be available in 100 cities. That’s just phase one,” he declares.

    Unveiling the Product Line

    Tramontina's initial product launch in India will feature a range of "worry-free" cookware and its acclaimed knife collection. Designed to be toxin-free and PFAS-free, these products promise safety alongside exceptional performance. "We are introducing India to some of our finest offerings, including ceramic-coated cookware, triply stainless steel ranges, cast iron cookware, and the legendary Tramontina knives," Aruni reveals. Each product is crafted to combine durability with aesthetic appeal, catering to discerning consumers who value both quality and safety in their kitchen tools.

    Future Vision

    Looking ahead, Tramontina India's ambitions extend beyond kitchenware. As part of its five-year plan, the brand intends to introduce a wider range of houseware solutions to the Indian market. "We envision expanding our offerings to include furniture, outdoor furniture, appliances, and more, establishing Tramontina as a comprehensive housewares provider in India," Mishra shares. This phased approach reflects the brand’s strategic commitment to becoming a household name synonymous with quality and innovation across various lifestyle categories.

    At the core of Tramontina's mission in India lies a deep-rooted commitment to sustainability and customer satisfaction. "We are here to create a sustainable organization that prioritizes environmental stewardship and long-term customer relationships," affirms Mishra. By prioritizing product durability, safety, and customer service, the brand aims to earn the trust and loyalty of Indian consumers, ensuring that each purchase represents a lasting investment in quality and reliability.

    As the Brazilian giant prepares to unveil its offerings to the Indian market, anticipation builds among consumers, chefs, and industry professionals alike. With a blend of global expertise and local adaptation, the company is poised to redefine kitchenware standards and elevate culinary experiences across the nation.

     

    Next Story
    How the Plant-Based Products Market Is Winning Investors' Favor
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    How the Plant-Based Products Market Is Winning Investors' Favor
     

    The plant-based ingredients sector is undergoing a transformative evolution, driven by a significant shift in consumer preferences and innovative advancements within the industry. Historically overlooked by investors who perceived it as a mere commodity sector, the burgeoning plant-based ingredients market is now being recognized for its immense potential for value-added expansion and wealth generation.

    According to a recent report titled “From Roots to Riches: Creating Wealth with Plant-Based Ingredients!” by Asit C. Mehta Investment Interrmediates (ACMIIL), n today's fast-paced world, consumers are increasingly scrutinizing what they consume, paying meticulous attention to the ingredients in their food, its nutritional value, and its caloric content.

    The rise in popularity of plant-based specialty products, ingredients, and their derivatives is a testament to this trend. These products have found their way into various categories, including ready-to-eat and ready-to-cook meals, frozen and packaged foods, spreads and sauces, baked goods, desserts, ice creams, confectioneries, and more. Plant-based products serve diverse roles in these foods, functioning as sweeteners, thickening agents, stabilizers, emulsifiers, and more.

    The Indian Market

    India, a land known for its tradition of 'ahimsa' and vegetarianism, has seen a rapid rise in the plant-based product business in recent years. Although the concept of plant-based eating is deeply rooted in Indian culture, the commercial sector has only recently gained significant momentum. The export market for India's plant-based sector is expected to expand substantially by 2030, marking its emergence as a burgeoning industry with enormous potential. Traditionally, the global food industry has relied heavily on animal-based and chemical-based products, but the tide is turning, and plant-based products are gaining prominence.

    Capitalizing on India’s Expanding Plant-Based Market

    Investors can capitalize on this structural shift, benefiting from the expanding market and premium pricing of plant-based products. Notably, the export market for India’s plant-based sector is projected to expand substantially by 2030. Manorama Industries stands as a solid example of the sector's potential, delivering 16x returns since its listing in 2018. Such success stories show how companies focusing on specialty plant-based products can generate substantial wealth while contributing to a more organic and vegan world. Some of the notable companies operating in the plant-based ingredients industry include Adani Wilmar Ltd, Sanstar Ltd (proposed IPO), Manorama Industries Ltd, Food & Inn, Gujarat Ambuja Exports Ltd, etc.

    The Global Market

    Globally, the plant-based ingredients market size was approximately $60.71 billion in 2022, with projections indicating it will reach $120.74 billion by 2029, expanding at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 10.32 percent over these seven years. This growth is underpinned by increasing consumer awareness of the environmental and health impacts of their food choices, propelling the shift towards plant-based alternatives. India's sizable vegetarian population (about 30 percent) and growing awareness of the health and environmental benefits of a plant-based diet further underscore the promising future for this sunrise sector.

    Devang Shah, Head of Retail Research, ACMIIL, emphasized the potential of the plant-based ingredients market, stating, “The plant-based ingredients market represents a paradigm shift towards vegetarian, vegan, and organic natural products. Investors who recognize and seize this chance will not only benefit from substantial financial returns but also contribute to a more sustainable future.”

    Diverse Applications Across Industries

    • Food and Beverages

    Plant-based ingredients are revolutionizing the food and beverage industry. Soy-based products, such as tofu, tempeh, and textured vegetable protein (TVP), are increasingly popular as meat alternatives due to their high protein content and versatility. Corn-based products, including corn syrup and maize starch, play significant roles as sweeteners and binding agents in various foods. Fruit pulp, prized for its rich flavor and nutritional content, is widely used in juices, smoothies, desserts, and dairy products. Additionally, rice bran oil is favored for its high smoke point and beneficial nutritional profile, commonly used in cooking and frying.

    • Cosmetics and Personal Care

    The cosmetics and personal care industry has embraced plant-based ingredients for their beneficial properties. Corn oil is incorporated into soaps for its moisturizing effects, while fruit pulp is utilized in skincare and haircare products for hydration and exfoliation. Cocoa butter equivalents (CBEs) are valued in skincare for their emollient properties, and rice bran oil is used in lotions and creams for its nourishing qualities.

    • Pharmaceuticals

    In the pharmaceutical sector, maize starch and its derivatives are essential as sweeteners and binding agents in medicines, ensuring even distribution of active ingredients. CBEs are also used in the formulation of medicated candies and lozenges, enhancing texture and mouthfeel.

    • Other Applications

    Beyond food, beverages, cosmetics, and pharmaceuticals, plant-based ingredients find applications in the production of adhesives, paper, textiles, biodiesel, and certain insecticides. This wide-ranging utility highlights the versatility and importance of plant-based ingredients across various industries.

    Market Opportunities and Key Demand Drivers in India

    The plant-based product market in India is poised for rapid development over the next decade, driven by rising consumer interest, product innovation, and substantial investments from domestic and foreign private sectors. To fully exploit this market potential, businesses need to adopt cutting-edge strategies, such as leveraging technology to boost production efficiency and implementing cost-cutting measures. Additionally, the rich culinary heritage of India offers opportunities to create authentic and unique plant-based products that appeal to both domestic and international consumers.

    • Increased Health Consciousness

    The booming market for plant-based products is fueled by consumers seeking sustainable and healthy dietary options. India's young population is particularly health-conscious and environmentally aware, driving demand for plant-based product options.

    • Lactose-Intolerant Population

    The prevalence of lactose intolerance has propelled the popularity of plant-based dairy alternatives, such as almond milk, soy milk, and tofu, offering consumers a viable option without compromising on taste or nutrition.

    • Expansion of Distribution

    To unlock the full potential of the plant-based market, businesses must create mass awareness, expand distribution networks, and develop an adequate product mix.

    • Improved Product Innovation

    Plant-based product firms have the opportunity to innovate and create products that meet consumers' taste, texture, and flavor expectations. Key growth drivers include enhanced R&D facilities, expanded distribution networks, higher manufacturing capacity, and raw material availability.

    • Urbanization

    India's urban population is projected to grow significantly by 2030, creating a sizable market for plant-based foods. Urban consumers are increasingly concerned with their health and favor plant-based protein alternatives.

    • Abundance of Raw Materials

    India's rich agricultural landscape provides a variety of raw materials for plant-based products, contributing to lower production costs and more affordable end products.

    • Nutritional Requirements

    A well-planned and varied plant-based diet can meet an individual's daily nutritional needs, offering essential nutrients through whole grains, legumes, nuts, seeds, and fortified foods.

    • Export Opportunity

    India's strong vegetarian and vegan culinary tradition offers a unique opportunity for exporting plant-based adaptations of traditional meals. The government's efforts to market India as a destination for investment in the food processing industry further bolster export potential.

    A Sustainable Future with Plant-Based Products

    The global shift towards sustainability, ethical consumption, and health consciousness is driving increased preference for plant-based products across various industries. This transition represents a fundamental change in business operations and consumer choices, with significant benefits for the environment, economy, and society.

    Plant-based products offer a sustainable alternative to chemical-based and animal-derived products, reducing ecological footprints, promoting biodiversity, and ensuring a sustainable future.

    The adoption of plant-based products can boost employment, especially in agrarian economies like India, creating job opportunities and supporting rural communities.

    Market Potential and Investor Appeal

    Companies embracing plant-based products are well-positioned to deliver exceptional returns, capitalizing on a discerning market willing to pay a premium for safe, sustainable, and ethically produced goods.

    Prasanna Pathak, Director, ACMIIL, adds “As plant-based natural extracts sector expands exponentially backed by industry innovation and global demand, it promises to deliver substantial returns, making it a compelling addition to any forward-looking investment portfolio. Those who judged this sector as beyond-commodity specialty products generated wealth while contributing to the development of organic and vegan world.”

    Investors recognizing the value of plant-based products aligned with global sustainability trends stand to gain significantly, as these products become the preferred choice in the market. Companies leading this transition are likely to experience substantial growth, making them highly attractive investment opportunities.

    The plant-based ingredients sector is not just a fleeting trend but a transformative force reshaping industries and consumer preferences. With its promising growth trajectory, it offers compelling opportunities for investors, businesses, and consumers alike.

     

    Next Story
    Top 10 Makeup Brands in India: Best Picks for Every Beauty Lover
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Top 10 Makeup Brands in India: Best Picks for Every Beauty Lover
     

    The global cosmetics market, valued at $374.18 billion in 2023, is projected to nearly double, reaching $758.05 billion by 2032. As the market expands, consumers face unique challenges, particularly finding best makeup during the scorching summer months. While we all look forward to poolside vacations and summer festivities, the reality of melting foundation, smeared mascara, oily skin, and painful sunburns can quickly dampen the fun. But with the right beauty tricks, you can enjoy a flawless, effortless look even in the heat and humidity.

    Top 10 Makeup Brands in India 

    Here’s a list of  the top 10 makeup brands in the Indian market that offer the best summer makeup solutions, ensuring you stay radiant and smudge-free all season long.

    1. L'Oréal:

    Founded in 1909 by French chemist Eugène Schueller, L'Oréal has grown into the world's largest cosmetics and beauty company. Schueller's pioneering spirit began with the creation of hair dye formulations, which quickly gained popularity among Parisian hairdressers. This innovative start laid the foundation for its vast portfolio, encompassing a wide range of beauty products, including skincare, haircare, makeup, and fragrances. It has a strong financial foundation, listed on the Euronext Paris exchange. This status has enabled it to attract investments, expand its operations worldwide, and acquire numerous well-known brands such as Maybelline, Lancôme, and Kiehl's, further solidifying its dominance in the beauty market.

    Beat the Heat With this Top 10 Best Makeup Brands

    L'Oréal's enduring mission, "Because we're worth it," reflects its dedication to empowering individuals by enhancing their natural beauty through innovative and high-quality products. Its infallible range is perfect for summer, featuring foundations and concealers that are sweat-proof and long-wearing. The True Match foundation is also a favorite for its natural finish and broad shade range. Its products are in the mid-to-high price range. The Infallible 24H Fresh Wear Foundation is priced around Rs 1,200.

    2. Nykaa:

    Nykaa, founded in 2012 by Falguni Nayar, has revolutionized the Indian beauty and fashion retail landscape. As a pioneering e-commerce platform, it offers an extensive range of beauty, wellness, and fashion products, including skincare, makeup, haircare, personal care, and apparel, sourced from both global and local brands. A significant milestone in the journey was its initial public offering (IPO) in 2021, which raised Rs 5352 crore. This successful IPO underscored the company's robust market position and investor confidence. Originally an online beauty retailer, it now offers its own line of makeup products.

    Beat the Heat With this Top 10 Best Makeup Brands

    Nykaa's summer offerings include the SkinShield Anti-Pollution Foundation and their matte-to-last liquid lipstick, both known for their longevity and resilience in humid conditions. Its products range from budget-friendly to premium. The matte-to-last liquid lipstick is priced at Rs 599.

    3. Lakme:

    Established in 1952 by J.R.D. Tata and Simone Tata, Lakmé is an iconic Indian beauty brand with a rich legacy of pioneering innovations in the cosmetics industry. As the first cosmetics brand in India, The brand was created to cater to the beauty needs of Indian women, offering products that suit the diverse skin tones and preferences across the country. Its inception was a result of Prime Minister Jawaharlal Nehru's suggestion to J.R.D. Tata, to develop an indigenous beauty brand to reduce dependency on imported cosmetics under the leadership of Simone Tata.

    Beat the Heat With this Top 10 Best Makeup Brands

    In 1996, Lakmé became a part of Hindustan Unilever Limited (HUL), one of India's largest fast-moving consumer goods companies. This acquisition has further bolstered its growth, allowing it to leverage HUL's extensive distribution network and marketing expertise. It offers a variety of summer-friendly products, including their 9 to 5 weightless mousse foundation and absolute blur perfect primer, which provide a matte finish and long-lasting wear. It priced from affordable to premium, catering to various consumer segments. The 9-to-5 Primer + Matte Powder Foundation, is priced at Rs 575.

    4. Faces Canada:

    Faces Canada, established in 2009 by Benjamin S. Bickford, has quickly become a notable name in the beauty industry, known for its diverse and high-quality product range. With a focus on cruelty-free and dermatologically tested products, the brand emphasizes both beauty and safety, appealing to conscious consumers.

    Beat the Heat With this Top 10 Best Makeup Brands

    The brand offers high-quality ingredients with innovative formulations to create products that withstand the Indian summer. Their waterproof and smudge-proof makeup range is particularly popular. Faces Canada's ultime pro range includes products like the Ultime Pro Long Wear Matte Lipstick and the Ultime Pro Blend Finity Stick, the Ultime Pro HD Runway Foundation, is priced around Rs 1199 are designed to withstand heat and humidity and to provide effective solutions for all skin types, ensuring long-lasting wear in hot and humid conditions.

    5. Mamaearth:

    Mamaearth, established in 2016 by Ghazal Alagh and Varun Alagh, has quickly emerged as a leading player in the personal care industry, renowned for its natural and toxin-free products. The brand's inception was driven by its commitment to providing safe, eco-friendly, and effective personal care solutions, particularly for young families and children.

    Beat the Heat With this Top 10 Best Makeup Brands

    In 2021, Mamaearth raised $50 million in Series D funding, valuing the company at $730 million a significant milestone that underscored its rapid growth and strong market presence. This funding round was led by Sequoia Capital India, with participation from Sofina Ventures and existing investors such as Fireside Ventures. Its product line includes BB creams with SPF, waterproof mascaras, natural and toxin-free makeup like the glow serum foundation and moisture matte long stay lipstick, perfect for sensitive skin in the summer heat. Its makeup products are moderately priced, the glow serum foundation priced at Rs 599.

    6. Colorbar:

    Colorbar, established in 2005 by Samir Modi, has emerged as a prominent name in the Indian cosmetics industry. Its products are also cruelty-free and dermatologically tested, reflecting its dedication to ethical practices and consumer safety. It offers a range of high-performance products, including waterproof foundations, smudge-proof eyeliners, and long-lasting lipsticks. The brand is known for its quality and durability and the products cater to all skin types and are perfect for maintaining a fresh look in the summer heat.

    Beat the Heat With this Top 10 Best Makeup Brands

    Colorbar's summer must-haves include the 24-hour weightless liquid foundation and waterproof liquid eyeliner, designed to stay put even in extreme heat. The 24-hour weightless liquid foundation is available at Rs 995.

    7. Lotus Herbals:

    Lotus Herbals, established in 1993 by Kamal Passi, is a leading Indian brand renowned for its innovative use of natural ingredients in skincare, haircare, and cosmetic products. Combining ancient Ayurvedic principles with modern technology, it offers a diverse range of products that cater to the holistic beauty needs of its customers. The brand has reportedly floated a $50 million fund to invest in early stage startups in the beauty category.  As per an industry report, the brand's innovation fund is the second such fund to be launched in India.

    Beat the Heat With this Top 10 Best Makeup Brands

    The brand's extensive portfolio includes sunscreens, face washes, moisturizers, shampoos, and makeup products, all formulated with a blend of herbal extracts and natural ingredients. Its summer makeup range includes sun-protection infused foundations, waterproof mascaras, and long-lasting lipsticks.  Lotus Herbals' summer essentials include their Ecostay foundation and Matte Glow Daily sunblock, which combine skincare benefits with makeup. The brand's products are priced in the mid-range. The Ecostay Foundation is available at Rs 725.

    8. MyGlamm:

    MyGlamm, established in 2015 by Darpan Sanghvi, has rapidly risen to prominence as a dynamic beauty and personal care brand in India. In 2021, the brand raised $71 million in Series C funding, a significant achievement that highlighted the brand's robust market position and growth potential. The funding round was led by Accel, along with participation from existing investors like L’Occitane, Bessemer Venture Partners, and Amazon. The brand emphasizes a direct-to-consumer approach, leveraging digital platforms to engage with customers and gather feedback for continuous improvement.

    Beat the Heat With this Top 10 Best Makeup Brands

    The POSE HD range by MyGlamm is ideal for summer, featuring HD Blush Duo and HD setting powder that offer a flawless, long-lasting finish. Its products are affordably priced, providing reliable makeup solutions for the summer heat. The POSE HD foundation stick is priced at Rs 599.

    9. Sugar:

    Sugar Cosmetics, established in 2012 by Vineeta Singh and Kaushik Mukherjee, has swiftly become a prominent player in the Indian beauty market. The brand is known for its vibrant and long-lasting products, catering to the modern Indian woman with a focus on quality and affordability. In 2021, the brand secured $21 million in series C funding, a significant milestone that underscored its rapid growth and robust market presence. This funding round was led by Elevation capital, with participation from existing investors A91 partners and India quotient.

    Beat the Heat With this Top 10 Best Makeup Brands

    Sugar Cosmetics is a standout in the Indian D2C market, known for its vibrant and high-performance products. Designed to withstand the summer heat, their range includes waterproof eyeliners, smudge-proof lipsticks, and long-lasting foundations. Their foundations and lipsticks are particularly popular for their ability to stay put in the summer heat, making them ideal for all skin types. Their "Aquaholic" range, featuring hydrating stick primers and lightweight foundations, is particularly suited for the summer. It priced in the mid-range, making them accessible to a broad audience. Its bestselling Smudge Me Not Liquid Lipstick is priced at Rs 499.

    10. Swiss Beauty:

    Swiss Beauty, established in 2008 by Amit and Mohit Goyal, has swiftly risen to prominence in the beauty industry, becoming a go-to brand for makeup enthusiasts and professionals alike. Known for its wide range of high-quality and affordable cosmetics, the brand has carved out a niche in a competitive market by offering products that blend innovation, style, and functionality.

    Beat the Heat With this Top 10 Best Makeup Brands

    The brand product range includes long-lasting foundations, waterproof eyeliners, and vibrant lipsticks. The summer essentials of the brand include their HD matte lipstick and 24H non-transfer foundation. Their products are known for their high performance and affordability. The brand is positioned in the budget-friendly segment. The HD matte lipstick is priced at approximately Rs 299.

    Conclusion: 

    In the ever-growing Indian D2C market, these top 10 makeup brands stand out for their ability to provide effective solutions for the summer heat. With a range of products designed to withstand high temperatures and humidity, these brands ensure that you can enjoy a flawless look all season long. Whether you're looking for waterproof makeup, smudge-proof formulas, or products for all skin types, these brands offer something for everyone, ensuring you stay radiant and confident in the summer heat.

    FAQs:

    1. What are some key factors to consider when choosing summer makeup?

    When choosing summer makeup, it's essential to look for products that offer long-lasting wear, sweat-proof and waterproof formulas, and ingredients that help control oil and shine. Additionally, products with SPF protection can help safeguard your skin from sun damage.

    2. Which makeup brand offers the best foundation for humid conditions in India?

    Several brands offer excellent foundations for humid conditions in India. Notably, L'Oréal's Infallible 24H Fresh Wear Foundation, Faces Canada's Ultime Pro HD Runway Foundation, and Sugar Cosmetics' "Aquaholic" range foundations are all known for their long-lasting, sweat-proof formulas suitable for humid weather.

    3. Are there affordable options for high-quality summer makeup in the Indian market?

    Yes, there are several affordable options for high-quality summer makeup in the Indian market. Brands like Swiss Beauty and Sugar Cosmetics offer budget-friendly products without compromising on quality. For instance, Swiss Beauty's HD Matte Lipstick is priced at Rs 299, and Sugar Cosmetics' Smudge Me Not Liquid Lipstick is around Rs 499.

    4. Which makeup brands offer cruelty-free products in India?

    Faces Canada and Colorbar are notable for their commitment to cruelty-free and dermatologically tested products. These brands focus on ethical practices and consumer safety, making them popular choices for conscious consumers.

    5. How can I keep my makeup intact during summer outdoor activities?

    To keep your makeup intact during summer outdoor activities, consider using a primer, setting spray, and choosing waterproof and sweat-proof products. Brands like MyGlamm offer the POSE HD Setting Powder, and L'Oréal's True Match Foundation is designed for long-lasting wear, which can help maintain your makeup look even in hot and humid conditions.

     

     

    Next Story
    Beyond Borders: How WhatsApp Marketing is Redefining Global Reach for Retailers
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Beyond Borders: How WhatsApp Marketing is Redefining Global Reach for Retailers
     

    Globalization sees a new dawn every day on the back of flourishing technological advancements in the digital realm of commerce. With a wide range of marketing channels in the digital sphere, brands keep trying newer engagement strategies to reach the right audience. However, several factors and deterrents keep the brands bound from reaching their full engagement potential while trying to market themselves through popular social media channels like Facebook/ Instagram, and email & SMS marketing. These factors involve demographic restriction, premiums for additional services, reduced reach and open rate, etc. Resorting to the universally popular messaging platform - WhatsApp emerges as a powerful tool for modern-day retailers to engage with customers beyond boundaries and go truly worldwide.

    WhatsApp has been able to achieve the feat on the back of its one-on-one conversation environment, which enables conversation between customers and brands to remain personalized and private. Reportedly, WhatsApp marketing has aided brands to record a 3x increase in conversions over other traditional marketing strategies.

    Enjoying a global user base of over 2 billion and a remarkable message open rate of 98 percent, WhatsApp presents retailers with tangible progress in reaching the targeted audience. WhatsApp’s metrics also offer a high click rate ranging between 45-60%, which translates into great chances of conversion of a lead into a consumer, hence amplifying the retailer’s revenue and reach.

    To take charge of the full potential of WhatsApp marketing, retailers can implement a range of strategic initiatives tailored to their business objectives:

    • Broadcast Carousel & Steal-Deal Limited Offers: Impulse buying is common among digital shoppers and retailers can reap the maximum benefit by running time-bound offers through WhatsApp marketing. Persuasive carousel ads on WhatsApp also help double the click rate as compared to traditional broadcasts, which means increased sales and engagement.
    • Abandoned Cart Recovery: Retailers often see their inventories lying unclaimed in virtual carts of shoppers, who then forget the items added to their cart. Sending personalized reminder notifications through WhatsApp can help them recover 25-40 percent abandoned shopping carts into sales. Timing these messages aptly can significantly increase the chances of conversion and help retailers decrease their revenue loss.
    • Send Retargeting Campaigns: It is simpler & much more effective to target users who have shown interest in your WhatsApp communication by clicking the CTA button attached to the message. With a mindful retargeting approach to tap the already engaged audience, retailers can bag increased conversion rates and improve marketing spend.
    • Cash on Delivery (COD) Confirmation: Automating confirmation messages for Cash on Delivery orders via WhatsApp reduces the chances of a return to origin. The order will be confirmed only once the user confirms they wish to proceed with Cash-on-delivery for their order. Moreover, incentivizing these prepaid orders with special discounts helps mitigate payment-related issues.
    • Build an End-to-End Shopping Experience: Retailers & e-commerce owners can build an end-to-end shopping experience for their customers on WhatsApp by sending them Catalogues & enabling payment collection directly within WhatsApp. By transforming the WhatsApp environment into a one-stop shopping destination, retailers can simplify the shopping experience for customers, increasing conversions and sales.
    • WhatsApp QR Code Integration: Unique WhatsApp QR codes can be integrated on the website, within retail stores, and on promotional materials to help initiate consumer engagement. This intuitive feature enables customers to converse with retailers anytime they want on WhatsApp, facilitating engagement and lead generation.
    • Dynamic WhatsApp Chatbot: Customers can be engaged even during non-business hours through automated responses set in dynamic WhatsApp Chatbots. From answering simple queries to prompting product showcases, the chatbot can add value to the customer experience and help catalyse conversions.
    • Click-to-WhatsApp Ads: Running ads on allied social media platforms that bring the lead to your WhatsApp, can help retailers initiate conversations, assist support, and drive sales hassle-free.
    • WhatsApp Button Integration: Channeling website visitors to WhatsApp business chat window through a WhatsApp button placed on the website helps record lead information, which the retailers can later use to target personalized communications in a bid to convert potential buyers.

    WhatsApp marketing, hence, showcases a wide range of ways to help retailers expand their reach across the world. By taking up innovative strategies and leveraging the full capabilities of WhatsApp, retailers can witness new opportunities that help them build meaningful connections with customers and increase revenue in the long run.

     

    About the Author

    Gautam Rajesh Shelley, CEO & Founder of AiSensy

    Gautam Rajesh Shelley, CEO & Founder of AiSensy 

    Next Story
    How to Start your T-Shirt Business in the Booming Indian Market
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    How to Start your T-Shirt Business in the Booming Indian Market
     

    The t-shirt business in India is witnessing exponential growth, with its market value currently estimated at Rs 23,211 crore. It is projected to grow at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of approximately 10 percent over the next decade, potentially reaching a staggering Rs 61,954 crore by 2027. This surge is driven by several factors, including the increasing acceptance of casual wear, a growing middle class, and a youthful population that favors t-shirts for their versatility and comfort.

    1. Understanding and Identifying the Competitive Market:

    The Indian market is characterized by a robust presence of both domestic and international brands. The Indian t-shirt market is dominated by men's wear, followed by women's wear and kids wear. In order to succeed in the competitive t-shirt market, it's essential to understand the landscape thoroughly. The women's segment is growing faster due to its smaller base and rising acceptance of casual attire among women. T-shirts are popular across all age groups and include knit shirts, polos, and knit tops, primarily targeting the youth segment.

    Key production hubs like Tirupur, Ludhiana, and Mumbai play a significant role due to their well-established ecosystems, skilled workforces, and favorable business conditions. These cities contribute to India’s position as one of the top exporters of t-shirts globally. Notable brands such as Allen Solly, Van Heusen, and Jockey are major players in the Indian market, catering to a wide range of consumers with their diverse product offerings.

    2. Identifying the Market for Creating a Successful Business Plan:

    Conducting thorough market research is crucial for identifying consumer preferences, market trends, and potential gaps in the market. Understanding the competitive landscape helps in crafting a business plan that outlines the brand's vision, target audience, marketing strategies, and financial projections. Key factors to consider include:

    • Target Audience: To effectively understand and engage with your target audience, it's crucial to delve into their demographics, preferences, and purchasing behavior. Demographically, this involves identifying key characteristics such as age, gender, income level, geographic location, and lifestyle choices that influence their buying decisions. Preferences encompass style inclinations, brand affinities, and product expectations, which can be gleaned from market research, surveys, and social media analytics. Purchasing behavior insights, including frequency of purchases, shopping channels, and decision-making triggers, further refine your approach.
    • Market Trends: Staying abreast of market trends is essential in the fast-paced fashion industry. This involves monitoring runway shows, consumer feedback, and fashion publications to predict emerging styles and consumer demands. Adjusting your product offerings and marketing strategies accordingly ensures relevance and competitiveness.
    • Competitor Analysis: Competitor analysis involves assessing rivals' strengths, weaknesses, and market positioning. This helps identify opportunities for differentiation and areas for improvement in your own offerings.

    3. Choosing a Unique Niche and Targeting a New Generation Market Structure:

    Differentiation is key to standing out in the competitive t-shirt market. Choosing a unique niche helps in targeting specific consumer segments and creating a distinct brand identity. This could involve focusing on eco-friendly products, customized designs, or themed T-shirts catering to specific interests or communities.

    Managing design and production involves ensuring high-quality materials, innovative designs, and efficient production processes. Leveraging local artisans and sustainable practices can also enhance the brand's appeal, especially among environmentally conscious consumers.

    4. Choosing a Business Model to Evaluate Your Product:

    Selecting the right business model is essential for evaluating and selling your product. Some common business models in the t-shirt industry include:

    • Retail: The retail landscape offers various sales models, each with distinct advantages and considerations. Traditional physical stores or retail chains provide direct customer interaction, fostering personalized experiences and immediate feedback, but often higher operational costs due to rent, staff, and inventory management.
    • Direct-to-Consumer (D2C): Direct-to-Consumer (D2C) models leverage online platforms to sell products directly to consumers, enabling greater control over branding, pricing, and customer relationships. This approach reduces intermediary costs associated with traditional retail, although it requires robust e-commerce capabilities and marketing strategies to drive traffic and sales.
    • Wholesale: Wholesale models involve selling products in bulk to retailers or distributors, ensuring wide distribution and large-volume sales. While this model can lead to substantial revenue through economies of scale, profit margins may be lower due to discounts offered to wholesalers.
    • Print-on-Demand: Print-on-Demand (PoD) allows for manufacturing products as orders are received, minimizing inventory costs and reducing the risk of overstock. Unit production costs may be higher compared to bulk manufacturing, impacting overall profitability unless managed efficiently.

    For startups, the D2C model is often advantageous due to lower initial investment and the ability to reach a broader audience through e-commerce platforms.

    5. Setting the Right Price:

    Pricing strategy is critical in attracting and retaining customers while ensuring profitability. Key factors to consider include:

    • Cost of Production: The cost of production encompasses several key elements crucial for pricing strategies. Materials constitute the raw inputs needed for manufacturing, with quality and availability directly impacting costs. Labor costs involve wages for production staff, reflecting efficiency and local wage standards. Overhead costs encompass facility expenses, utilities, administrative costs, and other operational expenses necessary for production.
    • Market Positioning: Market positioning involves strategically aligning pricing with the brand's perceived value in the market. Premium brands command higher prices due to perceived quality or exclusivity, while mid-range brands offer a balance of quality and affordability. Budget brands focus on competitive pricing to appeal to price-sensitive consumers.
    • Consumer Willingness to Pay: Understanding consumer willingness to pay involves market research and customer feedback to gauge the maximum price consumers are willing to spend on the product. Factors influencing willingness to pay include perceived value, brand loyalty, product differentiation, and economic factors.

    Offering tiered pricing with different ranges of products can cater to various segments of the market, from budget-conscious buyers to those seeking premium offerings.

    6. The Importance of Creating a Social Media Presence:

    In today's digital age, the online presence of a brand is essential. A well-designed website and active social media profiles on platforms like Instagram, Facebook, and Twitter help in:

    • Brand awareness involves strategies to increase recognition and familiarity with a brand among a broader audience. This includes leveraging multiple channels such as social media, traditional media, influencer partnerships, and sponsorships to enhance visibility and reach. Consistent brand messaging and visual identity across these platforms reinforce recognition and establish a strong brand image.
    • Customer Engagement: Customer engagement plays a pivotal role in fostering relationships and loyalty. Interaction through customer service channels, social media platforms, and community forums allows brands to address inquiries promptly, resolve issues, and gather valuable feedback.
    • Marketing and Promotion: Effective marketing and promotion are essential for communicating brand values, product benefits, and promotions to target audiences. This involves developing tailored advertising campaigns that resonate with consumer demographics and preferences. Utilizing data-driven insights, brands can optimize ad placements, refine messaging, and measure campaign effectiveness to maximize return on investment and enhance brand visibility.

    Integrating efficient shipment and payment methods enhances the customer experience, ensuring timely deliveries and secure transactions.

    7. Marketing and Promotion:

    Effective marketing and promotion are vital for driving sales and building brand loyalty. Strategies include:

    • Social Media Marketing: Social media also allows for real-time engagement, enabling brands to respond to comments, address customer queries, and build a community around their products. Utilizing features like stories, reels, and live sessions helps keep content dynamic and engaging.
    • Email Marketing: Email marketing remains a powerful tool for directly reaching consumers with tailored content. By sending newsletters, promotional offers, and product updates, brands can keep subscribers informed and interested. Personalized email campaigns, driven by customer data and preferences, enhance engagement and conversion rates. Automated email sequences can nurture leads, onboard new customers, and re-engage inactive subscribers.
    • Traditional Marketing: Traditional marketing methods, such as print media, billboards, and events, are effective for reaching broader and diverse audiences. Print ads in magazines and newspapers, outdoor advertising like billboards, and participation in trade shows or sponsorship of local events help increase brand visibility and credibility. These channels often complement digital efforts, creating a cohesive and comprehensive marketing strategy that maximizes reach and impact.

    Collaborating with influencers and bloggers can also amplify the brand's visibility and credibility.

    8. Legal and Financial Considerations:

    Compliance with legal and financial regulations is essential for smooth business operations. Key considerations include:

    • Permits and Licensing: Acquiring necessary permits and licenses is essential for legal operation. Depending on the business type and location, this may include general business licenses, health permits, zoning permits, and industry-specific certifications. Researching local, state, and federal requirements ensures that the business meets all regulatory standards. Regularly renewing and updating permits is necessary to avoid operational disruptions and legal consequences.
    • Trademark Protection: Trademark protection involves registering the brand's trademark to safeguard intellectual property. A trademark protects brand names, logos, slogans, and other distinctive elements from unauthorized use. Registering with the appropriate government authority provides legal protection and the ability to enforce trademark rights. Monitoring and enforcing trademarks against infringement ensures brand integrity and market exclusivity.

    9. Managing Operations:

    Efficient operations management ensures customer satisfaction and business growth. Key aspects include:

    • Customer Service: Providing excellent customer service is essential for building customer loyalty and satisfaction. Effective customer support involves promptly addressing inquiries, resolving complaints, and managing returns with a focus on creating positive experiences. This can be achieved through multiple channels such as phone support, live chat, email, and social media interactions. Implementing feedback mechanisms, such as surveys and follow-up communications, allows businesses to continuously improve their service quality.
    • Brand Analysis: Brand analysis involves the continuous evaluation of market performance and customer feedback to refine strategies and enhance brand positioning. This process includes tracking key performance indicators (KPIs) such as sales data, market share, and customer engagement metrics. Analyzing customer feedback from reviews, surveys, and social media provides insights into consumer perceptions and expectations. Regular brand audits help identify strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats, enabling proactive adjustments to marketing, product development, and customer service strategies.

    10. Embracing Technological Advancements

    Incorporating advanced technologies can significantly enhance business operations and customer experience:

    • Buy Now, Pay Later (BNPL): Offering flexible payment options to attract more customers.
    • Artificial Intelligence (AI): Utilizing AI for personalized marketing, inventory management, and customer service.
    • Sustainability: Adopting sustainable practices to appeal to eco-conscious consumers and reduce environmental impact.

    Conclusion:

    The t-shirt industry in India is poised for significant growth, offering lucrative opportunities for entrepreneurs. By understanding the competitive market, conducting thorough research, and choosing a unique niche, businesses can establish a strong presence. A well-thought-out business model, effective pricing strategy, and robust online presence are essential for success. Additionally, compliance with legal requirements, efficient operations management, and embracing technological advancements will further drive business growth and sustainability.

    Starting a t-shirt business in today's dynamic market requires strategic planning, innovation, and a customer-centric approach. By leveraging these insights and strategies, aspiring entrepreneurs can navigate the complexities of the market and achieve long-term success.

    FAQs on T-Shirt Business in India

    1. What are the initial steps to start a t-shirt brand?

    Begin by defining your brand concept and target audience. Conduct market research to understand trends and competition. Create a business plan outlining your goals, budget, and marketing strategy. Secure the necessary funding and set up a business structure. Design your t-shirts, find a reliable supplier, and establish an online presence through a website and social media.

    2. How do I design t-shirts that stand out?

    Focus on unique and creative designs that resonate with your target audience. Use high-quality graphics and stay up-to-date with design trends. Consider hiring a professional designer if needed. Ensure your designs are versatile and can be printed on various t-shirt styles. Test your designs with a small audience to gather feedback before mass production.

    3. What printing methods should I use for my t-shirts?

    The most common printing methods include screen printing, direct-to-garment (DTG) printing, heat transfer, and sublimation. Screen printing is cost-effective for large orders, while DTG is ideal for small batches and detailed designs. Heat transfer is good for on-demand printing, and sublimation works best for all-over prints. Choose a method based on your budget, design complexity, and order volume.

    4. How do I market my t-shirt brand effectively?

    Develop a comprehensive marketing strategy that includes social media marketing, influencer collaborations, and email campaigns. Utilize SEO techniques to improve your website’s visibility. Create engaging content such as blog posts, videos, and lookbooks to showcase your designs. Participate in local events and pop-up shops to gain exposure. Consider offering promotions and discounts to attract customers.

    5. What are the common challenges in starting a t-shirt brand, and how can I overcome them?

    Common challenges include managing production costs, maintaining consistent quality, and standing out in a saturated market. Overcome these by building strong relationships with reliable suppliers, investing in high-quality materials, and continuously innovating your designs. Focus on excellent customer service and create a strong brand identity. Stay adaptable and ready to pivot your strategies based on market feedback.

     

    Next Story
    Top 10 Cycle Brands in India: Best Bicycles for Every Rider
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Top 10 Cycle Brands in India: Best Bicycles for Every Rider
     

    The global bicycle market is on a significant upward course to grow from $110.38 billion in 2023 to $228.90 billion by 2030, growing at a CAGR of 11.0 percent. This growth is fuelled by the increasing popularity of cycling, not just as a mode of transportation, but also as a recreational activity and a means to maintain fitness. With its diverse landscapes and a growing interest in healthy living, there has been a surge in demand for bicycle brands in India. Whether you're a professional cyclist, a fitness enthusiast, or someone who enjoys a casual ride, finding the right bicycle is essential. Here are the top 10 bicycle brands in India that cater to all kinds of riders.

    Best Cycle Brands in India

    Here's a list of the best cycle brands in India.

    1. Avon Cycles: Top Cycle Brand in India for All Age Groups

     
    Avon Cycles - Top Bicycle Brands in India

    The brand showcase the classic example of the enterprising Punjabi spirit. In the early days following India's independence post-partition in 1947, the legendary Pahwa Brothers dreamed of providing the common man with an affordable means of mobility. The organization combines the simplicity and speed of a family business with the broad-based features of corporate functioning. The former inspires trust, while the latter instills confidence in its ability to perform continually and consistently.

    The brand is intensifying its efforts to expand both its domestic and international market presence. Known as the largest bicycle manufacturer in India, it has exceeded its FY 23-24 sales target by the beginning of its fourth quarter, achieving a remarkable milestone. With an operating revenue of over Rs 500 crore, the brand is a powerhouse in the industry. J&K Bank has partnered with Avon Cycles Ludhiana to finance their electric vehicle (e-vehicle) range, continuing their proactive, environmentally friendly strategy. This brand is a standout in the list of top bicycle brands in India.

    Specifications

    • Brand: Avon Cycles
    • Type: City, Mountain, Kids, E-vehicles
    • Tires: High-quality rubber, sizes ranging from 20 to 29 inches
    • Wheel Size: Various sizes, including 20", 24", 26", 27.5", and 29"
    • Saddle: Comfort-enhanced with ergonomic design
    • Suspension: Available on select models (front suspension and full suspension options)
    • Pay Load: Standard capacity up to 120 kg
    • Frame Size: Multiple sizes available (small, medium, large)
    • Brakes: Disc brakes and V-brakes available across different models

    Pros and Cons of Avon Cycles

    Pros Cons
    Affordable Limited suspension options
    Wide range of types Less advanced features on basic models
    Comfortable saddles Limited high-end models
    Reliable build quality Standard design aesthetics

    Why It is Worth Buying

    Avon Cycles offers a variety of affordable and reliable bicycles suitable for all ages. Their range includes city, mountain, kids, and e-vehicles, ensuring a suitable option for every rider. Features like comfort-enhanced saddles and high-quality tires contribute to a smooth ride, while disc and V-brakes ensure safety. Despite limited suspension options on some models, Avon Cycles’ overall build quality and affordability make them a top choice among cycle brands in India.

    2. Hero Cycles: Leading Innovation Among Cycle Brand in India

     
    . Hero Cycles - Top Bicycle Brand in India

    Hero Honda commenced its operations in 1984 as a joint venture between Hero Cycles of India and Honda of Japan. Controlled by Pankaj M Munjal, Hero Motors Company (HMC) is an Indian multinational business conglomerate. The brand name was adopted by the Munjal brothers for their flagship company, Hero Cycles Ltd. The joint venture, named Hero Honda Motors Limited, was established in Dharuhera, India, with the Munjal family and the Honda group each owning a 26 percent stake in the company.

    For the fiscal year ending March 31, 2023, Hero Cycles Limited reported an operational revenue exceeding Rs 500 crore. The company’s EBITDA grew by an impressive 323.07 percent compared to the previous year, with its net worth increasing by 8.77 percent. It offers a variety of cycles, from city rides to e-cycles, with prices ranging from Rs 6,050 to Rs 60,999. As one of the top cycle brands in India, Hero Cycles is a leading choice for many.

    Specifications

    • Brand: Hero Cycles
    • Type: Road, Mountain, City, E-cycles
    • Tires: Durable rubber, sizes ranging from 20 to 29 inches
    • Wheel Size: Multiple sizes available, including 20", 24", 26", 27.5", and 29"
    • Saddle: Ergonomic design for enhanced comfort
    • Suspension: Available on select models, including front suspension and full suspension options
    • Pay Load: Standard capacity up to 120 kg
    • Frame Size: Various sizes available, typically ranging from 15" to 21"
    • Brakes: Disc brakes (160mm and 180mm) and V-brakes

    Pros and Cons of Hero Cycles

    Pros Cons
    Innovative designs Some models may be more expensive
    Durable tires Limited availability of high-end models
    Ergonomic saddles Standard design aesthetics

    Why It is Worth Buying

    Hero Cycles is renowned for its innovative designs and durability. They offer a wide range of bicycles, including road, mountain, city, and e-cycles, catering to both casual riders and cycling enthusiasts. With ergonomic saddles and durable tires, Hero Cycles provide a comfortable and long-lasting riding experience. Despite the higher price point on some models, the brand’s commitment to quality and innovation makes it a top choice among cycle brands in India.

    3. Firefox Bikes: Premium Quality Among Top Cycle Brands in India

     

    Firefox Bikes: Top 10 Bicycle Brands in India

    In early 2005, the cycling scene in India experienced a dramatic transformation when the brand introduced an imported range of approximately 30 bike models into the Indian bicycle market. This range, covering the full spectrum of mountain, all-terrain, road, BMX, and kids' bikes, was made according to higher international quality standards and specifications, significantly enhancing the biking experience in India.

    Firefox Bikes sold 18,000 cycles and earned revenue of Rs 22.5 crore in the first quarter of FY 2023. Catering primarily to the premium segment, the brand holds an estimated market share of 13-15 percent contributing to being a top bicycle brand. Prices for the bikes start around Rs 11,000 and go beyond Rs 45,000, making it a leading name in the high-end bicycle market in India.

    Specifications:

    • Brand: Firefox Bikes
    • Type: Mountain, Hybrid, Road
    • Tires: Premium rubber, sizes ranging from 24 to 29 inches
    • Wheel Size: Various sizes available, including 24", 26", 27.5", and 29"
    • Saddle: Comfort-oriented with cushioning for long rides
    • Suspension: Available on many models, including front suspension and full suspension options
    • Pay Load: Standard capacity up to 110 kg
    • Frame Size: Multiple sizes available, typically ranging from 15" to 21"
    • Brakes: Disc brakes, with options like 160mm and 180mm disc sizes

    Pros and Cons of Firefox Bikes

    Pros Cons
    Premium quality Higher price point
    Comfort-oriented saddles Limited availability in rural areas

    Why It is Worth Buying

    Firefox Bikes stands out for its premium quality and comfort. Catering to enthusiasts and professionals, their range includes mountain, hybrid, and road bikes. The comfort-oriented saddles and high-quality rubber tires ensure a smooth and enjoyable ride. With many models featuring suspension and disc brakes, Firefox Bikes are designed for performance and reliability. Despite a higher price point, the brand's focus on quality and comfort makes it a top choice among cycle brands in India.

    4. Cannondale: High-Performance Cycles Brands in India

    Cannondale: Top Bicycle Brands in India

    The Cannondale Bicycle Corporation, an American division of the Dutch conglomerate Pon Holdings, supplies bicycles. In 1971, Joe Montgomery initially focused on making bicycling accessories and clothing, the tiny company challenged the industry in the 1980s by introducing some of the first mass-produced bicycle frames made from aluminum instead of steel. Now, the company has capitalized on the cycling boom that accelerated during the pandemic, including electric models under the nameplate Neo.

    Cannondale offers a diverse range of bikes, including road, mountain, active, electric, and kids' bikes, along with biking equipment, gears, and accessories. In 2023, Cannondale reached a new high with an astounding $74.0 million in annual revenue. Known for its dedication to quality and innovation, Cannondale serves a wide variety of cyclists, from casual riders to professional competitors.

    Specifications

    • Brand: Cannondale
    • Type: Road, Mountain, Hybrid, Electric
    • Tires: High-performance rubber, sizes ranging from 24 to 29 inches
    • Wheel Size: Various sizes available, including 24", 26", 27.5", and 29"
    • Saddle: Ergonomic and performance-oriented for maximum comfort and efficiency
    • Suspension: Advanced suspension systems available, including front suspension, full suspension, and lefty suspension options
    • Pay Load: Standard capacity up to 120 kg, heavy-duty options available for up to 150 kg
    • Frame Size: Multiple sizes available, typically ranging from 15" to 23"
    • Brakes: Hydraulic disc brakes, with options like 160mm, 180mm, and 203mm disc sizes

    Pros and Cons of Cannondale Bikes

    Pros Cons
    High-performance quality Premium price range
    Advanced suspension systems Limited availability in some regions
    Ergonomic saddles  
    Wide range of models  

    For more details, visit their official website.(https://www.cannondale.com/)

    Why It is Worth Buying

    Cannondale bikes are renowned for their high-performance quality and advanced features, making them ideal for serious cyclists. The brand offers a wide range of models, including road, mountain, hybrid, and electric bikes, catering to various cycling needs. Their bikes come with advanced suspension systems and hydraulic disc brakes, ensuring a smooth and safe ride. Despite being in a premium price range, Cannondale's focus on performance and innovation makes it a top choice among cycle brands in India.

    5. La Sovereign : High-Quality and Stylish Cycle Brand in India

     

    La Sovereign - Best Bicycle Brand in India

    The first-ever joint venture between companies based in Thailand and India to market high-quality bicycles and kids' toys with world-class designs to Indian consumers. An India-based company has been in the bicycle trade for the past 40 years, establishing a strong brand presence in both the Indian and export markets. As one of the leaders in the trade, the company has attained a high level of technical expertise in manufacturing and marketing over the years

    La Sovereign operates with revenue ranging from Rs 1-100 crore for the financial year ending March 31, 2023. The brand is situated in Ludhiana, Punjab, having an authorized share capital of Rs 3.75 crore and a total paid-up capital of Rs 3.65 crore. The company's net worth has increased by 0.24 percent, with starting prices for their bikes around Rs 10,000 on e-commerce platforms.

    Specifications

    • Brand: La Sovereign
    • Type: City, Mountain, Kids, Hybrid
    • Tires: Durable rubber, sizes ranging from 20 to 29 inches
    • Wheel Size: Various sizes available, including 20", 24", 26", 27.5", and 29"
    • Saddle: Comfort-focused design for enhanced riding comfort
    • Suspension: Available on select models, including front suspension and full suspension options
    • Pay Load: Standard capacity up to 110 kg
    • Frame Size: Multiple sizes available, typically ranging from 14" to 21"
    • Brakes: Disc brakes and V-brakes, with options like 160mm disc sizes and standard V-brake configurations

    Pros and Cons of La Sovereign Bikes

    Pros Cons
    Stylish designs Limited high-end models
    Durable tires Higher price range
    Comfort-focused saddles Limited availability in rural areas
    A wide range of models  

    Why It is Worth Buying

    La Sovereign is known for its stylish and high-quality bicycles, catering to various cycling needs, including city, mountain, kids, and hybrid models. The brand emphasizes comfort with its well-designed saddles and durable tires, ensuring a pleasant riding experience. Although priced higher, the reliability and design of La Sovereign bikes make them a preferred choice among top cycle brands in India.

    6. BSA :Top Cycle Brand in India for Durability and Comfort

     

    BSA - Top Bicycle Brand in India

    Established in 1949 by the Murugappa Group in collaboration with Tube Investments (UK), TI Cycles has evolved from a bicycle manufacturer to an expert in mobility and well-being solutions. Renowned for its flagship bicycle brands—BSA, Hercules, Montra, and Mach City—the brand has pioneered and perfected numerous cycle categories in India. These include the first-ever MTB, geared bike,  Shox model, girls' bike, kids' bike, light roadster, carbon frame bike, and India’s cycling café. The inaugural Hercules bicycle was produced in 1951, marking the beginning of many innovations. It operates plants in Chennai and Rajpura and maintains major warehouses in Guwahati and Chennai, serving a nationwide network of over 1,200 dealers.

    The brand is renowned for launching some of the first bicycles on the Indian market across various categories such as MTB, geared cycles, kids’ cycles, and ladies’ cycles. With a vast price range starting from Rs 1,800-25,000, BSA offers a diverse range of cycles with 62 models currently available on major e-commerce websites. It is undoubtedly among the top cycle brands in India.

    Specifications

    • Brand: BSA
    • Type: City, Kids, Road
    • Tires: Durable rubber
    • Wheel Size: Multiple sizes
    • Saddle: Comfortable
    • Suspension: Available on some models
    • Pay Load: Standard capacity
    • Frame Size: Various sizes
    • Brakes: V-brakes

    Pros and Cons of BSA Bikes

    Pros Cons
    Durable build Fewer high-performance models
    Comfortable saddles Basic suspension options
    Wide range of sizes Standard design aesthetics
    Affordable Limited advanced features

    Why It is Worth Buying

    BSA is a leading cycle brand in India, known for its durable and comfortable bicycles. Ideal for city, kids, and road cycling, BSA bikes come with durable rubber tires and comfortable saddles, ensuring a smooth ride. The brand offers various sizes and affordable prices, making it accessible to many cyclists. Although it has fewer high-performance models, BSA’s reputation for quality and reliability makes it a top choice among the best cycle brands in India.

    For more details, visit the official website.(https://www.bsabicycles.com/)

    7. Road Master: Reliable and Affordable Cycle Brand in India

     

    Road Master - Best Bicycle Brands in India

    An Indian premium bicycle brand and currently the fastest-growing bicycle manufacturing company in India. Established to empower Indian bicycle riders, Road Master Cycles provides highly durable and cost-effective bicycles with a variety of design choices. The brand entered the Indian bicycle market in 2014 with a mission to offer the best value products, cutting-edge technology, and dedicated round-the-clock customer support.

    It boasts an authorized share capital of Rs 2,000,000. Within nearly a decade of operation, the company has successfully delivered over 400,000 cycles across India. Offering a diverse range of over 60 models, Road Master Cycles caters to a wide variety of bicycling needs in the country. With a well-knitted network of loyal channel partners, the brand ensures its accessibility and visibility to consumers, further solidifying its position in the Indian bicycle market.

    Specifications

    • Brand: Road Master
    • Type: City, Mountain, Kids, Hybrid
    • Tires: Durable rubber
    • Wheel Size: Various sizes
    • Saddle: Comfort-oriented
    • Suspension: Available on select models
    • Pay Load: Standard capacity
    • Frame Size: Multiple sizes
    • Brakes: Disc and V-brakes

    Pros and Cons of Road Master Bikes

    Pros Cons
    Affordable Limited high-end features
    Durable build Basic design aesthetics
    Comfortable saddles Limited advanced suspension
    Wide range of models  

    Why It is Worth Buying

    Road Master is a popular cycle brand in India known for its reliability and affordability. The brand offers a variety of models, including city, mountain, kids, and hybrid bikes, making it accessible to a wide range of riders. With durable tires and comfort-oriented saddles, Road Master ensures a smooth and enjoyable riding experience. Despite having basic design aesthetics and limited advanced features, the brand's affordability and reliability make it a preferred choice among the top cycle brands in India.

    For more details, visit their official website.(https://www.roadmasterbikes.com/)

    8. Btwin (Decathlon) : Leading Cycle Brand in India for All Riders

     

    Road Master - Top Bicycle Brands in India

    Renowned brand of bicycles, parts, and accessories exclusively available at Decathlon, offers cyclists a perfect blend of style, performance, and affordability. Crafted by expert manufacturers across Asia and Europe, with a touch of French precision added since 2010, these bikes are a testament to quality and innovation. Over the years, Portugal has been instrumental in producing over 1 million bicycles, ensuring top-notch craftsmanship. Not just limited to bikes, B'TWIN also provides a wide range of accessories and parts, all designed to enhance your cycling experience without breaking the bank.

    Under the global leader Decathlon, the brand reported an impressive annual revenue of Rs 3,950 crore as of March 31, 2023. With a strong presence in over 70 countries, the brand continues to expand globally, focusing on innovation and sustainability. The bicycles start at around Rs 7,999 and go beyond Rs 26,000, making them accessible to many customers.

    Specifications

    • Brand: Btwin (Decathlon)
    • Type: Mountain, Hybrid, Road, Kids
    • Tires: High-quality rubber
    • Wheel Size: Various sizes
    • Saddle: Ergonomic and comfort-oriented
    • Suspension: Available on many models
    • Pay Load: Standard capacity
    • Frame Size: Multiple sizes
    • Brakes: V-brakes and disc brakes

    Pros and Cons of Btwin Bikes

    Pros Cons
    Wide range of models Some models may be pricier
    High-quality components Limited availability in smaller towns
    Comfortable saddles  
    Good suspension options  

    Why It is Worth Buying

    Btwin, a brand from Decathlon, is well-regarded among the best cycle brands in India for offering a wide range of high-quality bicycles. Whether you're into mountain biking, road cycling, or looking for a reliable kids' bike, Btwin has you covered. Their bikes feature ergonomic saddles, durable tires, and good suspension options, ensuring comfort and performance. Although some models may be pricier, Btwin’s commitment to quality and variety makes it a top choice among cyclists in India.

    For more information, visit the Decathlon website.(https://www.decathlon.in/)

    9. Trek: Premium Quality Among the Best Cycle Brands in India

     

    Trek: Top Bicycle Company in India

    A bicycle product manufacturer and distributor under brand names Trek, Electra Bicycle Company, Bontrager, and Diamant Bikes. In the past, the business has produced bicycles under the brands Villiger Bikes, LeMond Racing Cycles, Klein, and Gary Fisher. Trek Bicycles is marketed through 1,700 individually owned bicycle shops in North America, subsidiaries in Europe, Asia, and South Africa, as well as distributors in 90 countries worldwide. The brand has its headquarters located in Waterloo, Wisconsin. The majority of Trek bicycles are produced in nations other than the US, such as the Netherlands, Germany, Taiwan, and China.

    Trek Bicycle, a leading bicycle brand in India, reports a revenue/turnover of Rs 1-100 crore. The company's net worth has increased by an impressive 98.66 percent, and its EBITDA has risen by 238.31 percent. With global revenue reaching $900.0 million, the bicycle continues solidifying its position as a top bicycle brand in India and a major player in the global market.

    Specifications

    • Brand: Trek
    • Type: Mountain, Road, Hybrid, Electric
    • Tires: High-performance rubber
    • Wheel Size: Various sizes
    • Saddle: Ergonomic and performance-oriented
    • Suspension: Advanced suspension systems available
    • Pay Load: Standard and heavy-duty options
    • Frame Size: Multiple sizes
    • Brakes: Hydraulic disc brakes

    Pros and Cons of Trek Bikes

    Pros Cons
    High-performance quality Premium price range
    Advanced suspension systems Limited availability in some regions
    Ergonomic saddles  
    Wide range of models  

    Why It is Worth Buying

    Trek is a top cycle brand in India, known for its high-performance quality and advanced features. The brand offers a wide range of bicycles, including mountain, road, hybrid, and electric bikes, catering to serious cyclists and enthusiasts. With advanced suspension systems and hydraulic disc brakes, Trek bikes ensure a smooth and safe ride. Despite being in a premium price range, Trek’s focus on performance and innovation makes it a top choice among the best cycle brands in India.

    For more information, visit the official website.(https://www.trekbikes.com/)

    10. Stryder

     

     Stryder - Best Bicycle Company in India

    It has a large selection of bicycles including E-bikes, Roadster, Kids, Premium, Mountain, and SLR bikes. In India, Stryder bicycles may be found in over 4000 retail locations. In addition to being one of the top bicycle brands in India, Stryder has more than three million satisfied riders worldwide and exports to SAARC, Africa, and the Middle East. 

    It is a prominent name in the bike industry, achieved impressive financial breakthroughs with revenue ranging between Rs 100-500 crore. The company's net worth surged by 16.58 percent, reflecting its commitment to innovation, quality, and customer satisfaction. It continues to set benchmarks, ensuring its position as a preferred choice for cycling enthusiasts with a focus on sustainability and cutting-edge technology.

    Specifications

    • Brand: Stryder
    • Type: City, Mountain, Kids, Hybrid
    • Tires: High-quality rubber
    • Wheel Size: Various sizes
    • Saddle: Comfort-oriented
    • Suspension: Available on select models
    • Pay Load: Standard capacity
    • Frame Size: Multiple sizes
    • Brakes: Disc and V-brakes

    Pros and Cons of Stryder Bikes

    Pros Cons
    Affordable Limited advanced features
    Durable tires Basic design aesthetics
    Comfortable saddles Limited high-end models
    Wide range of models  

    Why It is Worth Buying

    Stryder, known for its affordability and versatility, offers a range of bicycles suitable for city riding, mountain biking, kids, and hybrid models. With high-quality rubber tires and comfort-oriented saddles, Stryder bikes provide a smooth and enjoyable ride. Despite having basic design aesthetics and limited advanced features, the brand’s affordability and reliability make it a strong contender among the top cycle brands in India.

    For more details, visit their official website.(https://www.strydercycles.com/)

    FAQs  on Top Cycle Brands in India

    1. What types of bicycles do these brands offer?

    These brands offer a variety of bicycles including road bikes, mountain bikes, hybrid bikes, electric bikes, kids' bikes, and more.

    2. Where can I buy bicycles from these brands?

    Bicycles from these brands are available for purchase at their respective dealerships, retail stores, and major e-commerce platforms like Amazon, Flipkart, and Decathlon's online store.

    3. Do these brands offer warranty and after-sales service?

    Yes, most of these brands offer warranty and after-sales service for their bicycles. The warranty period and service terms may vary, so it's recommended to check with the brand or their authorized dealers for specific details.

    4. How can I choose the right bicycle brand for my needs?

    To choose the right bicycle brand, consider factors like your budget, the type of cycling you plan to do (road, mountain, commuting), and your specific preferences for features and design.

     

     

    Next Story
    Organised Paints Sector to Double Capacity with Rs 19,000 Cr Investment by 2027
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Organised Paints Sector to Double Capacity with Rs 19,000 Cr Investment by 2027
     

    The organised paints sector in India is on the cusp of a significant transformation, with production capacity poised to nearly double to approximately 7.8 billion litres per annum (blpa) between fiscal years 2024 and 2027. This ambitious expansion will be fueled by investments totaling around Rs 19,000 crore, including significant contributions from a major new entrant.

    A substantial portion of this new capacity, about 2.4 blpa, is expected to become operational in the current fiscal year, with the new player alone adding 1.3 blpa. This expansion will primarily focus on the decorative segment, which represents 75-80 percent of the total production. The sector's volume is projected to continue its healthy annual growth rate of 10-15 percent, consistent with historical trends.

    Increased Competition and Pricing Strategies

    However, this surge in capacity is likely to intensify competition as companies vie for market share. To attract customers and fully utilize their expanded capacities, especially in the value segment, which accounts for more than half of the sector's total revenue, manufacturers might adopt aggressive pricing strategies. Consequently, overall revenue growth is expected to moderate to 7-10 percent this fiscal year. Furthermore, operating profitability is predicted to decline to 15-17 percent due to heightened marketing expenditures and pressure on realisations.

    Stable Credit Profiles Amidst Competitive Pressures

    Despite these challenges, the credit profiles of existing manufacturers are expected to remain stable. This resilience is attributed to their near debt-free balance sheets and robust liquidity, which is equivalent to nearly one-fourth of their net worth. A study of six major firms, representing approximately 90 percent of the organised sector’s gross sales of around Rs 70,000 crore, supports this outlook.

    Poonam Upadhyay, Director at CRISIL Ratings, states, “The volume growth of 10-15 percent this fiscal will be driven by steady demand from retail and business-to-business segments — catering to construction, real estate and automobiles — which is salutary. Rising disposable incomes, increasing consumer preference for quality and branded products, rising home sales and an expected recovery in rural demand will be supportive. However, pressure on realisations will partially offset the benefit of higher volume, tempering revenue growth this fiscal.”

    Impact of Pricing and Promotional Strategies

    In the previous fiscal year, the sector saw a modest revenue growth of around 4 percent, as manufacturers reduced prices by 4-5 percent through higher discounts and rebates in response to softened crude-linked input prices. This strategy, coupled with increased promotional spending to counter competition, resulted in gross margins rising by approximately 500 basis points. However, operating margins increased by only 300 basis points to around 20 percent from 17 percent in fiscal 2023.

    Raw Material Prices and Operating Profitability

    The prices of key raw materials, particularly crude-linked derivatives such as binders, solvents, and additives, as well as titanium dioxide, are expected to remain steady. This stability will help maintain gross margins at 40-42 percent this fiscal year. However, due to increased advertising and promotional spending aimed at supporting retail network expansion and reinforcing brand recall amidst intensifying competition, operating profitability is likely to moderate to 15-17 percent from around 20 percent last fiscal year. Additionally, new entrants are expected to face operational losses in their initial years.

    Strategic Investments and Diversification

    To maintain a competitive edge and broaden their product offerings, existing manufacturers are introducing new products and expanding into non-paint categories such as adhesives, construction chemicals, and waterproofing products. This strategic diversification has led to increased investments in capacity, backward integration, research and development, and technology.

    Anil More, Associate Director at CRISIL Ratings, notes, “We expect the credit quality of existing manufacturers to be largely stable despite high capex. They are likely to fund capex through cash surplus and accruals, while new entrants will utilise a mix of debt and fresh equity. While the key debt metrics are expected to moderate, interest coverage and debt/Ebitda ratios of the sample set will stay comfortable at 14-16x and 0.5-0.7x, respectively, in this and next fiscal compared with previous peaks of over 40x and less than 0.1x, respectively.”

    Market Dynamics and Future Outlook

    The impact of volatile crude oil prices on key raw material costs, currency fluctuations, an anticipated recovery in rural demand, and a higher-than-expected increase in competitive intensity due to new capacities coming online are critical factors to watch. These elements will play a significant role in shaping the sector's future dynamics and profitability.

    As the paints sector navigates this period of substantial growth and heightened competition, companies will need to balance their expansion strategies with prudent financial management to sustain their market positions and profitability.

     

    Next Story
    Top 10 Pet Care Companies India, Market Reaching $427.75 Bn by 2032
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Top 10 Pet Care Companies India, Market Reaching $427.75 Bn by 2032
     

    The current value of the pet care industry worldwide is expected to skyrocket to $246.66 billion in 2023 and reach $427.75 billion by 2032, indicating unparalleled development in this business. This increase is the result of "paw parents" being more and more committed to the health and welfare of their furry companions, which has led to large expenditures in many areas of pet care. A pet website, Pet Keen, reports that food and treats account for 75–80 percent of pet care costs, highlighting the critical role nutrition plays in pet parenting. The remaining expenditure covers accessories, grooming supplies, toys, and services, highlighting the comprehensive nature of modern pet care.

    Best Pet Care Brands in India

    From premium pet food that caters to specific dietary requirements to innovative treats that promote health and well-being, here are the top 10 pet care companies in india with detailed information that are always at the forefront in the Indian market:

    1. Supertails:

    Supertails, a dynamic player in the realm of pet care brands, was founded by Varun Sadana, Aman Tekriwal, and Vineet Khanna, in 2021 with a vision of presenting a comprehensive solution for pet food and supplies. Supertails has been committed to providing top-notch products and services that prioritize the health and happiness of pets and their paw parents. With a series of successful funding rounds, including a recent $28.4 million investment led by RPSG Capital Ventures, Whiteboard Capital, Titan Capital, Sauce.vc, Saama Capital, Fireside Ventures, DSG Consumer, Partners Ka Enterprises, and Alteria Capital in 2024, the brand has solidified its position in the market.

    Top 10 Pet Care Brands Dominating the $427 Bn Market

     

    What sets the brand apart in the competitive market of pet care brands is its relentless pursuit of innovation. The brand continuously invests in research and development to introduce cutting-edge solutions that address the evolving needs of pets. From advanced nutritional supplements to state-of-the-art personalised training, Supertails offers a comprehensive service designed to enhance the well-being of pets.

    The brand's strength lies in its provision of fully digital telehealth consultations and online pet behaviour training services, administered by a team of seasoned internal veterinarians and pet behaviour experts. Whether it's promoting online pet behaviour training services, internal veterinarians, or pet behaviour experts, Supertails provides tailored solutions to meet the diverse needs of pets. The brand's dedication to customer satisfaction and pet wellness fosters a strong bond of trust with paw parents.

    2. Royal Canin:

    Royal Canin, a renowned name in the pet care industry, has established itself as a leader by prioritizing the health and well-being of pets through scientifically formulated nutrition. Founded in 1968 by French veterinarian Dr. Jean Cathary, the brand has consistently focused on understanding the unique needs of pets, each formula meets the specific dietary needs of pets, whether it is breed-specific nutrition or addressing particular health concerns such as obesity, digestive issues, or allergies, making it a preferred choice among pet owners and veterinarians worldwide.

    Top 10 Pet Care Brands Dominating the $427 Bn Market

    As a subsidiary of Mars, incorporated in 2001, the brand benefits from substantial financial backing. Mars Petcare, the parent company, reported an impressive revenue of $18 billion in 2022, with Royal Canin contributing significantly to this figure. Its products are tailored to cater to the precise needs of different breeds, sizes, and life stages, ensuring optimal health and vitality. Its specialized formulas are crafted to support everything from joint health and dental care to skin and coat conditions, providing comprehensive care for pets. Royal Canin's commitment to quality control and safety ensures that pet owners can trust the consistency and efficacy of their products.

    3. Heads Up for Tails:

    Heads Up for Tails (HUFT) has rapidly emerged as a distinguished name in the top 10 in the pet care industry, celebrated for its dedication to providing high-quality products and services that cater to the diverse needs of pets and their owners. Founded in 2008 by Rashi Narang, HUFT has carved out a niche in the market with its innovative, thoughtful, and pet-centric approach.

    Top 10 Pet Care Brands Dominating the $427 Bn Market

     

    One of the key reasons HUFT stands out in the crowded pet care market is its comprehensive range of products and services. From premium pet food and grooming supplies to stylish accessories and toys, HUFT offers a holistic shopping experience for pet owners. Its products are meticulously designed to ensure safety, comfort, and enrichment, reflecting a deep understanding of pet needs. The brand has expanded into personalized services such as grooming, training, and pet spa treatments, providing a one-stop solution for pet care.

    Its products are sourced and crafted with a focus on sustainability and safety, ensuring that pets receive the best care possible. The brand also emphasizes customization, allowing pet owners to personalize products, thereby enhancing the bond between pets and their owners. HUFT actively engages with the pet community through educational content, events, and social initiatives, fostering a supportive and informed pet-loving community.

    4. Drools:

    Drools, a premier pet care brand, has swiftly ascended to prominence through its commitment to providing high-quality, nutritionally balanced pet food. Founded by Fahim Sultan, the brand was established with a vision to enhance the health and well-being of pets through superior nutrition. Drools is recognized as one of the top pet care brands, trusted by paw parents and veterinarians alike. In 2021, it secured $60 million in funding from L. Catterton, a leading consumer-focused private equity firm. This investment has empowered Drools to expand its product line, enhance its distribution network, and invest in research and development.

    Top 10 Pet Care Brands Dominating the $427 Bn Market

    In the competitive pet care market by focusing on scientific research and nutritional expertise. Each product is meticulously crafted to meet the specific dietary needs of pets, ensuring optimal health and vitality. Its extensive range includes dry and wet food for dogs and cats, tailored for various life stages and health conditions. By using high-quality ingredients free from artificial colors and preservatives, Drools ensures that pets receive wholesome, safe nutrition. The brand emphasizes balanced nutrition, which is crucial for maintaining pet health. Drools' products are rich in essential nutrients, including proteins, vitamins, and minerals, supporting overall well-being, boosting immunity, and promoting healthy skin and coat. It offers specialized diets for pets with specific health needs, such as weight management, digestive care, and joint support.

    5. Fabled Pets:

    Fabled Pets, founded by Varun Sharma, has swiftly emerged as a prominent player in the pet care industry, driven by a passion for enhancing pet wellness. It has been committed to providing top-quality products and services that prioritize the health and happiness of pets and their paw parents.

    Top 10 Pet Care Brands Dominating the $427 Bn Market

    The brand leverages cutting-edge research and technology to develop products that address the evolving needs of pets. From advanced nutritional supplements to interactive toys and training tools, Fabled Pets offers a comprehensive range of solutions designed to promote the physical and mental well-being of pets. The brand offers premium ingredients that are backed by scientific research, ensuring superior quality and efficacy.  These products cater to a wide range of pet needs, from promoting joint health and dental care to addressing anxiety and behavioral issues. The brand's commitment to innovation means that pet parents can trust Fabled Pets to provide innovative solutions for their furry companions.

    6. Dogsee Chew:

    Dogsee Chew, a distinguished name among pet care brands, has garnered acclaim for its all-natural, high-quality pet treats. Founded by Bhupendra Khanal in 2015, the brand emerged from a desire to provide pets with wholesome, healthy treats that align with natural dietary practices. Dogsee Chew is celebrated as one of the top pet care brands, trusted by paw parents and veterinarians around the globe. The brand raised $7 million in a Series A funding round in 2021, led by Sixth Sense Ventures.

    Top 10 Pet Care Brands Dominating the $427 Bn Market

    The brand specializes in 100 percent natural dog treats made from yak and cow milk sourced from the Himalayas. These hard cheese treats are free from preservatives, additives, and artificial coloring, making them a healthy and safe choice for pets. The company's commitment to natural ingredients and traditional manufacturing processes ensures that every treat is of the highest quality, providing pets with nutritious and delicious snacks.

    Dogsee Chew offers numerous benefits to its consumers. The treats are not only nutritious but also help maintain dental health by reducing plaque and tartar buildup. They are high in protein and low in fat, making them an ideal snack for dogs of all breeds and sizes.

    7. Whiskas:

    Mars founded Whiskas, a well-known brand in the pet care space. With its commitment to providing cats with wholesome and nutritious food, Whiskas aims to improve the lives of animals and their paw parents everywhere. The parent business, Mars Petcare, reported a healthy $18 billion in revenue in 2022, with Whiskas making a large contribution to this amount.

    Top 10 Pet Care Brands Dominating the $427 Bn Market

    The brand stands out as one of the top pet care brands due to its unwavering commitment to quality and expertise in feline nutrition. With decades of experience and research, Whiskas understands the unique dietary needs of cats and formulates its products accordingly. It offers a wide range of cat food options, including dry kibble, wet food, and treats, all crafted with premium ingredients to ensure optimal health and satisfaction for feline friends.

    Its cat food formulations are designed to provide balanced nutrition, supporting cats' overall health and well-being. From promoting healthy digestion and strong immunity to maintaining shiny coats and optimal weight, Whiskas cat food addresses various aspects of feline health.

    8. Pedigree:

    Pedigree, a leading name among pet care brands, was founded by Mars, a global powerhouse in the pet care industry. Established with a mission to provide dogs with wholesome nutrition. Mars Petcare, the parent company, reported a substantial revenue of $18 billion in 2022, with Pedigree contributing significantly to this figure.

    Top 10 Pet Care Brands Dominating the $427 Bn Market

     

    The brand counts as one of the top pet care brands due to its unwavering commitment to canine health and nutrition. With decades of expertise in dog food formulations, they understands the unique dietary needs of dogs and craft their products accordingly. The brand offers a diverse range of dog food options, including dry kibble, wet food, and treats, all made with high-quality ingredients to support dogs' overall health and well-being.

    Its dog food formulations are designed to provide balanced nutrition, supporting dogs' energy levels, digestion, and immunity. Pedigree also offers specialized diets for dogs with specific health needs, such as weight management and dental care. Pedigree's products are crafted with delicious flavors and textures to appeal to dogs' taste preferences, ensuring mealtime excitement and satisfaction.

    9. Kennel Kitchen:

    Kennel Kitchen was founded by Siddharth Talwar in 2015 with a vision to provide pets with wholesome and nutritious meals. Kennel Kitchen has been committed to crafting premium-quality pet food using natural ingredients, earning the trust of paw parents seeking the best for their furry companions.

    Top 10 Pet Care Brands Dominating the $427 Bn Market

     

    The brand prides itself on using only the finest human-grade ingredients sourced from trusted suppliers. Each recipe is thoughtfully crafted to provide pets with balanced nutrition, ensuring their overall health and well-being. Kennel Kitchen offers a diverse range of products, including dry food, wet food, and treats, all made with love and care to meet the unique dietary needs of pets.

    Its formulations are free from artificial colors, flavors, and preservatives, making them a safe and healthy choice for pets. Recipes are rich in essential nutrients, promoting optimal health, digestion, and immunity in pets.

    10. Himalaya:

    Himalaya Pets, founded with a vision by M. Manal in 1930, has transcended generations to become a trusted name in pet care brands. With a legacy rooted in Ayurveda and natural wellness, the brand earned the loyalty of paw parents worldwide through its commitment to holistic pet health.

    Top 10 Pet Care Brands Dominating the $427 Bn Market

    Drawing inspiration from the Himalayan Mountains and ancient Ayurvedic principles, the brand formulates its products with natural ingredients known for their healing and rejuvenating properties. From herbal supplements to grooming essentials, Himalaya Pets offers a diverse range of solutions designed to promote the overall well-being of pets.

    Its formulations are free from harmful chemicals and additives, making them safe and gentle for pets' sensitive skin and delicate digestive systems. Its products address a wide range of pet needs, from promoting coat health and soothing skin irritations to supporting joint mobility and dental hygiene.

    Conclusion:

    Each firm on display demonstrates a dedication to improving the health and happiness of pets globally in the cutthroat pet care sector. Innovation and quality are at the forefront of the food business, from established giants like Royal Canin and Mars-owned Whiskas and Pedigree to up-and-coming brands like Heads Up for Tails and Kennel Kitchen.

    The following businesses manufacture products that specifically address the requirements of pets by giving priority to natural health concepts, nutritional competence, and scientific research. Pet owners have a wide range of alternatives, whether it's a breed-specific diet, natural ingredients, or customized services. Together, these firms contribute to the booming pet care market by building strong ties between pets and their owners, offering appropriate nourishment, and supporting general well-being.

    FAQs on Pet Care Brands:

    1. What factors are driving the growth of the pet care industry?

    The increasing commitment of "paw parents" to their pets' health and welfare, leading to significant expenditures in various areas of pet care, primarily food and treats, is driving the industry's growth.

    2. What percentage of pet care costs do food and treats account for?

    Food and treats account for a remarkable 75–80 percent of pet care costs, underscoring the crucial role of nutrition in pet parenting.

    3. How do top pet care brands distinguish themselves in the market?

    Top pet care brands differentiate themselves by consistently delivering high-quality products that cater to the diverse needs of pets and their owners, along with a commitment to enhancing pets' lives.

    4. What are some examples of products offered by these top pet care brands?

    Examples include premium pet food catering to specific dietary requirements and innovative treats promoting health and well-being.

    5. Why are these top pet care brands celebrated in the Indian market?

    These brands are celebrated for their innovative products and commitment to enhancing pets' lives, earning recognition for their quality and contribution to the pet care industry.

     

    Next Story
    Online Sales of Babycare Products in Tier II & III Cities Soar by 30 pc in FY24
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Online Sales of Babycare Products in Tier II & III Cities Soar by 30 pc in FY24
     

    The landscape of e-commerce in India is witnessing a significant transformation, particularly in Tier II and III cities, where the demand for babycare products is soaring. This surge is not just a fleeting trend but a reflection of deeper changes in consumer behavior and market dynamics. The order volumes for babycare products in FY24 saw a remarkable 30 percent increase compared to FY23 across these smaller cities.

    Rising Demand across Online Platforms

    Both marketplaces and brand-specific websites have experienced substantial growth in order volumes, with marketplaces recording a 34 percent year-on-year (YoY) increase and brand websites witnessing a 21 percent rise in FY24, according to data analyzed by Unicommerce. This dual-channel growth underscores the expanding reach of e-commerce and the growing preference among consumers for online shopping, driven by convenience and a wider range of choices.

    Popular Babycare Products Driving Growth

    A variety of babycare products have seen heightened demand in these regions. Essentials such as wet wipes, cotton nappies, and eco-friendly detergents are among the top-sellers, reflecting a shift towards more sustainable and health-conscious choices. Additionally, items like soft toys, mittens, rompers, bodysuits, feeding spoons, diapers, pants, tops, and vests are also flying off the virtual shelves, showcasing the diverse needs and preferences of consumers.

    This growth can be attributed to several factors, including increased awareness about such products, the ease of access provided by online platforms, and the innovative use of technology by brands to engage with their customers. The rising spirit of e-commerce in these smaller cities is transforming how parents shop for babycare essentials, making high-quality products more accessible than ever.

    Shift Towards Sustainable and Innovative Babycare

    The evolving consumer demands in Tier II and III cities are pushing brands to offer more eco-friendly, customized, and organic products. As parents become more conscious of the environmental impact and the quality of products used for their babies, brands are responding with sustainable alternatives. Leading babycare brands like Chicco, Superbottoms, Mi Arcus, R For Rabbit, and The Mom Store are at the forefront of this movement, providing products that cater to the modern parent's need for both safety and sustainability.

    READ MORE: Boom in Startup Investments: 44 pc of Investors Targeting Growth in Tier II & III Cities

    Future Prospects and Market Opportunities

    Kapil Makhija, MD & CEO of Unicommerce, highlights the strategic importance of these emerging markets. “E-commerce continues to make deep inroads into smaller cities, and consumers are relishing its presence across these parts now. We are seeing emerging categories like babycare witnessing growth through e-commerce. This presents an opportune gateway for traditional as well as newer brands to tap these markets. We are committed to supporting brands in rooting their establishments in these parts with our adaptable technology platform,” he stated.

    The expanding e-commerce footprint in Tier II and III cities signifies a promising future for brands willing to innovate and cater to the unique needs of these consumers. As technology continues to bridge the gap between urban and rural markets, the babycare segment is poised for sustained growth, driven by the rising demand for quality, sustainability, and convenience.

     

    Next Story
    Revolutionizing eCommerce Through Innovation & Excellence, GreenHonchos Wins Prestigious Digital Transformation of the Year Award
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Revolutionizing eCommerce Through Innovation & Excellence, GreenHonchos Wins Prestigious Digital Transformation of the Year Award
     

    In a remarkable testament to its unwavering commitment to technological advancement, digital commerce, and unparalleled service delivery, GreenHonchos has been awarded the coveted Digital Transformation of the Year Award 2024 at the recent IReC Forum organized by Indian Retailer in Bengaluru. 

    A Milestone in Digital Excellence

    The Digital Transformation of the Year Award is bestowed upon organizations that demonstrate exceptional innovation, strategic implementation of cutting-edge technologies, and a transformative impact on their industry. GreenHonchos has emerged as a paragon of these virtues, harnessing the power of composable commerce technology, new-age tenants of digital commerce, data analytics, and over a decade of experience in scaling 200+ global retail brands online. 

    "The credit for this award goes to all our brand partners who patiently navigate the realms of eCommerce with us every day through the fault lines, allowing us the scope to experiment and innovate. What we are today is the sum of all the learnings we have gained in interactions with industry patrons over the last decade of working with high-potential retail brands across categories.” - Navin Joshua (Founder & Director, GreenHonchos).

    Embracing Entrepreneurial Leadership 

    In the dynamic realm of eCommerce, the success of GreenHonchos is credited to its consumer-centricity and investment i